Fall/Winter 2011

Malcolm IPhIGenIa In FOrest hIlls 978-0-300-16746-7 $25.00

Brunetti cartOOnInG 978-0-300-17099-3 $13.00

Kurlansky hanK GreenBerG 978-0-300-13660-9 $25.00

Bloom the anatOMY OF InFluence 978-0-300-16760-3 $32.50

Swimme/Tucker JOurneY OF the unIVerse 978-0-300-17190-7 $25.00

Hopkinson eX lIBrIs 978-0-300-17163-1 $15.00

Abrams/Primack the neW unIVerse anD the huMan Future 978-0-300-16508-1 $28.00

McLynn caPtaIn cOOK 978-0-300-11421-8 $35.00

Ahmed a QuIet reVOlutIOn 978-0-300-17095-5 $30.00

Eagleton WhY MarX Was rIGht 978-0-300-16943-0 $25.00

Greenough MY FaraWaY One 978-0-300-16630-9 $39.95

Larson an eMPIre OF Ice 978-0-300-15408-5 $28.00

RECENT GENERAL INTEREST HIGHLIGHTS

General Interest

1

1General Interest

Your previous book, Beyond Glory, was about the great boxing matches between Joe Louis and Max Schmeling. How did you get from there to Little Rock, 1957?Actually, I began the two projects at roughly the same time. While in Little Rock to do a Clinton-related magazine story in 1999, I visited the museum across from Central High School. Like so many others, I well knew the picture of Elizabeth and Hazel from 1957. So I was flabbergasted to see a poster there showing the two of them, now grown women, standing next to one another, smiling, apparently reconciled. How had that happened? It seemed inconceivable. So I began gathering material on it. The two projects share a lot, in addition to their racial themes; each focuses on a discrete event—the first, a fight lasting about two minutes, the second, an exposure lasting probably a sixtieth of a second—to reveal an era.Was it difficult to find Elizabeth and get her to speak with you?No, Elizabeth was in the same house she’d lived in the day the picture was taken. I had expected her to be resistant but she wasn’t at all, particularly once we got going. Elizabeth has an enormous respect for history and the historical process.And Hazel?Hazel was much more reluctant. Though she left school at seventeen, she’s read widely in the history of American race relations, and knew of the historic alliance between blacks and Jews. For that reason, among others, she feared that Elizabeth and I would gang up on her. I made a very poor impression on her in our first meeting, and as the fragile friendship she’d struck up with Elizabeth faltered, her position toward me hardened. It was only seven years later, after an early version of this story appeared in Vanity Fair, that she relented. Then she opened up to me, and I came to realize how remarkable a person she, too, is.Did you have any idea that their personal stories would intersect in such a fascinating way?I knew, from the poster, that they’d come together again. But only later did I learn that five years or so after the picture was taken, Hazel had called Elizabeth to apologize. That was enormously significant to me, a key to her character. It said to me that for all the skepticism and hostility Hazel has encountered over the years, she in fact did the right thing in the right way: early on, when no cameras were rolling.The book took you twelve years to complete. Why so long?Well, apart from the multitasking that all journalists must do these days, the story turned out to be endlessly rich. I interviewed dozens of people, some repeatedly, including seven of the other eight of the Little Rock Nine. I shudder to think how many times I questioned Elizabeth; whenever I told her I was almost certainly done she laughed, because she knew there would be more questions. Hazel also put up with a lot of me.

Can you tell us something about your most recent trip to Little Rock?Though my reporting was pretty much finished, I accompanied my friend Larry Schiller as he took portraits of the two women. We thought it essential to capture how two faces that are seared into the national memory had evolved with time and experience. Two of those photographs appear on the jacket of my book. Being with Elizabeth and Hazel one last time, and recording them once more for history, was very moving.

Phot

ogra

phed

by La

wren

ce S

chille

r © 2

011,

All R

ights

Rese

rved.

A conversAtion with

DAviD MArgolick

Elizabeth and HazelTwo Women of Little Rock

David Margolick

Who were the two fifteen-year-old girls from Little Rock—one black, one white—in one of the most unforgettable photographs of the civil rights era? From what worlds did they come? What happened to them? How did the picture affect their lives?

The names Elizabeth Eckford and Hazel Bryan Massery may not be well known, but the image of them from September 1957 surely is: a black high school girl, dressed in white, walking stoically in front of Little Rock Central High School, and a white girl standing directly behind her, face twisted in hate, screaming racial epithets. This famous photograph captures the full anguish of desegregation—in Little Rock and throughout the South—and an epic moment in the civil rights movement.

In this gripping book, David Margolick tells the remark-able story of two separate lives unexpectedly braided together. He explores how the haunting picture of Elizabeth and Hazel came to be taken, its significance in the wider world, and why, for the next half-cen-tury, neither woman has ever escaped from its long shadow. He recounts Elizabeth’s struggle to overcome the trauma of her hate-filled school experience, and Hazel’s long efforts to atone for a fateful, horrible mis-take. The book follows the painful journey of the two as they progress from apology to forgiveness to recon-ciliation and, amazingly, to friendship. This friendship foundered, then collapsed—perhaps inevitably—over the same fissures and misunderstandings that continue to permeate American race relations more than half a century after the unforgettable photograph at Little Rock. And yet, as Margolick explains, a bond between Elizabeth and Hazel, silent but complex, endures.

DAvID MARGoLICk is contributing editor, Vanity Fair, and a fre-quent contributor to the New York Times Book Review.

“Elizabeth and Hazel is a story that has been crying out to be told ever since two teenaged girls stumbled into history on a street in Little Rock, more than a half-century ago. once again, Margolick, one of our best reporters, reveals his remarkable gift for uncovering intimate disputes that illuminate an epoch.”—Diane McWhorter, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of Carry Me Home: Birmingham, Alabama; The Climactic Battle of the Civil Rights Revolution

September History/Biography Cloth 978-0-300-14193-1 $26.00 Also available as an eBook. 256 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 33 b/w illus. World

2 General Interest

Your previous book, Beyond Glory, was about the great boxing matches between Joe Louis and Max Schmeling. How did you get from there to Little Rock, 1957?Actually, I began the two projects at roughly the same time. While in Little Rock to do a Clinton-related magazine story in 1999, I visited the museum across from Central High School. Like so many others, I well knew the picture of Elizabeth and Hazel from 1957. So I was fl abbergasted to see a poster there showing the two of them, now grown women, standing next to one another, smiling, apparently reconciled. How had that happened? It seemed inconceivable. So I began gathering material on it. The two projects share a lot, in addition to their racial themes; each focuses on a discrete event—the fi rst, a fi ght lasting about two minutes, the second, an exposure lasting probably a sixtieth of a second—to reveal an era.Was it diffi cult to fi nd Elizabeth and get her to speak with you?No, Elizabeth was in the same house she’d lived in the day the picture was taken. I had expected her to be resistant but she wasn’t at all, particularly once we got going. Elizabeth has an enormous respect for history and the historical process.And Hazel?Hazel was much more reluctant. Though she left school at seventeen, she’s read widely in the history of American race relations, and knew of the historic alliance between blacks and Jews. For that reason, among others, she feared that Elizabeth and I would gang up on her. I made a very poor impression on her in our fi rst meeting, and as the fragile friendship she’d struck up with Elizabeth faltered, her position toward me hardened. It was only seven years later, after an early version of this story appeared in Vanity Fair, that she relented. Then she opened up to me, and I came to realize how remarkable a person she, too, is.Did you have any idea that their personal stories would intersect in such a fascinating way?I knew, from the poster, that they’d come together again. But only later did I learn that fi ve years or so after the picture was taken, Hazel had called Elizabeth to apologize. That was enormously signifi cant to me, a key to her character. It said to me that for all the skepticism and hostility Hazel has encountered over the years, she in fact did the right thing in the right way: early on, when no cameras were rolling.The book took you twelve years to complete. Why so long?Well, apart from the multitasking that all journalists must do these days, the story turned out to be endlessly rich. I interviewed dozens of people, some repeatedly, including seven of the other eight of the Little Rock Nine. I shudder to think how many times I questioned Elizabeth; whenever I told her I was almost certainly done she laughed, because she knew there would be more questions. Hazel also put up with a lot of me.

Can you tell us something about your most recent trip to Little Rock?Though my reporting was pretty much fi nished, I accompanied my friend Larry Schiller as he took portraits of the two women. We thought it essential to capture how two faces that are seared into the national memory had evolved with time and experience. Two of those photographs appear on the jacket of my book. Being with Elizabeth and Hazel one last time, and recording them once more for history, was very moving.

Phot

ogra

phed

by La

wren

ce S

chille

r © 2

011,

All R

ights

Rese

rved.

A conversAtion with

DAviD MArgolick

Elizabeth and Hazel Two Women of Little Rock

David Margolick

Who were the two fi fteen-year-old girls from Little Rock—one black, one white—in one of the most unforgettable photographs of the civil rights era? From what worlds did they come? What happened to them? How did the picture affect their lives?

The names Elizabeth Eckford and Hazel Bryan Massery may not be well known, but the image of them from September 1957 surely is: a black high school girl, dressed in white, walking stoically in front of Little Rock Central High School, and a white girl standing directly behind her, face twisted in hate, screaming racial epithets. This famous photograph captures the full anguish of desegregation—in Little Rock and throughout the South—and an epic moment in the civil rights movement.

In this gripping book, David Margolick tells the remark-able story of two separate lives unexpectedly braided together. He explores how the haunting picture of Elizabeth and Hazel came to be taken, its signifi cance in the wider world, and why, for the next half-cen-tury, neither woman has ever escaped from its long shadow. He recounts Elizabeth’s struggle to overcome the trauma of her hate-fi lled school experience, and Hazel’s long efforts to atone for a fateful, horrible mis-take. The book follows the painful journey of the two as they progress from apology to forgiveness to recon-ciliation and, amazingly, to friendship. This friendship foundered, then collapsed—perhaps inevitably—over the same fi ssures and misunderstandings that continue to permeate American race relations more than half a century after the unforgettable photograph at Little Rock. And yet, as Margolick explains, a bond between Elizabeth and Hazel, silent but complex, endures.

DAvID MARGoLICk is contributing editor, Vanity Fair, and a fre-quent contributor to the New York Times Book Review.

“Elizabeth and Hazel is a story that has been crying out to be told ever since two teenaged girls stumbled into history on a street in Little Rock, more than a half-century ago. once again, Margolick, one of our best reporters, reveals his remarkable gift for uncovering intimate disputes that illuminate an epoch.”—Diane McWhorter, Pulitzer Prize–winning author of Carry Me Home: Birmingham, Alabama; The Climactic Battle of the Civil Rights Revolution

September History/Biography Cloth 978-0-300-14193-1 $26.00 Also available as an eBook. 256 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 33 b/w illus. World

3 General Interest

How to Change the World Tales of Marx and Marxism

Eric Hobsbawm

A penetrating reassessment of Marxist thought and its relevance today, by a world-renowned historian of Marxism

“We need to take account of Marx today,” argues Eric Hobsbawm in this persuasive and highly readable book. The ideas of capitalism’s most vigorous and eloquent enemy have been enlightening in every era, the author contends, and our current historical situation of free-market extremes suggests that reading Marx may be more important now than ever.

Hobsbawm begins with a consideration of how we should think about Marxism in the post-communist era, observing that the features we most associate with Soviet and related regimes—command economies, intrusive bureaucratic structures, and an economic and political condition of permanent war—are nei-ther derived from Marx’s ideas nor unique to socialist states. Further chapters discuss pre-Marxian socialists and Marx’s radical break with them, Marx’s political milieu, and the infl uence of his writings on the anti-fascist decades, the Cold War, and the post–Cold War period. Sweeping, provocative, and full of brilliant insights, How to Change the World challenges us to reconsider Marx and reassess his signifi cance in the history of ideas.

ERIC HoBSBAWM is professor emeritus, Department of History, Classics and Archaeology, and president, Birkbeck University of London. one of Britain’s most revered historians, he has a long record of important ideas and works, among them his trilogy on the long nine-teenth century: The Age of Revolution, The Age of Capital, and The Age of Empire. He lives in London.

“How to Change the World is the best book on Marx and his legacy that I have read in years. Elegantly written, balanced in its judgments, and exhibiting exceptional erudition and knowledge, this is a major work by one of the great European historians of our time.”—Stephen Eric Bronner, Distinguished Professor (PII) of Political Science, Rutgers University

September History/Economics/Philosophy Cloth 978-0-300-17616-2 $35.00 Also available as an eBook. 480 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 For sale in the United States, its territories and dependencies, the Philippine Islands, and Canada

4 General Interest

Dignity The Essential Role It Plays in Resolving Confl ict in our Lives and Relationships

Donna Hicks, Ph.D. Foreword by Archbishop Emeritus Desmond Tutu

The fi rst comprehensive exploration of dignity, its role in human confl ict, and its power to improve relationships of all kinds

The desire for dignity is universal and powerful. It is a motivating force behind all human interaction—in families, in communities, in the business world, and in relationships at the international level. When dignity is violated, the response is likely to involve aggression, even violence, hatred, and vengeance. on the other hand, when people treat one another with dignity, they become more connected and are able to create more meaningful relationships. Surprisingly, most people have little understanding of dignity, observes Donna Hicks in this important book. She examines the reasons for this gap and offers a new set of strategies for becom-ing aware of dignity’s vital role in our lives and learning to put dignity into practice in everyday life.

Drawing on her extensive experience in international confl ict resolution and on insights from evolution-ary biology, psychology, and neuroscience, the author explains what the elements of dignity are, how to recog-nize dignity violations, how to respond when we are not treated with dignity, how dignity can restore a broken relationship, why leaders must understand the concept of dignity, and more. Hicks shows that by choosing dig-nity as a way of life, we open the way to greater peace within ourselves and to a safer and more humane world for all.

DoNNA HICkS is an Associate, Weatherhead Center for International Affairs, Harvard University. During nearly two decades in the fi eld of international confl ict resolution, she has facilitated dialogue between communities in confl ict all over the world and has worked as a consul-tant to corporations and organizations, applying the dignity model. She lives in Watertown, MA.

“original, soundly grounded in scholarship, and extremely important and timely!”—Evelin Lindner, Founding President, Human Dignity and Humiliation Studies

September Psychology Cloth 978-0-300-16392-6 $27.50 Also available as an eBook. 240 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 World

5 General Interest

In writing about black women’s politics, why did you focus on psychological and emotional questions rather than resource inequalities, institutional practices, or traditional forms of political participation?I wanted this book to contribute to our understanding of black women as citizens. At first, I expected to write a more traditional political science text about women who organize in communities and run for office. But my research efforts kept bringing me back to black women’s internal emotional experiences. The women I interviewed were keenly aware of race and gender barriers, resource disparities, and limited opportunities, but when they talked about themselves as Americans, they focused on psychic pain, emotional stress, debilitating shame, and the pressure to live up to unrealistic expectations. Many felt that they were trying to “do politics” in an environment where no one was willing to see them accurately or compassionately.

Sister Citizen discusses several stereotypes about black women. What are they, and why did you choose to explore them?In Sister Citizen I focus on three of the most pervasive and damaging historical stereotypes: Jezebel, Mammy, and the Angry Black Woman (Sapphire). Jezebel is an old myth asserting that black women are hypersexual, lusty, and wanton. This stereotype continues to influence public policy discussions about welfare assistance and reproductive rights. Mammy is the hypercompetent but completely nonthreatening black woman. The image of the devoted Mammy who uses her talents and skills to benefit the white domestic sphere is an epic stereotype promulgated in advertising, popular culture, and politics. Sapphire is a more contemporary archetype characterizing black women as aggressively and irrationally irate. It can be difficult for black women to get a fair hearing of their views if their passionate expressions are filtered through this negative assumption. Finally, I explore the myth of the strong black woman. Unlike the other stereotypes, which black women agree are negative and false, many African American women both believe and embrace the idea that they are endowed with a superhuman capacity to conquer overwhelming challenges. We might see this myth of strength as a positive counter to the negative stereotypes, but there are adverse consequences for black women who are determined to don the mantle of strength. overall, I try to understand how black women’s attempts to manage both the negative stereotypes and this presumably empowering myth can influence how they feel as they approach their political lives.

Why does Hurricane Katrina occupy such an important place in this book?I believe that the political and psychological aftermath of Hurricane katrina revealed critical fissures in our national life. For me, New orleans is ground zero for understanding black women as citizens and as survivors. It is why I now make the city my home and why I have initiated at Tulane University a program on gender, race, and politics in the South.

The last chapter deals with Michelle Obama. Why?Michelle obama holds no official political position, has never run for office, and has no personal history of political organizing, yet she is profoundly important to understanding the challenges that black women face in American public life. Her management of her public image is instructive about how black women navigate race and gender stereotypes. Because she is First Lady, her efforts to gain accurate public recognition are emblematic of those engaged in by many black women.

Chr

is G

ram

ger

A conversAtion with MelissA v.

hArris-Perry

Sister CitizenShame, Stereotypes, and Black Women in America

Melissa v. Harris-Perry

From a highly respected thinker on race, gender, and American politics, a new consideration of black women and how distorted stereotypes affect their political beliefs

Jezebel’s sexual lasciviousness, Mammy’s devotion, and Sapphire’s outspoken anger—these are among the most persistent stereotypes that black women encounter in contemporary American life. Hurtful and dishonest, such representations force African American women to navigate a virtual crooked room that shames them and shapes their experiences as citizens. Many respond by assuming a mantle of strength that may convince others, and even themselves, that they do not need help. But as a result, the unique political issues of black women are often ignored and marginalized.

In this groundbreaking book, Melissa v. Harris-Perry uses multiple methods of inquiry, including literary analysis, political theory, focus groups, surveys, and experimental research, to understand more deeply black women’s political and emotional responses to pervasive negative race and gender images. Not a traditional political science work concerned with office-seeking, voting, or ideology, Sister Citizen instead explores how African American women understand themselves as citizens and what they expect from political organiz-ing. Harris-Perry shows that the shared struggle to preserve an authentic self and secure recognition as a citizen links together black women in America, from the anonymous survivors of Hurricane katrina to the current First Lady of the United States.

MELISSA v. HARRIS-PERRy is professor of political science and founding director of a project on Race, Gender, and Politics in the South, Newcomb College Institute, Tulane University. She is a con-tributor at MSNBC, a columnist for The Nation, and author of the award-winning book Barbershops, Bibles, and BET: Everyday Talk and Black Political Thought. She lives in New orleans.

“Melissa Harris-Perry is one of our most trenchant readers of modern black life. In Sister Citizen, she gives new life to the idea that ‘the personal is political.’ This book will change the conversation about the rights, responsibilities, and burdens of citizenship.”—Henry Louis Gates, Jr., Alphonse Fletcher University Professor, Harvard University

September Politics/Current Events Cloth 978-0-300-16541-8 $28.00 Also available as an eBook. 392 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 10 b/w illus. For sale in North America only

6 General Interest

In writing about black women’s politics, why did you focus on psychological and emotional questions rather than resource inequalities, institutional practices, or traditional forms of political participation?I wanted this book to contribute to our understanding of black women as citizens. At fi rst, I expected to write a more traditional political science text about women who organize in communities and run for offi ce. But my research efforts kept bringing me back to black women’s internal emotional experiences. The women I interviewed were keenly aware of race and gender barriers, resource disparities, and limited opportunities, but when they talked about themselves as Americans, they focused on psychic pain, emotional stress, debilitating shame, and the pressure to live up to unrealistic expectations. Many felt that they were trying to “do politics” in an environment where no one was willing to see them accurately or compassionately.

Sister Citizen discusses several stereotypes about black women. What are they, and why did you choose to explore them?In Sister Citizen I focus on three of the most pervasive and damaging historical stereotypes: Jezebel, Mammy, and the Angry Black Woman (Sapphire). Jezebel is an old myth asserting that black women are hypersexual, lusty, and wanton. This stereotype continues to infl uence public policy discussions about welfare assistance and reproductive rights. Mammy is the hypercompetent but completely nonthreatening black woman. The image of the devoted Mammy who uses her talents and skills to benefi t the white domestic sphere is an epic stereotype promulgated in advertising, popular culture, and politics. Sapphire is a more contemporary archetype characterizing black women as aggressively and irrationally irate. It can be diffi cult for black women to get a fair hearing of their views if their passionate expressions are fi ltered through this negative assumption. Finally, I explore the myth of the strong black woman. Unlike the other stereotypes, which black women agree are negative and false, many African American women both believe and embrace the idea that they are endowed with a superhuman capacity to conquer overwhelming challenges. We might see this myth of strength as a positive counter to the negative stereotypes, but there are adverse consequences for black women who are determined to don the mantle of strength. overall, I try to understand how black women’s attempts to manage both the negative stereotypes and this presumably empowering myth can infl uence how they feel as they approach their political lives.

Why does Hurricane Katrina occupy such an important place in this book?I believe that the political and psychological aftermath of Hurricane katrina revealed critical fi ssures in our national life. For me, New orleans is ground zero for understanding black women as citizens and as survivors. It is why I now make the city my home and why I have initiated at Tulane University a program on gender, race, and politics in the South.

The last chapter deals with Michelle Obama. Why?Michelle obama holds no offi cial political position, has never run for offi ce, and has no personal history of political organizing, yet she is profoundly important to understanding the challenges that black women face in American public life. Her management of her public image is instructive about how black women navigate race and gender stereotypes. Because she is First Lady, her efforts to gain accurate public recognition are emblematic of those engaged in by many black women.

Chr

is G

ram

ger

A conversAtion with MelissA v.

hArris-Perry

Sister Citizen Shame, Stereotypes, and Black Women in America

Melissa v. Harris-Perry

From a highly respected thinker on race, gender, and American politics, a new consideration of black women and how distorted stereotypes affect their political beliefs

Jezebel’s sexual lasciviousness, Mammy’s devotion, and Sapphire’s outspoken anger—these are among the most persistent stereotypes that black women encounter in contemporary American life. Hurtful and dishonest, such representations force African American women to navigate a virtual crooked room that shames them and shapes their experiences as citizens. Many respond by assuming a mantle of strength that may convince others, and even themselves, that they do not need help. But as a result, the unique political issues of black women are often ignored and marginalized.

In this groundbreaking book, Melissa v. Harris-Perry uses multiple methods of inquiry, including literary analysis, political theory, focus groups, surveys, and experimental research, to understand more deeply black women’s political and emotional responses to pervasive negative race and gender images. Not a traditional political science work concerned with offi ce-seeking, voting, or ideology, Sister Citizen instead explores how African American women understand themselves as citizens and what they expect from political organiz-ing. Harris-Perry shows that the shared struggle to preserve an authentic self and secure recognition as a citizen links together black women in America, from the anonymous survivors of Hurricane katrina to the current First Lady of the United States.

MELISSA v. HARRIS-PERRy is professor of political science and founding director of a project on Race, Gender, and Politics in the South, Newcomb College Institute, Tulane University. She is a con-tributor at MSNBC, a columnist for The Nation, and author of the award-winning book Barbershops, Bibles, and BET: Everyday Talk and Black Political Thought. She lives in New orleans.

“Melissa Harris-Perry is one of our most trenchant readers of modern black life. In Sister Citizen, she gives new life to the idea that ‘the personal is political.’ This book will change the conversation about the rights, responsibilities, and burdens of citizenship.”—Henry Louis Gates, Jr., Alphonse Fletcher University Professor, Harvard University

September Politics/Current Events Cloth 978-0-300-16541-8 $28.00 Also available as an eBook. 392 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 10 b/w illus. For sale in North America only

7 General Interest

Mary I England’s Catholic Queen

John Edwards

A new appraisal of the fi rst Tudor queen, her European connections, her ambitions and intentions, and the religious violence that stained her short reign

The lifestory of Mary I—daughter of Henry vIII and his Spanish wife, Catherine of Aragon—is often distilled to a few dramatic episodes: her victory over the attempted coup by Lady Jane Grey, the imprisonment of her half-sister Elizabeth, the bloody burning of Protestants, her short marriage to Philip of Spain. This original and deeply researched biography paints a far more detailed portrait of Mary and offers a fresh understanding of her religious faith and policies as well as her historical sig-nifi cance in England and beyond.

John Edwards, a leading scholar of English and Spanish history, is the fi rst to make full use of Continental archives in this context, especially Spanish ones, to demonstrate how Mary’s culture, Catholic faith, and politics were thoroughly Spanish. Edwards begins with Mary’s origins, follows her as she battles her increasingly erratic father, and focuses particular attention on her notorious religious policies, some of which went hor-ribly wrong from her point of view. The book concludes with a consideration of Mary’s fi ve-year reign and the frustrations that plagued her fi nal years. Childless, ill, deserted by her husband, Mary died in the full knowl-edge that her Protestant half-sister Elizabeth would undo her religious work and, without acknowledging her sister, would reap the benefi ts of Mary’s achieve-ments in government.

JoHN EDWARDS is Modern Languages Faculty Research Fellow in Spanish, University of oxford. His recent books include The Spanish Inquisition, Ferdinand and Isabella, and Isabella: Catholic Queen and Madam of Spain. He lives in oxford, Uk.

◆◆ the english MonArchs series

September Biography Cloth 978-0-300-11810-0 $35.00 Also available as an eBook. 336 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 16 pp. b/w illus. World

8 General Interest

octavia, Daughter of God The Story of a Female Messiah and Her Followers

Jane Shaw

The little-known story of the charismatic, utopian leader Octavia and her devoted followers in the interwar years

In 1919, in the wake of the upheaval of World War I, a remarkable group of English women came up with their own solution to the world’s grief: a new religion. At the heart of the Panacea Society was a charismatic and autocratic leader, a vicar’s widow named Mabel Barltrop. Her followers called her octavia, and they believed that she was the daughter of God, sent to build the New Jerusalem in Bedford.

When the last living members of the Panacea Society revealed to historian Jane Shaw their immense and painstakingly preserved archives, she began to recon-struct the story of a close-knit utopian community that grew to include seventy residents, thousands of followers, and an international healing ministry reach-ing 130,000 people. Shaw offers a detailed portrait of octavia and describes the faith of her devoted follow-ers who believed they would never die. vividly told, by turns funny and tragic, Octavia, Daughter of God is about a moment at the advent of modernity, when a generation of newly empowered women tried to remake Christianity in their own image, offering a fas-cinating window onto the anxieties and hopes of the interwar years.

JANE SHAW is dean of Grace Cathedral, San Francisco, and former dean of divinity, New College, oxford. She is the author of Miracles in Enlightenment England, published by yale University Press. She lives in San Francisco.

September History/Biography Cloth 978-0-300-17615-5 $35.00 416 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 60 b/w illus. For sale in North America only.

9 General Interest

The Shadow of a Great RockA Literary Appreciation of the king James Bible

Harold Bloom

A richly insightful reading of the King James Bible as a literary masterwork, published for the text’s 400-year anniversary

The king James Bible stands at “the sublime summit of literature in English,” sharing the honor only with Shakespeare, Harold Bloom contends in the open-ing pages of this illuminating literary tour. Distilling the insights acquired from a significant portion of his career as a brilliant critic and teacher, he offers readers at last the book he has been writing “all my long life,” a magisterial and intimately perceptive reading of the king James Bible as a literary masterpiece.

Bloom calls it an “inexplicable wonder” that a rather undistinguished group of writers could bring forth such a magnificent work of literature, and he credits William Tyndale as their fountainhead. Reading the king James Bible alongside Tyndale’s Bible, the Geneva Bible, and the original Hebrew and Greek texts, Bloom highlights how the translators and editors improved upon—or, in some cases, diminished—the earlier versions. He invites readers to hear the baroque inventiveness in such sublime books as the Song of Songs, Ecclesiastes, and Job, and alerts us to the echoes of the king James Bible in works from the Romantic period to the present day. Throughout, Bloom makes an impassioned and convincing case for reading the king James Bible as lit-erature, free from dogma and with an appreciation of its enduring aesthetic value.

HARoLD BLooM, Sterling Professor of the Humanities at yale University, is the world-renowned author of thirty-eight books. His pub-lications include his New York Times best sellers The Western Canon, Shakespeare: The Invention of the Human, and The Book of J, as well as his pioneering studies A Visionary Company and The Anxiety of Influence. His most recent work is The Anatomy of Influence: Literature as a Way of Life, published by yale University Press. He is a MacArthur Prize Fellow, a member of the Academy of Arts and Letters, and the recipient of many awards and honorary degrees.

Also by hArolD blooM: The Anatomy of Influence Literature as a Way of Life Cloth 978-0-300-16760-3 $32.50 Poetry and Repression Revisionism from Blake to Stevens Paper 978-0-300-02604-7 $32.00tx Fallen Angels Cloth 978-0-300-12348-7 $16.00

September Literature/Religion Cloth 978-0-300-16683-5 $28.00 320 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 World

The largest aesthetic paradox of the kJB is its gorgeous

exfoliation of the Hebrew original. Evidently the kJB men

knew just enough Hebrew to catch the words but not the

original music. Their relative ignorance transmuted into

splendor because they shared a sense of literary decorum that

all subsequent translators seem to lack. Miles Coverdale, bare

both of Hebrew and of Greek, set a pattern that Miles Smith

perfected. It is another of the many paradoxes of the kJB that

its elaborate prose harmonies essentially were inaugurated by

Coverdale’s intuitive journey into the poems and prophecies

his master Tyndale did not live to translate. We have Tyndale’s

Jonah and a medley of prophetic passages, eleven from Isaiah,

in the Epistle Taken out of the Old Testament. How wonderful

it would be to have Job, Ecclesiastes, and Jeremiah from the

hand of Tyndale, though probably that would have prevented

Coverdale’s astonishing flair for style and rhythm from

manifesting itself. This flair was unsteady, yet at its best it gave us

something of the sonority we associate with kJB.

Tyndale, Coverdale, and the Geneva translators (including their

best Hebraist, Gilby) all possessed the gift of literary authority.

Their revisionist, Miles Smith, explicitly displays his sense of

style in the 1611 preface, “The Translators to the Reader,” and

implicitly stands forth by his editorial responsibility for the ways

in which the kJB men handle their inheritance from previous

English Bibles. Again paradox intervenes: from Tyndale through

kJB the quest is to get closer to the literal sense of the Hebrew,

while the consequence is to increase a cognitive music farther

and farther away in regard to the Hebrew Bible’s relative freedom

from metaphors. Since all metaphor is a kind of mistake

anyway, even the plain errors of the kJB sometimes add to the

resultant splendor.

FroM the introDuction:

10 General Interest

The Shadow of a Great Rock A Literary Appreciation of the king James Bible

Harold Bloom

A richly insightful reading of the King James Bible as a literary masterwork, published for the text’s 400-year anniversary

The king James Bible stands at “the sublime summit of literature in English,” sharing the honor only with Shakespeare, Harold Bloom contends in the open-ing pages of this illuminating literary tour. Distilling the insights acquired from a signifi cant portion of his career as a brilliant critic and teacher, he offers readers at last the book he has been writing “all my long life,” a magisterial and intimately perceptive reading of the king James Bible as a literary masterpiece.

Bloom calls it an “inexplicable wonder” that a rather undistinguished group of writers could bring forth such a magnifi cent work of literature, and he credits William Tyndale as their fountainhead. Reading the king James Bible alongside Tyndale’s Bible, the Geneva Bible, and the original Hebrew and Greek texts, Bloom highlights how the translators and editors improved upon—or, in some cases, diminished—the earlier versions. He invites readers to hear the baroque inventiveness in such sublime books as the Song of Songs, Ecclesiastes, and Job, and alerts us to the echoes of the king James Bible in works from the Romantic period to the present day. Throughout, Bloom makes an impassioned and convincing case for reading the king James Bible as lit-erature, free from dogma and with an appreciation of its enduring aesthetic value.

HARoLD BLooM, Sterling Professor of the Humanities at yale University, is the world-renowned author of thirty-eight books. His pub-lications include his New York Times best sellers The Western Canon, Shakespeare: The Invention of the Human, and The Book of J, as well as his pioneering studies A Visionary Company and The Anxiety of Infl uence. His most recent work is The Anatomy of Infl uence: Literature as a Way of Life, published by yale University Press. He is a MacArthur Prize Fellow, a member of the Academy of Arts and Letters, and the recipient of many awards and honorary degrees.

Also by hArolD blooM:The Anatomy of Infl uenceLiterature as a Way of LifeCloth 978-0-300-16760-3 $32.50Poetry and RepressionRevisionism from Blake to StevensPaper 978-0-300-02604-7 $32.00txFallen AngelsCloth 978-0-300-12348-7 $16.00

September Literature/Religion Cloth 978-0-300-16683-5 $28.00 320 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 World

The largest aesthetic paradox of the kJB is its gorgeous

exfoliation of the Hebrew original. Evidently the kJB men

knew just enough Hebrew to catch the words but not the

original music. Their relative ignorance transmuted into

splendor because they shared a sense of literary decorum that

all subsequent translators seem to lack. Miles Coverdale, bare

both of Hebrew and of Greek, set a pattern that Miles Smith

perfected. It is another of the many paradoxes of the kJB that

its elaborate prose harmonies essentially were inaugurated by

Coverdale’s intuitive journey into the poems and prophecies

his master Tyndale did not live to translate. We have Tyndale’s

Jonah and a medley of prophetic passages, eleven from Isaiah,

in the Epistle Taken out of the Old Testament. How wonderful

it would be to have Job, Ecclesiastes, and Jeremiah from the

hand of Tyndale, though probably that would have prevented

Coverdale’s astonishing fl air for style and rhythm from

manifesting itself. This fl air was unsteady, yet at its best it gave us

something of the sonority we associate with kJB.

Tyndale, Coverdale, and the Geneva translators (including their

best Hebraist, Gilby) all possessed the gift of literary authority.

Their revisionist, Miles Smith, explicitly displays his sense of

style in the 1611 preface, “The Translators to the Reader,” and

implicitly stands forth by his editorial responsibility for the ways

in which the kJB men handle their inheritance from previous

English Bibles. Again paradox intervenes: from Tyndale through

kJB the quest is to get closer to the literal sense of the Hebrew,

while the consequence is to increase a cognitive music farther

and farther away in regard to the Hebrew Bible’s relative freedom

from metaphors. Since all metaphor is a kind of mistake

anyway, even the plain errors of the kJB sometimes add to the

resultant splendor.

11 General Interest

Science and Religion in Quest of Truth John Polkinghorne

From the vantage point of eighty years, a highly regarded scientist and theologian surveys the full spectrum of critical issues between science and theology

John Polkinghorne, an international fi gure known both for his contributions to the fi eld of theoretical elemen-tary particle physics and for his work as a theologian, has over the years fi lled a bookshelf with writings devoted to specifi c topics in science and religion. In this new book, he undertakes for the fi rst time a sur-vey of all the major issues at the intersection of science and religion, concentrating on what he considers the essential insights for each. Clearly and without assum-ing prior knowledge, he addresses causality, cosmology, evolution, consciousness, natural theology, divine prov-idence, revelation, and scripture. Each chapter also provides references to his other books in which more detailed treatments of specifi c issues can be found.

For those who are new to what Polkinghorne calls “one of the most signifi cant interdisciplinary interac-tions of our time,” this volume serves as an excellent introduction. For readers already familiar with John Polkinghorne’s books, this latest is a welcome reminder of the breadth of his thought and the subtlety of his approach in the quest for truthful understanding.

JoHN PoLkINGHoRNE is a scientist and an Anglican priest, fel-low and former president of Queens’ College, and winner of the 2002 Templeton Prize among many other awards and honors. He is the author of more than twenty books, including Belief in God in an Age of Science, Theology in the Context of Science, and Quantum Physics and Theology, all published by yale University Press. He lives in Cambridge, Uk.

Also by John Polkinghorne:Theology in the Context of SciencePaper 978-0-300-16456-5 $17.00scQuantum Physics and TheologyAn Unexpected KinshipPaper 978-0-300-13840-5 $15.00Belief in God in an Age of SciencePaper 978-0-300-09949-2 $9.95

September Religion/Science Cloth 978-0-300-17478-6 $26.00 Also available as an eBook. 160 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 For sale in the United States, Canada, and Central and South America

12 General Interest

What I Don’t know About Animals Jenny Diski

A book for those who are entranced by animals, those who cherish elegant writing, and those who delight in the meditations of an original thinker

What does novelist, essayist, and memoirist Jenny Diski know about animals? She wasn’t really sure as she began to write this book, and she may not be sure now. But of this she is certain: our relationships with, and attitudes toward, animals are really worth thinking about. In What I Don’t Know About Animals, she shows why.

Diski sets out on her wide-ranging investigation by remembering the stuffed cuddly creatures from her childhood, the animal books she read, the cartoons she watched, the strays she found. She considers the animals who have lived and still live with her (most especially Bunty the cat), animals she has encoun-tered close up, and those she has feared. She examines human beings, too, and how they have looked at, stud-ied, treated, and written about the non-human creatures of our shared planet. Ranging still further, the author interviews scientists, discusses Derrida and his cat, and observes elephants in kenya, always seeking the key to the complex relationship we in the modern West have with animals.

Subtle, intelligent, and always engaging, this book is a brilliant exploration of what it means to be human and what it means to be animal, and the uncertainty of what we can know about either.

JENNy DISkI has worked as a full-time writer for over twenty-fi ve years, during which she has published numerous novels, essays, and memoirs. She contributes regularly to the London Review of Books and many other papers and journals in the United kingdom, the United States, and elsewhere. She lives in Cambridge, Uk.

“Subtle, intelligent and engaging.”—Over the Counter

September Nature/Psychology Cloth 978-0-300-17684-1 $26.00 320 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 For sale in the U.S. and its dependencies, the Philippines, and Canada

13 General Interest

blu virginia Grise Foreword by David Hare

Announcing the 2010 winner of the Yale Drama Prize

Memory, history, and culture collide with the starlit rooftop dreams of a myth-inspired character as Soledad and her partner, Hailstorm, redefi ne family on their own terms after the death of their eldest son in Iraq. blu, steeped in poetic realism and contemporary politics, challenges us to try to imagine a time before war.

Selected as the winner of the 2010 yale Drama compe-tition from more than 950 submissions, virginia Grise’s play blu takes place in the present but looks back on the not too distant past through a series of prayers, ritu-als, and dreams. Contest judge David Hare commented,

“virginia Grise is a blazingly talented writer, and her play blu stays with you a long time after you’ve read it.” Noting that 2010 was a banner year for women play-wrights, he added, “Women’s writing for the theatre is stronger and more eloquent than it has ever been.”

vIRGINIA GRISE received her MFA degree from the California Institute of the Arts and is a recipient of the 2010 Princess Grace Award in Theater Directing. In addition to the yale Drama Award, her play blu was a fi nalist for the kennedy Center for the Performing Arts Latino/a Playwrighting Award and the Alliance Theatre’s kendeda Award.

◆◆ yAle DrAMA series

The yale Drama Series competition, sponsored by yale University Press and the yale Repertory Theatre, is intended to encourage emerging playwrights. The winner receives the David C. Horn Prize, and the winning play is given a staged reading at the yale Repertory Theatre and published by yale University Press. The competition was judged by Edward Albee in its fi rst two years and by David Hare in 2009 and 2010.

September Drama Paper 978-0-300-16922-5 $18.00 Also available as an eBook. 80 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 9 World

14 General Interest

Conversions Two Family Stories from the Reformation and Modern America

Craig Harline

The experiences of two families—one in seventeenth-century Holland, the other in America today—and how they coped when a family member changed religions

This powerful and innovative work by a gifted cultural historian explores the effects of religious conversion on family relationships, showing how the challenges of the Reformation can offer insight to families facing simi-larly divisive situations today.

Craig Harline begins with the story of young Jacob Rolandus, the son of a Dutch Reformed preacher, who converted to Catholicism in 1654 and ran away from home, causing his family to disown him. In the compan-ion story, Michael Sunbloom, a young American, leaves his family’s religion in 1973 to convert to Mormonism, similarly upsetting his distraught parents. The modern twist to Michael’s story is his realization that he is gay, causing him to leave his new church, and upsetting his parents again—but this time the family reconciles.

Recounting these stories in short, alternating chapters, Harline underscores the parallel aspects of the two far-fl ung families. Despite different outcomes and forms, their situations involve nearly identical dynamics and heart-wrenching choices. Through the author’s deeply informed imagination, the experiences of a seven-teenth-century European family are transformed into immediately recognizable terms.

CRAIG HARLINE is professor of history at Brigham young University. He is the award-winning author of fi ve previous books, including Miracles at the Jesus Oak: Histories of the Supernatural in Reformation Europe and Sunday: A History of the First Day from Babylonia to the Super Bowl, both available in paperback from yale University Press (see page 100).

“A beautiful and moving book. Harline is a master at narrative and at making the most painstaking research look effortless. These two unconnected stories required very different approaches, yet Harline’s writing binds them together with an odd, yet arresting symmetry, overfl owing with integrity and insight.”—Carlos Eire, yale University

◆◆ new Directions in nArrAtive history Also by crAig hArline:A Bishop’s TaleMathias Hovius Among His Flock in Seventeenth-Century FlandersPaper 978-0-300-09405-3 $22.50txThe Burdens of Sister MargaretInside a Seventeenth-Century Convent; Abridged EditionPaper 978-0-300-08121-3 $12.95tx

September Religion/History Cloth 978-0-300-16701-6 $27.50 Also available as an eBook. 320 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 3 b/w illus. World

15 General Interest

“A magnificent new life. . . . There have been many biographies

of Stanley, but Jeal’s is the most felicitous, the best informed, the

most complete and readable and exhaustive, profiting from his

access to an immense new trove of Stanley material.”

—Paul Theroux, front page, New York Times Book Review

“[An] impressive, revealing, and well written biography. . . .

Tim Jeal has had both the good fortune to see [Stanley’s] papers

and the skill to construct a new interpretation around them.

He recognizes Stanley’s feats and views them in the context of

his age rather than ours. Moreover, he adds new layers to his

subject’s character.”—David Gilmour, New York Review of Books

“[T]his commanding, definitive biography . . . is an unalloyed

triumph.”—Jason Roberts, Washington Post Book World

“Sympathetic yet balanced, perceptive and full of perspective,

this is biography at its best.”—Ross Leckie, The Times London

Winner of the 2007 National Book Critics Circle Award for Biography

Named one of the 100 Notable Books of 2007 by the New York Times Book Review

Selected as one of the best books of 2008 by the Washington Post

Nominated for the 2007 Los Angeles Times Book Prize for Biography

Joyc

e Je

al

PrAise For tiM JeAl’s

Stanley: the ImpoSSIble

lIfe of afrIca’S GreateSt explorer

Explorers of the NileThe Triumph and the Tragedy of a Great victorian Adventure

Tim Jeal

From the best-selling author of Stanley, a riveting account of the explorers who risked everything in their search for the source of the Nile

Nothing obsessed explorers of the mid-nineteenth cen-tury more than the quest to discover the source of the White Nile. It was the planet’s most elusive secret, the prize coveted above all others. Between 1856 and 1876, six larger-than-life men and one extraordinary woman accepted the challenge. Showing extreme courage and resilience, Richard Burton, John Hanning Speke, James Augustus Grant, Samuel Baker, Florence von Sass, David Livingstone, and Henry Morton Stanley risked their lives and reputations in the fierce com-petition. Award-winning author Tim Jeal deploys fascinating new research to provide a vivid tableau of the unmapped “Dark Continent,” its jungle depriva-tions, and the courage—as well as malicious tactics—of the explorers.

on multiple forays launched into east and central Africa, the travelers passed through almost impen-etrable terrain and suffered the ravages of flesh-eating ulcers, paralysis, malaria, deep spear wounds, and even death. They discovered Lakes Tanganyika and victoria and became the first white people to encounter the kingdoms of Buganda and Bunyoro. Jeal weaves the story with authentic new detail and examines the tragic unintended legacy of the Nile search that still casts a long shadow over the people of Uganda and Sudan.

TIM JEAL is the author of acclaimed biographies of Livingstone, Baden-Powell, and Stanley, each selected as a Notable Book of the year by the New York Times and the Washington Post. He lives in London.

Also by tiM JeAl: Stanley The Impossible Life of Africa’s Greatest Explorer Paper 978-0-300-14223-5 $18.00 Baden-Powell Founder of the Boy Scouts Paper 978-0-300-09103-8 $24.00sc Livingstone Paper 978-0-300-09102-1 $23.00tx

October History Cloth 978-0-300-14935-7 $32.50 Also available as an eBook. 592 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 35 b/w illus. For sale in North America only

16 General Interest

“A magnifi cent new life. . . . There have been many biographies

of Stanley, but Jeal’s is the most felicitous, the best informed, the

most complete and readable and exhaustive, profi ting from his

access to an immense new trove of Stanley material.”

—Paul Theroux, front page, New York Times Book Review

“[An] impressive, revealing, and well written biography. . . .

Tim Jeal has had both the good fortune to see [Stanley’s] papers

and the skill to construct a new interpretation around them.

He recognizes Stanley’s feats and views them in the context of

his age rather than ours. Moreover, he adds new layers to his

subject’s character.”—David Gilmour, New York Review of Books

“[T]his commanding, defi nitive biography . . . is an unalloyed

triumph.”—Jason Roberts, Washington Post Book World

“Sympathetic yet balanced, perceptive and full of perspective,

this is biography at its best.”—Ross Leckie, The Times London

Winner of the 2007 National Book Critics Circle Award for Biography

Named one of the 100 Notable Books of 2007 by the New York Times Book Review

Selected as one of the best books of 2008 by the Washington Post

Nominated for the 2007 Los Angeles Times Book Prize for Biography

Joyc

e Je

al

PrAise For tiM JeAl’s

Stanley: the ImpoSSIble

lIfe of afrIca’S GreateSt explorer

Explorers of the Nile The Triumph and the Tragedy of a Great victorian Adventure

Tim Jeal

From the best-selling author of Stanley, a riveting account of the explorers who risked everything in their search for the source of the Nile

Nothing obsessed explorers of the mid-nineteenth cen-tury more than the quest to discover the source of the White Nile. It was the planet’s most elusive secret, the prize coveted above all others. Between 1856 and 1876, six larger-than-life men and one extraordinary woman accepted the challenge. Showing extreme courage and resilience, Richard Burton, John Hanning Speke, James Augustus Grant, Samuel Baker, Florence von Sass, David Livingstone, and Henry Morton Stanley risked their lives and reputations in the fi erce com-petition. Award-winning author Tim Jeal deploys fascinating new research to provide a vivid tableau of the unmapped “Dark Continent,” its jungle depriva-tions, and the courage—as well as malicious tactics—of the explorers.

on multiple forays launched into east and central Africa, the travelers passed through almost impen-etrable terrain and suffered the ravages of fl esh-eating ulcers, paralysis, malaria, deep spear wounds, and even death. They discovered Lakes Tanganyika and victoria and became the fi rst white people to encounter the kingdoms of Buganda and Bunyoro. Jeal weaves the story with authentic new detail and examines the tragic unintended legacy of the Nile search that still casts a long shadow over the people of Uganda and Sudan.

TIM JEAL is the author of acclaimed biographies of Livingstone, Baden-Powell, and Stanley, each selected as a Notable Book of the year by the New York Times and the Washington Post. He lives in London.

Also by tiM JeAl:StanleyThe Impossible Life of Africa’s Greatest ExplorerPaper 978-0-300-14223-5 $18.00Baden-PowellFounder of the Boy ScoutsPaper 978-0-300-09103-8 $24.00scLivingstonePaper 978-0-300-09102-1 $23.00tx

October History Cloth 978-0-300-14935-7 $32.50 Also available as an eBook. 592 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 35 b/w illus. For sale in North America only

17 General Interest

Perilous Glory The Rise of Western Military Power

John France

A major new history of war that challenges our understanding of military dominance and how it is achieved

This expansive book surveys the history of warfare from ancient Mesopotamia to the Gulf War in search of a deeper understanding of the origins of Western warfare and the reasons for its eminence today. Historian John France explores the experience of war around the globe, in Europe, Asia, Africa, and America. His bold conclu-sions cast doubt on well-entrenched attitudes about the development of military strength, the impact of cul-ture on warfare, the future of Western dominance, and much more.

Taking into account wars waged by virtually all civiliza-tions since the beginning of recorded history, France fi nds that despite enormous cultural differences, war was conducted in distinctly similar ways right up to the Military Revolution and the pursuit of techno-logical warfare in the nineteenth century. Since then, European and American culture has shaped warfare, but only because we have achieved a sense of distance from it, France argues. He warns that the present emi-nence of U.S. power is much more precarious and accidental than commonly believed. The notion that war is a distant phenomenon is only an illusion, and our cultural attitudes must change accordingly.

JoHN FRANCE is professor emeritus, Department of History and Classics, Swansea University. He is author of The Crusades and the Expansion of Catholic Christendom, among numerous other books and articles. He lives in Swansea, Uk.

“An ambitious book, written with vigour and assertiveness.”—Hew Strachan, author of The First World War

October History/Military History Cloth 978-0-300-12074-5 $35.00 Also available as an eBook. 448 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 32 b/w illus. World

18 General Interest

Emma Goldman Revolution as a Way of Life

vivian Gornick

A vibrant, deeply human portrait of a woman dedicated to fi erce protest against the tyranny of institutions over individuals, by the celebrated author

Emma Goldman is the story of a modern radical who took seriously the idea that inner liberation is the fi rst business of social revolution. Her politics, from begin-ning to end, was based on resistance to that which thwarted the free development of the inner self. The right to stay alive in one’s senses, to enjoy freedom of thought and speech, to reject the arbitrary use of power—these were key demands in the many public protest movements she helped mount.

Anarchist par excellence, Goldman is one of the memo-rable political fi gures of our time, not because of her gift for theory or analysis or even strategy, but because some extraordinary force of life in her burned, without rest or respite, on behalf of human integrity—and she was able to make the thousands of people who, for decades on end, fl ocked to her lectures, feel intimately connected to the pain inherent in the abuse of that integrity. To hear Emma describe, in language as magnetic as it was illuminating, what the boot felt like on the neck, was to experience the mythic quality of organized oppres-sion. As the women and men in her audience listened to her, the homeliness of their own small lives became invested with a sense of drama that acted as a catalyst for the wild, vagrant hope that things need not always be as they were. All you had to do, she promised, was resist. In time, she herself would become a world-famous symbol for the spirit of resistance to the power of institutional authority over the lone individual.

In Emma Goldman, vivian Gornick draws a surpass-ingly intimate and insightful portrait of a woman of heroic proportions whose performance on the stage of history did what Tolstoy said a work of art should do: it made people love life more.

“Gornick’s portrayal of Goldman captures Goldman’s psychological makeup in a profound, empathetic, and eloquent way.”—Alice Wexler, author of Emma Goldman: An Intimate Life

◆◆ Jewish lives

Jewish Lives is a major series of interpretive biography that explores the breadth and complexity of Jewish experience from antiquity through the present.

vIvIAN GoRNICk is the author of, among other books, the acclaimed memoir Fierce Attachments and three essay collections: The End of the Novel of Love, Approaching Eye Level, and, most recently, The Men in My Life. She lives in New york City.

September Biography/History/Jewish Studies Cloth 978-0-300-13726-2 $25.00 Also available as an eBook. 160 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 1 b/w illus. World

19 General Interest

What do you most want people to understand from reading this book?I hope the book illuminates how an issue that is more or less settled in every other democracy became a seemingly intractable political problem in the United States.It did not have to turn out this way. The legislation adopted in 2010 has its roots in moderate Republican proposals. But America’s polarized politics make it difficult to see the reforms clearly and put them in historical perspective. I hope the book helps to provide that understanding.

What’s the relationship of Remedy and Reaction to your 1984 book, The Social Transformation of American Medicine?In some ways it’s a sequel, but each of its three parts has a somewhat different foundation. Part one, about how health-care reform and the health-care system took shape during the twentieth century, presents the same kind of social and historical analysis as Social Transformation did.But Part Two, which deals with the parallel stories of the Clinton health plan and Republican health reforms in the Gingrich and Bush years, also reflects my observations inside the Clinton White House. That’s a kind of experience not usually available to historians.Finally, Part Three, about the battle over health-care reform under obama, combines journalism and historical analysis because it draws on interviews with participants, many of whom I know from my prior time in Washington.

Why did Obama succeed where Clinton failed?Between 1993 and 2009, the biggest change was the emergence of a consensus about the basic elements of legislation among reformers, major interest groups, and leading Democrats in Congress. The reforms adopted in Massachusetts in 2006 as a result of Mitt Romney’s leadership were critical in shaping that consensus. obama accepted that approach; he didn’t originate it. Romney probably deserves more credit for the basic architecture of the national reforms, and I hope one day he proudly accepts that credit.

Didn’t Obama’s leadership matter?If obama hadn’t decided to make health-care reform a priority as president, it would never have passed. Why did he take it on? His earlier history didn’t indicate a deep commitment to health-care reform. I think the 2008 presidential campaign was crucial because of the pressure from the party base to confront the issue, plus an accident of history: he ran into Hillary Clinton on the way to the nomination, and debating her forced him to master health policy. Perhaps most important, the support for reform from key stakeholder groups and members of Congress changed the political calculus on health care. That’s what made it a better bet than climate legislation.

Chr

is Vu

ltagg

io

Intelligence Squared U.S. Debates January 11, 2011

A conversAtion with PAul stArr

Remedy and ReactionThe Peculiar American Struggle over Health Care Reform

Paul Starr

A leading expert explains how Americans trapped themselves in a costly and complicated health system—and came to fight so bitterly about changing it

In no other country has health care served as such a volatile flashpoint of ideological conflict. America has endured a century of rancorous debate on health insur-ance, and despite the passage of legislation in 2010, the battle is not yet over. This book is a history of how and why the United States became so stubbornly different in health care, presented by an expert with unsurpassed knowledge of the issues.

Tracing health-care reform from its beginnings to its current uncertain prospects, Paul Starr argues that the United States ensnared itself in a trap through policies that satisfied enough of the public and so enriched the health-care industry as to make the system difficult to change.

He reveals the inside story of the rise and fall of the Clinton health plan in the early 1990s—and of the Gingrich counterrevolution that followed. And he explains the curious tale of how Mitt Romney’s reforms in Massachusetts became a model for Democrats and then follows both the passage of those reforms under obama and the explosive reaction they elicited from conservatives. Writing concisely and with an even hand, the author offers exactly what is needed as the debate continues—a penetrating account of how health care became such treacherous terrain in American politics.

PAUL STARR is professor of sociology and public affairs, Princeton University, and co-founder and co-editor of The American Prospect. His 1984 book The Social Transformation of American Medicine won the Pulitzer Prize for Nonfiction and the Bancroft Prize in American his-tory. A senior advisor on health policy in the Clinton White House, he writes frequently on national politics.

October Current Events/Politics Cloth 978-0-300-17109-9 $28.50 Also available as an eBook. 320 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 For sale in North America only

20 General Interest

What do you most want people to understand from reading this book?I hope the book illuminates how an issue that is more or less settled in every other democracy became a seemingly intractable political problem in the United States.It did not have to turn out this way. The legislation adopted in 2010 has its roots in moderate Republican proposals. But America’s polarized politics make it diffi cult to see the reforms clearly and put them in historical perspective. I hope the book helps to provide that understanding.

What’s the relationship of Remedy and Reaction to your 1984 book, The Social Transformation of American Medicine?In some ways it’s a sequel, but each of its three parts has a somewhat different foundation. Part one, about how health-care reform and the health-care system took shape during the twentieth century, presents the same kind of social and historical analysis as Social Transformation did.But Part Two, which deals with the parallel stories of the Clinton health plan and Republican health reforms in the Gingrich and Bush years, also refl ects my observations inside the Clinton White House. That’s a kind of experience not usually available to historians.Finally, Part Three, about the battle over health-care reform under obama, combines journalism and historical analysis because it draws on interviews with participants, many of whom I know from my prior time in Washington.

Why did Obama succeed where Clinton failed?Between 1993 and 2009, the biggest change was the emergence of a consensus about the basic elements of legislation among reformers, major interest groups, and leading Democrats in Congress. The reforms adopted in Massachusetts in 2006 as a result of Mitt Romney’s leadership were critical in shaping that consensus. obama accepted that approach; he didn’t originate it. Romney probably deserves more credit for the basic architecture of the national reforms, and I hope one day he proudly accepts that credit.

Didn’t Obama’s leadership matter?If obama hadn’t decided to make health-care reform a priority as president, it would never have passed. Why did he take it on? His earlier history didn’t indicate a deep commitment to health-care reform. I think the 2008 presidential campaign was crucial because of the pressure from the party base to confront the issue, plus an accident of history: he ran into Hillary Clinton on the way to the nomination, and debating her forced him to master health policy. Perhaps most important, the support for reform from key stakeholder groups and members of Congress changed the political calculus on health care. That’s what made it a better bet than climate legislation.

Chr

is Vu

ltagg

io

Intelligence Squared U.S. DebatesJanuary 11, 2011

A conversAtion with PAul stArr

Remedy and Reaction The Peculiar American Struggle over Health Care Reform

Paul Starr

A leading expert explains how Americans trapped themselves in a costly and complicated health system—and came to fi ght so bitterly about changing it

In no other country has health care served as such a volatile fl ashpoint of ideological confl ict. America has endured a century of rancorous debate on health insur-ance, and despite the passage of legislation in 2010, the battle is not yet over. This book is a history of how and why the United States became so stubbornly different in health care, presented by an expert with unsurpassed knowledge of the issues.

Tracing health-care reform from its beginnings to its current uncertain prospects, Paul Starr argues that the United States ensnared itself in a trap through policies that satisfi ed enough of the public and so enriched the health-care industry as to make the system diffi cult to change.

He reveals the inside story of the rise and fall of the Clinton health plan in the early 1990s—and of the Gingrich counterrevolution that followed. And he explains the curious tale of how Mitt Romney’s reforms in Massachusetts became a model for Democrats and then follows both the passage of those reforms under obama and the explosive reaction they elicited from conservatives. Writing concisely and with an even hand, the author offers exactly what is needed as the debate continues—a penetrating account of how health care became such treacherous terrain in American politics.

PAUL STARR is professor of sociology and public affairs, Princeton University, and co-founder and co-editor of The American Prospect. His 1984 book The Social Transformation of American Medicine won the Pulitzer Prize for Nonfi ction and the Bancroft Prize in American his-tory. A senior advisor on health policy in the Clinton White House, he writes frequently on national politics.

October Current Events/Politics Cloth 978-0-300-17109-9 $28.50 Also available as an eBook. 320 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 For sale in North America only

21 General Interest

The Myth of Choice Personal Responsibility in a World of Limits

kent Greenfi eld

Freedom of choice is at the core of the American story. But what if choice is fake?

Americans are fi xated on the idea of choice. our politi-cal theory is based on the consent of the governed. our legal system is built upon the argument that people freely make choices and bear responsibility for them. And what slogan could better express the heart of our consumer culture than “Have it your way”?

In this provocative book, kent Greenfi eld poses unset-tling questions about the choices we make. What if they are more constrained and limited than we like to think? If we have less free will than we realize, what are the implications for us as individuals and for our society? To uncover the answers, Greenfi eld taps into scholarship on topics ranging from brain science to economics, political theory to sociology. His discover-ies—told through an entertaining array of news events, personal anecdotes, crime stories, and legal decisions—confi rm that many factors, conscious and unconscious, limit our free will. Worse, by failing to perceive them we leave ourselves open to manipulation. But Greenfi eld offers useful suggestions to help us become better deci-sion makers as individuals, and to ensure that in our laws and public policy we acknowledge the complexity of choice.

kENT GREENFIELD is professor of law and law fund research scholar, Boston College. He is author of The Failure of Corporate Law: Fundamental Flaws and Progressive Possibilities and numerous schol-arly law articles. He blogs on Huffi ngton Post and other sites and is a frequent public speaker. He clerked for Justice David H. Souter on the United States Supreme Court. The author lives in Cambridge, MA.

October Psychology/Law/Politics Cloth 978-0-300-16950-8 $27.00 Also available as an eBook. 256 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 21 b/w illus. World

22 General Interest

Losing It In which an Aging Professor laments his shrinking Brain . . .

William Ian Miller

From the author of The Anatomy of Disgust, a wickedly funny, effortlessly erudite essay on the horrors of old age, past and present

In Losing It, William Ian Miller brings his inimitable wit and learning to the subject of growing old: too old to matter, of either rightly losing your confi dence or wrongly maintaining it, culpably refusing to face the fact that you are losing it. The “it” in Miller’s “losing it” refers mainly to mental faculties—memory, processing speed, sensory acuity, the capacity to focus. But it includes other evidence as well—sags and fl accidities, aches and pains, failing joints and organs. What are we to make of these tell-tale signs? Does growing old gracefully mean more than simply refusing unseemly cosmetic surger-ies? How do we face decline and the fi nal drawing of the blinds? Will we know if and when we have lingered too long?

Drawing on a lifetime of deep study and anxious obser-vation, Miller enlists the wisdom of the ancients to confront these vexed questions head on. Debunking the glossy new image of old age that has accompa-nied the graying of the Baby Boomers, he conjures a lost world of aging rituals—complaints, taking to bed, resentments of one’s heirs, schemes for taking it with you or settling up accounts and scores—to remind us of the ongoing dilemmas of old age. Darkly intelligent and sublimely written, this exhilarating and eccentric book will raise the spirits of readers, young and old.

WILLIAM IAN MILLER is Thomas G. Long Professor of Law, University of Michigan Law School. He is the author of seven previ-ous books, including The Anatomy of Disgust, which was named 1997 best book in anthropology/sociology by the Association of American Publishers. He lives in Ann Arbor, MI.

October Psychology/Humor Cloth 978-0-300-17101-3 $27.00 Also available as an eBook. 352 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 4 b/w illus. World

23 General Interest

Why did you write this book?Philosophy is one of the most stimulating and important subjects there is. We all philosophize some of the time when we think about how we should live, whether or not God exists, or how society should be organized. These questions have vexed the greatest minds for thousands of years. yet some people are still daunted by philosophy. They think it’s an impenetrable and obscure subject that has no relevance for them. I wanted to show this isn’t true, that it’s possible to write an accessible and enjoyable book without betraying the spirit of the great thinkers of the past or making them obscure or irrelevant. I decided to focus on the Western tradition in philosophy and on one or two key ideas from each philosopher discussed rather than attempt an encyclopedic overview.

How is making philosophy accessible to all a challenge?Part of the challenge of writing a book like this was to keep the language straightforward. Many philosophers have introduced complex technical terms that make their writing hard to follow. It’s easy to fall into the habit of mirroring them. Writing in a way that doesn’t presuppose knowledge is an excellent discipline, though, as there’s no place to hide.

Which philosophers do you personally find most engaging?Socrates, the great fifth-century Athenian philosopher who would cross-question passersby in the marketplace and reveal how little they really knew, is one of my personal favourites. His unwillingness to accept assumptions, and his passion for discovering the truth or, failing that, how little he knew, provide a model for all philosophers. Although he wasn’t the first philosopher, he was the first great philosopher. He of all the philosophers in the book is the one I’d most like to have met. My second choice would be the eighteenth-century philosopher David Hume, a remarkable thinker who was also a superb writer.

What are the major themes of your book?A Little History of Philosophy focuses on the major themes of philosophy: appearance and reality, the nature of the self, and questions about God’s existence and about how we should live, both individually and as members of society. Throughout philosophy’s history these have been the perennial themes. Each era gives them a new twist, but they aren’t going to go away.

A conversAtion with

nigel wArburton

A Little History of PhilosophyNigel Warburton

For readers of E. H. Gombrich’s A Little History of the World, an equally irresistible volume that brings history’s greatest philosophers to life

Philosophy begins with questions about the nature of reality and how we should live. These were the con-cerns of Socrates, who spent his days in the ancient Athenian marketplace asking awkward questions, dis-concerting the people he met by showing them how little they genuinely understood. This engaging book introduces the great thinkers in Western philosophy and explores their most compelling ideas about the world and how best to live in it.

In forty brief chapters, Nigel Warburton guides us on a chronological tour of the major ideas in the history of philosophy. He provides interesting and often quirky stories of the lives and deaths of thought-provoking phi-losophers from Socrates, who chose to die by hemlock poisoning rather than live on without the freedom to think for himself, to Peter Singer, who asks the disquiet-ing philosophical and ethical questions that haunt our own times.

Warburton not only makes philosophy accessible, he offers inspiration to think, argue, reason, and ask in the tradition of Socrates. A Little History of Philosophy presents the grand sweep of humanity’s search for philosophical understanding and invites all to join in the discussion.

NIGEL WARBURToN is senior lecturer in philosophy, The open University. He is the author of several popular introductions to philoso-phy and is the interviewer on the Philosophy Bites podcast. He lives in oxford, Uk.

October Philosophy/History Cloth 978-0-300-15208-1 $25.00 Also available as an eBook. 288 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄2 42 b/w illus. World

24 General Interest

Why did you write this book?Philosophy is one of the most stimulating and important subjects there is. We all philosophize some of the time when we think about how we should live, whether or not God exists, or how society should be organized. These questions have vexed the greatest minds for thousands of years. yet some people are still daunted by philosophy. They think it’s an impenetrable and obscure subject that has no relevance for them. I wanted to show this isn’t true, that it’s possible to write an accessible and enjoyable book without betraying the spirit of the great thinkers of the past or making them obscure or irrelevant. I decided to focus on the Western tradition in philosophy and on one or two key ideas from each philosopher discussed rather than attempt an encyclopedic overview.

How is making philosophy accessible to all a challenge?Part of the challenge of writing a book like this was to keep the language straightforward. Many philosophers have introduced complex technical terms that make their writing hard to follow. It’s easy to fall into the habit of mirroring them. Writing in a way that doesn’t presuppose knowledge is an excellent discipline, though, as there’s no place to hide.

Which philosophers do you personally fi nd most engaging?Socrates, the great fi fth-century Athenian philosopher who would cross-question passersby in the marketplace and reveal how little they really knew, is one of my personal favourites. His unwillingness to accept assumptions, and his passion for discovering the truth or, failing that, how little he knew, provide a model for all philosophers. Although he wasn’t the fi rst philosopher, he was the fi rst great philosopher. He of all the philosophers in the book is the one I’d most like to have met. My second choice would be the eighteenth-century philosopher David Hume, a remarkable thinker who was also a superb writer.

What are the major themes of your book?A Little History of Philosophy focuses on the major themes of philosophy: appearance and reality, the nature of the self, and questions about God’s existence and about how we should live, both individually and as members of society. Throughout philosophy’s history these have been the perennial themes. Each era gives them a new twist, but they aren’t going to go away.

A conversAtion with

nigel wArburton

A Little History of Philosophy Nigel Warburton

For readers of E. H. Gombrich’s A Little History of the World, an equally irresistible volume that brings history’s greatest philosophers to life

Philosophy begins with questions about the nature of reality and how we should live. These were the con-cerns of Socrates, who spent his days in the ancient Athenian marketplace asking awkward questions, dis-concerting the people he met by showing them how little they genuinely understood. This engaging book introduces the great thinkers in Western philosophy and explores their most compelling ideas about the world and how best to live in it.

In forty brief chapters, Nigel Warburton guides us on a chronological tour of the major ideas in the history of philosophy. He provides interesting and often quirky stories of the lives and deaths of thought-provoking phi-losophers from Socrates, who chose to die by hemlock poisoning rather than live on without the freedom to think for himself, to Peter Singer, who asks the disquiet-ing philosophical and ethical questions that haunt our own times.

Warburton not only makes philosophy accessible, he offers inspiration to think, argue, reason, and ask in the tradition of Socrates. A Little History of Philosophy presents the grand sweep of humanity’s search for philosophical understanding and invites all to join in the discussion.

NIGEL WARBURToN is senior lecturer in philosophy, The open University. He is the author of several popular introductions to philoso-phy and is the interviewer on the Philosophy Bites podcast. He lives in oxford, Uk.

October Philosophy/History Cloth 978-0-300-15208-1 $25.00 Also available as an eBook. 288 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄2 42 b/w illus. World

25 General Interest

Why Trilling Matters Adam kirsch

The distinguished poet and critic argues for the abiding relevance of a great literary mind of the twentieth century

Lionel Trilling, regarded at the time of his death in 1975 as America’s preeminent literary critic, is today often seen as a relic of a vanished era. His was an age when lit-erary criticism and ideas seemed to matter profoundly in the intellectual life of the country. In this eloquent book, Adam kirsch shows that Trilling, far from being obsolete, is essential to understanding our current crisis of literary confi dence—and to overcoming it.

By reading Trilling primarily as a writer and thinker, kirsch demonstrates how Trilling’s original and mov-ing work continues to provide an inspiring example of a mind creating itself through its encounters with texts. Why Trilling Matters introduces all of Trilling’s major writings and situates him in the intellectual land-scape of his century, from Communism in the 1930s to neoconservatism in the 1970s. But kirsch goes deeper, addressing today’s concerns about the decline of litera-ture, reading, and even the book itself, and fi nds that Trilling has more to teach us now than ever before. As kirsch writes, “Trilling’s essays are not exactly literary criticism” but, like all literature, “ends in themselves.”

ADAM kIRSCH is a senior editor of New Republic and a columnist for Tablet magazine. He is the author of several books of poetry and criti-cism, and most recently of a short biography of Benjamin Disraeli. He lives in New york City.

“This is a masterful book by a carefully attentive critic in close touch with his subject. kirsch stresses the dialectical, experiential character of Trilling’s writing, his perpetual shifting dialogue with himself and his times. A splendid and genuinely illuminating piece of work.”—Morris Dickstein, author of Dancing in the Dark: A Cultural History of the Great Depression

◆◆ why X MAtters series

Featuring intriguing pairings of authors with subjects, each volume in the Why X Matters series presents a concise argument for the continuing relevance of an important person or idea.

October Literary Studies/Biography Cloth 978-0-300-15269-2 $24.00 Also available as an eBook. 192 pp. 5 1⁄4 x 7 3⁄4 World

26 General Interest

The Burma Campaign Disaster into Triumph, 1942–45

Frank McLynn

A new perspective on the long and bloody Burma campaign, focusing on the four Allied commanders who battled not only the Japanese and their allies but also one another

This book, in essence a quadruple biography, tells the story of the four larger-than-life Allied commanders whose lives collided in the Burma campaign, one of the most punishing and protracted military adventures of World War II. Ranging from 1942, when the British suffered the greatest defeat in the history of the Empire, through the crucial battles of Imphal and kohima (“the Stalingrad of the East”), and on to ultimate victory in 1945, this account is vivid, brutal, and enthralling.

Frank McLynn opens a new window on the Burma Campaign, focusing on the interactions and antago-nisms of its principal players: William Slim, the brilliant general commanding the British 14th Army; orde Wingate, the ambitious and idiosyncratic com-mander of the Chindits, a British force of irregulars; Louis Mountbatten, one of Churchill’s favorites, over-promoted to the position of Supreme Commander, S.E. Asia; and Joseph Stilwell (“vinegar Joe”), a hard-line U.S. general, also a martinet and Anglophobe. McLynn draws careful portraits of each of these men, neglecting neither strengths nor fl aws, and shows with new clarity how the plans, designs, and strategies of generals and politicians were translated into a hideous reality for sol-diers on the ground.

FRANk McLyNN is a highly regarded historian who specializes in biographies and military history. He is the author of more than thirty books, including critically acclaimed biographies of Napoleon and Richard the Lionheart. He lives in Surrey, Uk.

“This is in my judgment the best survey of the south Asian campaign in existence. . . . The work is original, well researched, and provocative without being polemical.”—Dennis Showalter, Colorado College

◆◆ yAle librAry oF MilitAry history Also by FrAnk Mclynn:Captain CookMaster of the SeasCloth 978-0-300-11421-8 $35.00

October History Cloth 978-0-300-17162-4 $35.00 Also available as an eBook. 552 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 20 b/w illus. For sale in the US, its dependencies, and the Philippines

27 General Interest

The Iron Way Railroads, the Civil War, and the Making of Modern America

William G. Thomas

A new perspective on the central role of the railroads and slavery in the coming, fi ghting, and aftermath of the Civil War.

Beginning with Frederick Douglass’s escape from slav-ery in 1838 on the railroad, and ending with the driving of the golden spike to link the transcontinental railroad in 1869, this book charts a critical period of American expansion and national formation, one largely domi-nated by the dynamic growth of railroads and telegraphs. William G. Thomas brings new evidence to bear on railroads, the Confederate South, slavery, and the Civil War era, based on groundbreaking research in digitized sources never available before. The Iron Way revises our ideas about the emergence of modern America and the role of the railroads in shaping the sectional confl ict.

Both the North and the South invested in railroads to serve their larger purposes, Thomas contends. Though railroads are often cited as a major factor in the Union’s victory, he shows that they were also essential to the formation of “the South” as a unifi ed region. He dis-cusses the many—and sometimes unexpected—effects of railroad expansion and proposes that America’s great railroads became an important symbolic touchstone for the nation’s vision of itself.

Please visit the Railroads and the Making of Modern America website at http://railroads.unl.edu.

WILLIAM G. THoMAS is professor of history and the John and Catherine Angle Chair in the Humanities at the University of Nebraska-Lincoln. He taught history at the University of virginia, and, as director of the virginia Center for Digital History, created digital projects on slavery, the Civil War, segregation, and civil rights. He lives in Lincoln, Nebraska.

“William Thomas has written a remarkably nuanced and brilliant interpretation of railroads and the Civil War. . . . The Iron Way is truly path-breaking.”—vernon Burton, author of The Age of Lincoln

October History Cloth 978-0-300-14107-8 $30.00 Also available as an eBook. 352 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 56 b/w illus. World

28 General Interest

Ten Popes Who Shook the World Eamon Duffy

Of all the men who have served the Catholic Church as pope, who were the ten most infl uential?

Catholic popes have been powerful spiritual leaders for nearly two millennia, but their infl uence is not con-fi ned exclusively to Church matters. Many popes have played a central role in the history of Europe and the wider world, not only shouldering the spiritual burdens of their offi ce but also contending with the political crises of their times. In an acclaimed series of BBC radio broadcasts, Eamon Duffy enthralled listeners with vivid stories of the ten popes he judges “the most infl uential in history.” With this book, readers may now also enjoy Duffy’s portraits of ten exceptional men who shook the world.

The book begins with St. Peter, the Rock upon whom the Catholic Church was built, and follows with Leo the Great (fi fth century), Gregory the Great (sixth century), Gregory vII (eleventh century), Innocent III (thirteenth century), Paul III (sixteenth century), and Pius IX (nineteenth century). Among twentieth-cen-tury popes, Duffy examines the lives and contributions of Pius XII, who was elected on the eve of the Second World War, the kindly John XXIII, who captured the world’s imagination, and John Paul II, the fi rst non-Ital-ian pope in 450 years. Each of these ten, Duffy shows, was an extraordinary individual who helped shape the world we know today.

EAMoN DUFFy is professor of the history of Christianity, Cambridge University, and fellow and former president of Magdalene College. He is the author of many prizewinning books, among them Fires of Faith, Marking the Hours, and Saints and Sinners, all available from yale University Press. He lives in Cambridge, Uk.

Also by eAMon DuFFy:The Stripping of the AltarsTraditional Religion in England, 1400–1580, Second EditionPaper 978-0-300-10828-6 $23.00scSaints and SinnersA History of the Popes, Third EditionPaper 978-0-300-11597-0 $22.00The Voices of MorebathReformation and Rebellion in an English VillagePaper 978-0-300-09825-9 $16.00

October History/Religious History/Christianity Cloth 978-0-300-17688-9 $25.00 176 pp. 5 1⁄4 x 8 30 b/w illus. World

29 General Interest

Hitler’s Hangman The Life of Heydrich

Robert Gerwarth

A chilling biography of the head of Nazi Germany’s terror apparatus, a key player in the Third Reich whose full story has never before been told

Reinhard Heydrich is widely recognized as one of the great iconic villains of the twentieth century, an appalling fi gure even within the context of the Nazi leadership. Chief of the Nazi Criminal Police, the SS Security Service, and the Gestapo, ruthless overlord of Nazi-occupied Bohemia and Moravia, and lead-ing planner of the “Final Solution,” Heydrich played a central role in Hitler’s Germany. He shouldered a major share of responsibility for some of the worst Nazi atrocities, and up to his assassination in Prague in 1942, he was widely seen as one of the most dangerous men in Nazi Germany. yet Heydrich has received remark-ably modest attention in the extensive literature of the Third Reich.

Robert Gerwarth weaves together little-known stories of Heydrich’s private life with his deeds as head of the Nazi Reich Security Main offi ce. Fully exploring Heydrich’s progression from a privileged middle-class youth to a rapacious mass murderer, Gerwarth sheds new light on the complexity of Heydrich’s adult char-acter, his motivations, the incremental steps that led to unimaginable atrocities, and the consequences of his murderous efforts toward re-creating the entire ethnic makeup of Europe.

RoBERT GERWARTH is professor of modern history and director of the Centre for War Studies, University College Dublin.

October Biography/History Cloth 978-0-300-11575-8 $35.00 Also available as an eBook. 336 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 16 pp. b/w illus. World

30 General Interest

Leon Trotsky A Revolutionary’s Life

Joshua Rubenstein

A clear-eyed exploration of the career of Leon Trotsky, the tragic hero who “dreamed of justice and then wreaked havoc,” by a leading expert on human rights and the former Soviet Union

Born Lev Davidovich Bronstein in southern Ukraine, Trotsky was both a world-class intellectual and a man capable of the most narrow-minded ideological dog-matism. He was an effective military strategist and an adept diplomat, who staked the fate of the Bolshevik revolution on the meager foundation of a Europe-wide Communist upheaval. He was a master politician who played his cards badly in the momentous struggle for power against Stalin in the 1920s. And he was an assimi-lated, indifferent Jew who was among the fi rst to foresee that Hitler’s triumph would mean disaster for his fellow European Jews, and that Stalin would attempt to forge an alliance with Hitler if Soviet overtures to the Western democracies failed.

Here, Trotsky emerges as a brilliant and brilliantly fl awed man. Rubenstein offers us a Trotsky who is mentally acute and impatient with others, one of the fi nest students of contemporary politics who refused to engage in the nitty-gritty of party organization in the 1920s, when Stalin was maneuvering, inexorably, toward Trotsky’s own political oblivion.

As Joshua Rubenstein writes in his preface, “Leon Trotsky haunts our historical memory. A preeminent revolutionary fi gure and a masterful writer, Trotsky led an upheaval that helped to defi ne the contours of twentieth-century politics.” In this lucid and judicious evocation of Trotsky’s life, Joshua Rubenstein gives us an interpretation for the twenty-fi rst century.

“Joshua Rubenstein has produced a steadily intelligent, insightful biography of one the last century’s most alluring intellectual-politicians, a man of astonishing brilliance and no less astonishing rigidities.”—Steven J. zipperstein, Stanford University

◆◆ Jewish lives

JoSHUA RUBENSTEIN is the Northeast Regional Director of Amnesty International USA and a longtime associate at Harvard University’s Davis Center for Russian and Eurasian Studies. He is the author of Tangled Loyalties: The Life and Times of Ilya Ehrenburg and is coeditor of The KGB File of Andrei Sakharov and Stalin’s Secret Pogrom, both published by yale University Press. Stalin’s Secret Pogrom received a National Jewish Book Award.

October Biography/History/Jewish Studies Cloth 978-0-300-13724-8 $25.00 Also available as an eBook. 240 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 1 b/w illus. World

31 General Interest

The zong A Massacre, the Law and the End of Slavery

James Walvin

The fi rst full review of the mass murder by crew members on the slave ship Zong and the lasting repercussions of this horrifying event

on November 29, 1781, Captain Collingwood of the British ship Zong commanded his crew to throw over-board one-third of his cargo: a shipment of Africans bound for slavery in America. The captain believed his ship was off course, and he feared there was not enough drinking water to last until landfall. This book is the fi rst to examine in detail the deplorable killings on the Zong, the lawsuit that ensued, how the murder of 132 slaves affected debates about slavery, and the way we remember the infamous Zong today.

Historian James Walvin explores all aspects of the Zong’s voyage and the subsequent trial—a case brought to court not for the murder of the slaves but as a suit against the insurers who denied the owners’ claim that their “cargo” had been necessarily jettisoned. The scan-dalous case prompted wide debate and fueled Britain’s awakening abolition movement. Without the episode of the Zong, Walvin contends, the process of ending the slave trade would have taken an entirely different moral and political trajectory. He concludes with a fascinating discussion of how the case of the Zong, though unique in the history of slave ships, has come to be understood as typical of life on all such ships.

JAMES WALvIN is professor emeritus, University of york, and a world authority on transatlantic slavery. Among his many previous books are Black Ivory: Slavery in the British Empire and The Trader, The Owner, The Slave: Parallel Lives in the Age of Slavery. He lives in york, Uk.

“Few who have studied the Atlantic slave trade are unaware of the infamous story of the Zong, when in 1781 over 130 enslaved Africans were thrown overboard alive in order that the ship’s owners might claim insurance on them. James Walvin’s achievement is fi rmly to locate this notorious episode within the larger history of the British slave trade as well as the beginnings of the movement to abolish it. This is Walvin at his best.”—David Richardson, co-author of Atlas of the Transatlantic Slave Trade

October History/African American History Cloth 978-0-300-12555-9 $32.50 304 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄2 12 b/w illus. World

32 General Interest

kenya Between Hope and Despair, 1963–2011

Daniel Branch

An illuminating account of Kenya’s fi rst fi fty years of independence and the issues that block the nation’s path to prosperity and justice

on December 12, 1963, people across kenya joyfully celebrated independence from British colonial rule, anticipating a bright future of prosperity and social justice. As the nation approaches the fi ftieth anniver-sary of its independence, however, the people’s dream remains elusive. During its fi rst fi ve decades kenya has experienced assassinations, riots, coup attempts, ethnic violence, and political corruption. The ranks of the disaffected, the unemployed, and the poor have mul-tiplied. In this authoritative and insightful account of kenya’s history from 1963 to the present day, Daniel Branch sheds new light on the nation’s struggles and the complicated causes behind them.

Branch describes how kenya constructed itself as a state and how ethnicity has proved a powerful force in national politics from the start, as have disorder and vio-lence. He explores such divisive political issues as the needs of the landless poor, international relations with Britain and with the Cold War superpowers, and the direction of economic development. Tracing an esca-lation of government corruption over time, the author brings his discussion to the present, paying particular attention to the rigged election of 2007, the subsequent compromise government, and kenya’s prospects as a still-evolving independent state.

DANIEL BRANCH is assistant professor of African history, University of Warwick. He is the author of Defeating Mau Mau, Creating Kenya: Counterinsurgency, Civil War, and Decolonization. He lives in Warwick, Uk.

November Current Events/PoliticsCloth 978-0-300-14876-3 $35.00 352 pp. 6 x 9 20 b/w illus. World

33 General Interest

A Little History of the WorldIllustrated Edition

E. H. Gombrich

A glorious illustrated edition of the international bestseller

E. H. Gombrich’s Little History of the World, though written in 1935, has become one of the treasures of his-torical writing since its first publication in English in 2005. The yale edition alone has now sold over half a million copies, and the book is available worldwide in almost thirty languages.

Gombrich was of course the best-known art historian of his time, and his text suggests illustrations on every page. This illustrated edition of the Little History brings together the pellucid humanity of his narrative with the images that may well have been in his mind’s eye as he wrote the book. The two hundred illustrations—most of them in full color—are not simple embellishments, though they are beautiful. They emerge from the text, enrich the author’s intention, and deepen the pleasure of reading this remarkable work.

For this edition the text is reset in a spacious format, flowing around illustrations that range from paintings to line drawings, emblems, motifs, and symbols. The book incorporates freshly drawn maps, a revised pref-ace, and a new index.

Blending high-grade design, fine paper, and classic bind-ing, this is both a sumptuous gift book and an enhanced edition of a timeless account of human history.

E. H. GoMBRICH, author of the international classic The Story of Art, was born in vienna in 1909. He moved to London in 1936, where he later became Director of the Warburg Institute and Professor of the History of the Classical Tradition at London University. Winner of the Erasmus Prize, the Hegel Prize, the Wittgenstein Prize, and the Goethe Prize, he was admitted to Britain’s highest honor, the order of Merit, in 1988.

Also by e. h. goMbrich: A Little History of the World Paper 978-0-300-14332-4 $14.95 Shadows The Depiction of Cast Shadows in Western Art Cloth 978-0-300-06357-8 $15.00sc

November History Cloth 978-0-300-17614-8 $29.95 304 pp. 7 3/4 x 9 1/2 200 color illus. World

“Brilliant, irresistible; a wonderful surprise.”—Philip Pullman

“A remarkable book, written in an amiable, conversational style,

effortlessly explaining, without condescension, difficult matters

like the achievements of Charlemagne, the monetary system of

medieval Europe and the ideas of the Enlightenment. . . . This

resurrected history deserves reading for all its delights.”—Edward

Rothstein, New York Times

“In simple, vivid prose, Gombrich surveys the human past from

pre-history to his own time. . . . Lucky children will have this

book read to them. Intelligent adults will read it for themselves

and regain contact with the spirit of European humanism at its

best.”—Anthony Grafton, Wall Street Journal

“A timeless and engaging narrative of the human race.”—Booklist

“This Little Book . . . is a thing of ripping yarns told at a rattling

pace. . . . Had I a dozen grandchildren (of any age) I’d order two

dozen copies, one for the children, the other for their parents.

Do not, from its title, underestimate this book.”—Brian Sewell,

Evening Standard

“A magical work.”—John Banville, Irish Times

“A lovely, lively historical survey. . . . A fine conception and

summarizing of the world’s checkered past for young and

old.”—Kirkus Reviews (starred review)

“Retains an irresistible, boyish energy and enthusiasm. . . . Here,

in this little book, are answers to many of the questions you never

dared to ask.”—Margaret Drabble, New Statesman

A 2006 Book Sense Highlight Best Book of the Year

Named a Favorite Book of 2005 by the Los Angeles Times

PrAise For a lIttle hIStory

of the World, by e. h. goMbrich

34 General Interest

A Little History of the World Illustrated Edition

E. H. Gombrich

A glorious illustrated edition of the international bestseller

E. H. Gombrich’s Little History of the World, though written in 1935, has become one of the treasures of his-torical writing since its fi rst publication in English in 2005. The yale edition alone has now sold over half a million copies, and the book is available worldwide in almost thirty languages.

Gombrich was of course the best-known art historian of his time, and his text suggests illustrations on every page. This illustrated edition of the Little History brings together the pellucid humanity of his narrative with the images that may well have been in his mind’s eye as he wrote the book. The two hundred illustrations—most of them in full color—are not simple embellishments, though they are beautiful. They emerge from the text, enrich the author’s intention, and deepen the pleasure of reading this remarkable work.

For this edition the text is reset in a spacious format, fl owing around illustrations that range from paintings to line drawings, emblems, motifs, and symbols. The book incorporates freshly drawn maps, a revised pref-ace, and a new index.

Blending high-grade design, fi ne paper, and classic bind-ing, this is both a sumptuous gift book and an enhanced edition of a timeless account of human history.

E. H. GoMBRICH, author of the international classic The Story of Art, was born in vienna in 1909. He moved to London in 1936, where he later became Director of the Warburg Institute and Professor of the History of the Classical Tradition at London University. Winner of the Erasmus Prize, the Hegel Prize, the Wittgenstein Prize, and the Goethe Prize, he was admitted to Britain’s highest honor, the order of Merit, in 1988.

Also by e. h. goMbrich:A Little History of the WorldPaper 978-0-300-14332-4 $14.95ShadowsThe Depiction of Cast Shadows in Western ArtCloth 978-0-300-06357-8 $15.00sc

November History Cloth 978-0-300-17614-8 $29.95 304 pp. 7 3/4 x 9 1/2 200 color illus. World

“Brilliant, irresistible; a wonderful surprise.”—Philip Pullman

“A remarkable book, written in an amiable, conversational style,

effortlessly explaining, without condescension, diffi cult matters

like the achievements of Charlemagne, the monetary system of

medieval Europe and the ideas of the Enlightenment. . . . This

resurrected history deserves reading for all its delights.”—Edward

Rothstein, New York Times

“In simple, vivid prose, Gombrich surveys the human past from

pre-history to his own time. . . . Lucky children will have this

book read to them. Intelligent adults will read it for themselves

and regain contact with the spirit of European humanism at its

best.”—Anthony Grafton, Wall Street Journal

“A timeless and engaging narrative of the human race.”—Booklist

“This Little Book . . . is a thing of ripping yarns told at a rattling

pace. . . . Had I a dozen grandchildren (of any age) I’d order two

dozen copies, one for the children, the other for their parents.

Do not, from its title, underestimate this book.”—Brian Sewell,

Evening Standard

“A magical work.”—John Banville, Irish Times

“A lovely, lively historical survey. . . . A fi ne conception and

summarizing of the world’s checkered past for young and

old.”—Kirkus Reviews (starred review)

“Retains an irresistible, boyish energy and enthusiasm. . . . Here,

in this little book, are answers to many of the questions you never

dared to ask.”—Margaret Drabble, New Statesman

A 2006 Book Sense Highlight Best Book of the Year

Named a Favorite Book of 2005 by the Los Angeles Times

PrAise For a lIttle hIStory

of the World, by e. h. goMbrich

35 General Interest

Unpacking My Library Writers and Their Books

Edited by Leah Price

This gorgeous second volume in the popular Unpacking My Library series explores the bookshelves of favorite novelists

As words and stories are increasingly disseminated through digital means, the signifi cance of the book as object—whether pristine collectible or battered relic—is growing as well. Unpacking My Library: Writers and Their Books spotlights the personal libraries of thirteen favorite novelists who share their collections with readers. Stunning photographs provide full views of the libraries and close-ups of individual volumes: fi rst editions, worn textbooks, pristine hardcovers, and childhood companions.

In her introduction, Leah Price muses on the history and future of the bookshelf, asking what books can tell us about their owners and what readers can tell us about their collections. Supplementing the photographs are Price’s interviews with each author, which probe the relation of writing to reading, collecting, and arrang-ing books. Each writer provides a list of top ten favorite titles, offering unique personal histories along with sug-gestions for every bibliophile.

Unpacking My Library: Writers and Their Books fea-tures the personal libraries of Alison Bechdel, Stephen Carter, Junot Díaz, Rebecca Goldstein and Stephen Pinker, Lev Grossman and Sophie Gee, Jonathan Lethem, Claire Messud and James Wood, Philip Pullman, Gary Shteyngart, and Edmund White.

LEAH PRICE is professor of English at Harvard University. She is the author of The Anthology and the Rise of the Novel, Literary Secretaries/Secretarial Culture, and Reader’s Block: The Uses of Books in Nineteenth-Century Britain. She writes on old and new media for the New York Times Book Review, the London Review of Books, and the Boston Globe.

(top) Philip Pullman in his library, Oxford, UK(bottom) Library of Claire Messud and James Wood, Cambridge, MA

Praise for Unpacking My Library: Architects and Their Books: “Wonderful. . . . Ideal reading, or a solid stocking stuffer, for design geeks and bibliophiles alike.”—Dwell “Fascinating and full of surprises.”—kenneth Baker, The San Francisco Chronicle Also AvAilAble:Unpacking My LibraryArchitects and Their BooksJo SteffensPaper 978-0-300-15893-9 $20.00

November Books about Books Paper over Board 978-0-300-17092-4 $20.00 208 pp. 8 x 5 1⁄2 270 color illus. World

36 General Interest

Rome and Rhetoric Shakespeare’s Julius Caesar

Garry Wills

A many-faceted examination of how Shakespeare brought Rome alive for his readers through a masterful manipulation of ancient rhetoric

Renaissance plays and poetry in England were satu-rated with the formal rhetorical twists that Latin education made familiar to audiences and readers. yet a formally educated man like Ben Jonson was unable to make these ornaments come to life in his two classi-cal Roman plays. Garry Wills, focusing his attention on Julius Caesar, here demonstrates how Shakespeare so wonderfully made these ancient devices vivid, giving his characters their own personal styles of Roman speech.

In four chapters, devoted to four of the play’s main characters, Wills shows how Caesar, Brutus, Antony, and Cassius each has his own take on the rhetori-cal ornaments that Elizabethans learned in school. Shakespeare also makes Rome present and animate by casting his troupe of experienced players to make their strengths shine through the historical facts that Plutarch supplied him with. The result is that the Rome English-speaking people carry about in their minds is the Rome that Shakespeare created for them. And that is even true, Wills affi rms, for today’s classical scholars with access to the original Roman sources.

GARRy WILLS is professor of history emeritus at Northwestern University. His many acclaimed and best-selling works include Lincoln at Gettysburg, What Jesus Meant, and Bomb Power: The Modern Presidency and the National Security State. A winner of the Pulitzer Prize and the National Book Critics Circle Award, Wills is a frequent contributor to the New York Review of Books and other publications.

◆◆ the Anthony hecht lectures in the huMAnities series

The Anthony Hecht Lectures in the Humanities, given biennially at Bard College, were established to honor the memory of this preeminent American poet by refl ecting his lifelong interest in literature, music, the visual arts, and cultural history. Through his poems, scholarship, and teaching, Anthony Hecht has become recognized as one of the moral voices of his generation, and his works have had a profound effect on contemporary American poetry. The books in this series will keep alive the spirit of his work and life.

November History/Literary Studies Cloth 978-0-300-15218-0 $25.00 Also available as an eBook. 160 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 World

37 General Interest

Why Niebuhr Matters Charles Lemert

A leading social theorist analyzes how and why Niebuhr’s revival has taken place, ultimately arguing for his political and moral relevance today

Reinhold Niebuhr (1892–1971) was a Protestant preacher, an infl uential religious thinker, and an impor-tant moral guide in mid-twentieth-century America. But what does he have to say to us now? In what way does he inform the thinking of political leaders and commentators from Barack obama and Madeleine Albright to David Brooks and Walter Russell Mead, all of whom acknowledge his infl uence? In this lively over-view of Niebuhr’s career, Charles Lemert analyzes why interest in Niebuhr is rising and how Niebuhr provides the answers we ache for in the face of seismic shifts in the global order.

In the middle of the twentieth century, having out-grown a theological liberalism, Niebuhr challenged and rethought the nonsocialist Left in American politics. He developed a political realism that refused to sacri-fi ce ideals to mere pragmatism, or politics to bitterness and greed. He examined the problem of morality in an immoral society and reimagined the balance between rights and freedom for the individual and social justice for the many. With brevity and deep insight, Lemert shows how Niebuhr’s ideas illuminate our most diffi -cult questions today.

CHARLES LEMERT is University Professor and Andrus Professor of Social Theory Emeritus at Wesleyan University and Senior Fellow of the Center for Comparative Research at yale University.

◆◆ why X MAtters series

Featuring intriguing pairings of authors with subjects, each volume in the Why X Matters series presents a concise argument for the continuing relevance of an important person or idea.

November Biography/Philosophy/Theology Cloth 978-0-300-17542-4 $26.00 Also available as an eBook. 256 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 World

38 General Interest

The Serpent and the Lamb Cranach, Luther, and the Making of the Reformation

Steven ozment

Together, Cranach’s paintings and Luther’s powerful oratory created a force fi eld that transformed Germany, Europe, and ultimately the Western world

This compelling book retells and revises the story of the German Renaissance and Reformation through the lives of two controversial men of the sixteenth century: the Saxon court painter Lucas Cranach (the Serpent) and the Wittenberg monk-turned-reformer Martin Luther (the Lamb). Contemporaries and friends (each was godfather to the other’s children), Cranach and Luther were very different Germans, yet their collaborative successes merged art and religion into a revolutionary force that became the Protestant Reformation. Steven ozment, an internationally rec-ognized historian of the Reformation era, reprises the lives and works of Cranach (1472–1553) and Luther (1483–1546) in this generously illustrated book. He contends that Cranach’s new art and Luther’s oratory released a barrage of criticism upon the vatican, the force of which secured a new freedom of faith and pluralism of religion in the Western world. Between Luther’s pulpit praise of the sex drive within the divine estate of marriage and Cranach’s parade of strong, lithe women, a new romantic, familial consciousness was born. The “Cranach woman” and the “Lutheran household”—both products of the merged Renaissance and Reformation worlds—evoked a new organization of society and foretold a new direction for Germany.

STEvEN ozMENT is McLean Professor of Ancient and Modern History, Harvard University. He is the author of ten books, including The Age of Reform, 1250–1550, which was a National Book Award fi nal-ist. He lives in Grantham, NH.

“In this fascinating biography, it is not so much the infl uence of the Reformation on the arts that matters, but rather Cranach’s profound contributions to Reformation politics and culture. ozment makes a bold claim for the transformative force of Cranach’s art.”—David H. Price, author of Albrecht Dürer’s Renaissance: Humanism, Reformation and the Art of Faith Also by steven oZMent:The Age of Reform, 1250–1550An Intellectual and Religious History of Late Medieval and Reformation EuropePaper 978-0-300-02760-0 $25.00txMagdalena and BalthazarAn Intimate Portrait of Life in Sixteenth-Century Europe Revealed in the Letters of a Nuremberg Husband and WifePaper 978-0-300-04378-5 $17.00tx

November History/Biography Cloth 978-0-300-16985-0 $35.00 Also available as an eBook. 288 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 81 b/w + 7 color illus. World

39 General Interest

The Artist and the Warrior From Assyria to Guernica

Theodore k. Rabb

An illustrated exploration of artists’ depictions of war and warriors, from antiquity to modern times

How have artists across the millennia responded to warfare? In this uniquely wide-ranging book, Theodore Rabb blends military history and the history of art to search for the answers. He draws our attention to masterpieces from the ancient world to the twenti-eth century—paintings, sculpture, ceramics, textiles, engravings, architecture, and photographs—and docu-ments the evolving nature of warfare as artists have perceived it.

The selected works represent landmarks in the history of art and are drawn mainly from the western tradition, though important examples from Japan, India, and the Middle East are also brought into the discussion. Together these works tell a story of long centuries dur-ing which warfare inspired admiration and celebration. yet a shift toward criticism and condemnation emerged in the Renaissance, and by the end of the nineteenth century, glorifi cation of the warrior by leading artists had ceased. Rabb traces this progression, from such works as the Column of Trajan and the Titian “Battle of Lepanto,” whose makers celebrated glorious victories, to the antiwar depictions created by Brueghel, Goya, Picasso, and others. Fully illustrated and accessibly written, this book presents a study of unprecedented sweep and multidisciplinary interest.

THEoDoRE k. RABB is emeritus professor of history, Princeton University. A historian of early modern Europe, he has published many books during his career and has contributed major reviews in history and art to the Times Literary Supplement, the New York Times, and numerous other journals. He lives in Princeton, NJ.

November History/Art History Cloth 978-0-300-12637-2 $45.00 Also available as an eBook. 288 pp. 7 1⁄2 x 9 1⁄4 40 b/w + 60 color illus. World

40 General Interest

The Roof at the Bottom of the World Discovering the Transantarctic Mountains

Edmund Stump

A fascinating portrait and history of the most obscure mountains on Earth, by a modern scientist-explorer with unsurpassed knowledge of the region

The Transantarctic Mountains are the most remote mountain belt on Earth, an utterly pristine wilderness of ice and rock rising to majestic heights and extending for 1,500 miles. In this book, Edmund Stump is the fi rst to show us this continental-scale mountain system in all its stunning beauty and desolation, and the fi rst to provide a comprehensive, fully illustrated history of the region’s discovery and exploration.

The author not only has conducted extensive research in the Transantarctic Mountains during his forty-year career as a geologist but has also systematically pho-tographed the entire region. Selecting the best of the best of his more than 8,000 photographs, he presents nothing less than the fi rst atlas of these mountains. In addition, he examines the original fi rsthand accounts of the heroic Antarctic explorations of James Clark Ross (who discovered the mountain range in the early 1840s), Robert Falcon Scott, Ernest Shackleton, Roald Amundsen, Richard Byrd, and scientists participating in the International Geophysical year (1957–1958). From these records, Stump is now able to trace the actual routes of the early explorers with unprecedented accu-racy. With maps old and new, stunning photographs never before published, and tales of intrepid explorers, this book takes the armchair traveler on an expedition to the Antarctic wilderness that few have ever seen.

EDMUND STUMP is professor of exploration at Arizona State University. He is also a geologist, polar explorer, mountaineer, and pho-tographer specializing in the geology of the Transantarctic Mountains. He has served as principal investigator or chief scientist on many sci-entifi c fi eld trips to Antarctica, most recently a 2010–2011 National Science Foundation expedition to the Beardmore Glacier area. He lives in Tempe, Az.

“The modern maps and images on which [Stump] reconstructs the passages of the early explorers are a signifi cant and unequaled achievement, created with a passion that seems obvious looking at them.”—Guy G. Guthridge, National Science Foundation

November Nature/Science Cloth 978-0-300-17197-6 $39.95 Also available as an eBook. 272 pp. 8 1⁄2 x 10 143 color illus. World

41 General Interest

Lawtalk The Unknown Stories Behind Familiar Legal Expressions

James E. Clapp, Elizabeth G. Thornburg, Marc Galanter, and Fred R. Shapiro

Not just for lawyers, these illuminating histories of popular law-related expressions will delight anyone fascinated by words, by history, or by law and law enforcement

Law-related words and phrases abound in our everyday language, often without our being aware of their ori-gins or their particular legal signifi cance: boilerplate, jailbait, pound of fl esh, rainmaker, the third degree. This insightful and entertaining book reveals the unknown stories behind familiar legal expressions that come from sources as diverse as Shakespeare, vaudeville, and Dr. Seuss. Separate entries for each expression follow no prescribed formula but instead focus on the most interesting, enlightening, and surprising aspects of the words and their evolution. Popular myths and misunderstandings are explored and exploded, and the entries are augmented with historical images and humorous sidebars.

Lively and unexpected, Lawtalk will draw a diverse array of readers with its abundance of linguistic, legal, historical, and cultural information. Those readers should be forewarned: upon fi nishing one entry, there is an irresistible temptation to turn to another, and yet another . . .

JAMES E. CLAPP, a member of the New york and District of Columbia bars and a former litigator, works primarily in the fi eld of legal lexicog-raphy. He is the author of Random House Webster’s Dictionary of the Law. ELIzABETH G. THoRNBURG is a professor at SMU Dedman School of Law, where she teaches and writes about civil procedure and alternative dispute resolution. MARC GALANTER is John & Rylla Bosshard Professor Emeritus of Law and South Asian Studies, University of Wisconsin–Madison, and the author of Lowering the Bar: Lawyer Jokes and Legal Culture. FRED R. SHAPIRo is associate librar-ian and lecturer in legal research, yale Law School. He is the editor of The Yale Book of Quotations, available from yale University Press, and a major contributor to both the second and the third editions of the Oxford English Dictionary.

◆◆ yAle lAw librAry series in legAl history AnD reFerence

November Reference/Law Cloth 978-0-300-17246-1 $45.00 Also available as an eBook. 384 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 World

42 General Interest

The Daily you How the New Advertising Industry Is Defi ning your Identity and your World

Joseph Turow

In the new media world, advertisers are deciding who you are, how much you matter, and what you see and do

The Internet is often hyped as a means to enhanced consumer power: a hypercustomized media world where individuals exercise unprecedented control over what they see and do. That is the scenario media guru Nicholas Negroponte predicted in the 1990s, with his hypothetical online newspaper The Daily Me—and it is one we experience now in daily ways. But, as media expert Joseph Turow shows, the customized media envi-ronment we inhabit today refl ects diminished consumer power. Not only ads and discounts but even news and entertainment are being customized by newly powerful media agencies on the basis of data we don’t know they are collecting and individualized profi les we don’t know we have. Little is known about this new industry: how is this data being collected and analyzed? And how are our profi les created and used? How do you know if you have been identifi ed as a “target” or “waste” or placed in one of the industry’s fi ner-grained marketing niches? Are you, for example, a Socially Liberal organic Eater, a Diabetic Individual in the Household, or Single City Struggler? And, if so, how does that affect what you see and do online?

Drawing on groundbreaking research, including inter-views with industry insiders, this important book shows how advertisers have come to wield such power over individuals and media outlets—and what can be done to stop it.

JoSEPH TURoW is Robert Lewis Shayon Professor of Communi-cation, Annenberg School, University of Pennsylvania. He is the author of eight books, including Niche Envy: Marketing Discrimination in the Digital Age. He lives in Bala-Cynwyd, PA.

November Marketing/Economics/Media Cloth 978-0-300-16501-2 $28.00 Also available as an eBook. 288 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 World

43 General Interest

December 1941 Evan Mawdsley

An account of twelve pivotal days in 1941, when a chain of interlinked events changed world history

In far-fl ung locations around the globe, an unparalleled sequence of international events took place between December 1 and December 12, 1941. In this riveting book, historian Evan Mawdsley explores how the story unfolded. He demonstrates how these dramatic events marked a turning point not only in the course of World War II but also in the direction of the entire century.

on Monday, December 1, 1941, the Japanese gov-ernment made its fi nal decision to attack Britain and America. In the following days, the Red Army launched a counterthrust in Moscow while the Japanese bombed Pearl Harbor and invaded Malaya. By December 12, Hitler had declared war on the United States, the col-lapse of British forces in Malaya had begun, and Hitler had secretly laid out his policy of genocide. Churchill was leaving London to meet Roosevelt as Anthony Eden arrived in Russia to discuss the postwar world with Stalin. Combined, these occurrences brought about a “new war,” as Churchill put it, with Japan and America deeply involved and Russia resurgent. This book, a truly international history, examines the momentous happenings of December 1941 from a vari-ety of perspectives. It shows that their signifi cance is clearly understood only when they are viewed together.

EvAN MAWDSLEy is honorary professorial research fellow, School of Humanities, University of Glasgow. His many books include World War II: A New History; Thunder in the East: The Nazi-Soviet Struggle, 1941–1945; and The Russian Civil War. He lives in Glasgow.

November History/Military History Cloth 978-0-300-15445-0 $30.00 Also available as an eBook. 336 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 8 pp. b/w illus. + maps World

44 General Interest

Realeconomik The Hidden Cause of the Great Recession (And How to Avert the Next one)

Grigory yavlinsky Translated by Antonina W. Bouis

A growing complacency that stability has been restored in the wake of recent economic turmoil is not just wishful thinking, it is dangerous thinking

This book directly confronts uncomfortable questions that many prefer to brush aside: if economists and other scholars, politicians, and business professionals under-stand the causes of economic crises, as they claim, then why do such damaging crises continue to occur? Can we trust business and intellectual elites who advocate the principles of Realpolitik and claim the “public good” as their priority, yet consistently favor maximiza-tion of profi t over ethical issues?

Former deputy prime minister of Russia Grigory yavlinsky, an internationally respected free-market economist, makes a powerful case that the often-cited causes of global economic instability—institutional failings, wrong decisions by regulators, insuffi cient or incorrect information, and the like—are only secondary to a far more signifi cant underlying cause: the failure to understand that universal social norms are essential to thriving businesses and social and economic prog-ress. yavlinsky explores the widespread disregard for moral values in business decisions and calls for resto-ration of principled behavior in politics and economic practices. The unwelcome alternative, he warns, will be a twenty-fi rst-century global economy in the grip of unending crises.

GRIGoRy yAvLINSky is a Russian economist and founder and member of the Russian United Democratic Party (yABLoko). As deputy prime minister of Russia in 1990, he wrote the fi rst Russian eco-nomic program for transition to a free-market economy, 500 Days. He lives in Moscow.

“Grigory yavlinsky’s book is an important contribution to understanding the interplay between social norms and modern economy. The current global crisis makes his analysis especially relevant.”—George Soros

November Economics Cloth 978-0-300-15910-3 $26.00 Also available as an eBook. 224 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 World

45 General Interest

It Was a Long Time Ago, and It Never Happened Anyway Russia and the Communist Past

David Satter

A veteran writer on Russia and the Soviet Union explains why Russia refuses to draw the lessons of its past and what this portends for the future

Russia today is haunted by deeds that have not been examined and words that have been left unsaid. A serious attempt to understand the meaning of the Communist experience has not been undertaken, and millions of victims of Soviet Communism are all but forgotten. In this book David Satter, a former Moscow correspondent and longtime writer on Russia and the Soviet Union, presents a striking new interpretation of Russia’s great historical tragedy, locating its source in Russia’s failure fully to appreciate the value of the indi-vidual in comparison with the objectives of the state.

Satter explores the moral and spiritual crisis of Russian society. He shows how it is possible for a government to deny the inherent value of its citizens and for the population to agree, and why so many Russians actu-ally mourn the passing of the Soviet regime that denied them fundamental rights. Through a wide-ranging consideration of attitudes toward the living and the dead, the past and the present, the state and the indi-vidual, Satter arrives at a distinctive and important new way of understanding the Russian experience.

DAvID SATTER is senior fellow, Hudson Institute, and fellow, Foreign Policy Institute of Johns Hopkins University School of Advanced International Studies. He was Moscow correspondent for the Financial Times from 1976 to 1982, then a special correspondent on Soviet affairs for the Wall Street Journal. His previous book, Age of Delirium: The Decline and Fall of the Soviet Union and Darkness at Dawn: The Rise of the Russian Criminal State, are both available from yale University Press. He lives in Washington, D.C.

“Highly successful in shedding light on both the nature of the Soviet system and the post-Communist period, this is a lucid, illuminating portrait of the outlook and attitudes of Russians. This book is one of the best I have ever read about the Soviet system and what it left behind.”—Paul Hollander, author of Political Will and Personal Belief: The Decline and Fall of Soviet Communism

December History Cloth 978-0-300-11145-3 $29.95 Also available as an eBook. 416 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 World

46 General Interest

Walther Rathenau The Limits of Success

Shulamit volkov

A fi gure of great intellectual power who ran the German state, however briefl y, during one of its most tumultuous periods, and whose life was

“the essence of German Jewish history.”

This deeply informed biography of Walther Rathenau (1867–1922) tells of a man who—both thoroughly German and unabashedly Jewish—rose to leadership in the German War-Ministry Department during the First World War, and later to the exalted position of for-eign minister in the early days of the Weimar Republic. His achievement was unprecedented—no Jew in Germany had ever attained such high political rank. But Rathenau’s success was marked by tragedy: within months he was assassinated by right-wing extremists seeking to destroy the newly formed Republic.

Drawing on Rathenau’s papers and on a depth of knowledge of both modern German and German-Jewish history, Shulamit volkov creates a fi nely drawn portrait of this complex man who struggled with his Jewish identity yet treasured his “otherness.” volkov also places Rathenau in the dual context of Weimar Germany and of Berlin’s fi nancial and intellectual elite. Above all, she illuminates the complex social and psychological milieu of German Jewry in the period before Hitler’s rise to power.

SHULAMIT voLkov is professor emerita of modern European his-tory, Tel Aviv University. Her most recent book is Germans, Jews, and Antisemites: Trials in Emancipation. She lives in Herzliya, Israel.

“volkov’s scholarship illuminates many sides of Rathenau’s personality. Her discussion of Rathenau’s Jewishness is informed, often moving, and absorbing as both personal and social history.”—A. J. Sherman, Associate Fellow, St. Antony’s College, oxford

◆◆ Jewish lives

Jewish Lives is a major series of interpretive biography that explores the breadth and complexity of Jewish experience from antiquity through the present.

January Biography/History/Jewish Studies Cloth 978-0-300-14431-4 $25.00 Also available as an eBook. 256 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 9 b/w illus. World

47 General Interest

Why are you proposing that we need the word and concept “childism”?The history of the word “sexism,” coined in 1965, shows how important it was to put under the same conceptual umbrella different acts, attitudes, and institutions that targeted women as a group. If you understand that domestic violence against women and wage discrimination against women are similarly rationalized or legitimated by a prejudice—sexism—you can develop ways to explore the prejudice and resist it. Without a synthesizing concept, you do not see that child poverty and child abuse are both rooted in and rationalized by prejudice against children.

Does prejudice against children—childism—operate like sexism?All prejudices are rationalizations of actions. Prejudiced people think that their actions against a target group are right, necessary, normal. But not all prejudices are alike, nor are all prejudiced people alike—there is no “prejudiced personality.” In this book I argue that there are three basic forms of prejudices. Basically, people want to get rid of the members of a group; manipulate them into being servants; or erase their identities. The forms are usually to some degree intermixed, but sexism is fundamentally of the third form. Childism, on the other hand, comes in all three forms. This is one reason why it has been so hard to pinpoint.

Childism focuses in many different ways on “child abuse and neglect”—why is that?First, abused and neglected children come, as children or as adults, into therapy situations where they can feel safe enough to tell their stories and talk about how they understand their abusers. Understanding their abusers’ motivations is crucial to them; they take a listener right to the topic and to how they have internalized the abusers’ motivations. They need to be cured of their internalizations as much as they need to be helped with external conditions that disrupt their growth and development. But—and this is the second reason—the field of Child Abuse and Neglect was, from its inception in the 1960s, set up in such a way, I believe, that it could not hear the experiences of abused and neglected children. It was focused on the types of acts they suffered—physical abuse, neglect, sexual abuse, and emotional abuse, and children were classified by these types of acts. Treatment and prevention strategies are organized around these types of acts to this day. This has been very harmful for children. It matters how you think about children! Just as it matters how you raise them, and sponsor their growth and development—or fail to.

You are Anna Freud’s biographer—is this is an Anna Freudian book?I use many of Anna Freud’s key insights, particularly those she came to when she directed a children’s residential nursery in London during the Blitz. The children she cared for were traumatized, and they had a good deal to say about what they experienced. The Best Interests of the Child, the book Anna Freud wrote late in her long life, with two colleagues from the yale Child Study Center, was designed to teach lawyers and judges how to listen to children in the course of trials—custody trials, abuse trials. Clearly, she was writing about childism, how to recognize it and how to prevent it. I take her wisdom as a model. But I am writing for all who are concerned with children’s well-being—in diverse professions, in policy-making positions, but also as parents.

Fem

ke G

alle

A conversAtion with elisAbeth young-bruehl

ChildismConfronting Prejudice Against Children

Elisabeth young-Bruehl

A seminal volume on prejudice against children for parents, teachers, psychologists, social workers, policy-makers—anyone concerned with the crucial subject of child welfare.

In this groundbreaking volume on the human rights of children, acclaimed analyst, political theorist, and biographer Elisabeth young-Bruehl argues that preju-dice exists against children as a group and that it is comparable to racism, sexism, and homophobia. This prejudice—“childism”—legitimates and rationalizes a broad continuum of acts that are not “in the best inter-ests of children,” including the often violent extreme of child abuse and neglect. According to young-Bruehl, reform is possible only if we acknowledge this prejudice in its basic forms and address the motives and cultural forces that drive it, rather than dwell on the various cat-egories of abuse and punishment.

“There will always be individuals and societies that turn on their children,” writes young-Bruehl, “breaking the natural order Aristotle described two and a half mil-lennia ago in his Nichomachean Ethics.” In Childism, young-Bruehl focuses especially on the ways in which Americans have departed from the child-supportive trends of the Great Society and of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child.

Many years in the making, Childism draws upon a wide range of sources, from the literary and philosophical to the legal and psychoanalytic. Woven into this extraor-dinary volume are case studies that illuminate the profound importance of listening to the victims who have so much to tell us about the visible and invisible ways in which childism is expressed.

ELISABETH yoUNG-BRUEHL is a psychoanalyst and the award-winning author of Hannah Arendt: For Love of the World, Anna Freud: A Biography, and Why Arendt Matters, all published by yale University Press. She lives in Toronto.

“I am often struck by how children are not treated as people, not accorded equal status as humans, neglected, underestimated, and overlooked. And how that childism goes un-thought. It is a social, historical, and psychological phenomenon that is desperately in need of redress. Elisabeth young-Bruehl’s timely and insightful Childism is a crucial step towards this goal.”—ken Corbett, author of Boyhoods: Rethinking MasculinitiesAlso by elisAbeth young-bruehl: Why Arendt Matters Paper 978-0-300-13619-7 $14.00 Hannah Arendt For Love of the World, Second Edition Paper 978-0-300-10588-9 $28.00tx

January Psychology Cloth 978-0-300-17311-6 $28.00 Also available as an eBook. 288 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 World

48 General Interest

Why are you proposing that we need the word and concept “childism”?The history of the word “sexism,” coined in 1965, shows how important it was to put under the same conceptual umbrella different acts, attitudes, and institutions that targeted women as a group. If you understand that domestic violence against women and wage discrimination against women are similarly rationalized or legitimated by a prejudice—sexism—you can develop ways to explore the prejudice and resist it. Without a synthesizing concept, you do not see that child poverty and child abuse are both rooted in and rationalized by prejudice against children.

Does prejudice against children—childism—operate like sexism?All prejudices are rationalizations of actions. Prejudiced people think that their actions against a target group are right, necessary, normal. But not all prejudices are alike, nor are all prejudiced people alike—there is no “prejudiced personality.” In this book I argue that there are three basic forms of prejudices. Basically, people want to get rid of the members of a group; manipulate them into being servants; or erase their identities. The forms are usually to some degree intermixed, but sexism is fundamentally of the third form. Childism, on the other hand, comes in all three forms. This is one reason why it has been so hard to pinpoint.

Childism focuses in many different ways on “child abuse and neglect”—why is that?First, abused and neglected children come, as children or as adults, into therapy situations where they can feel safe enough to tell their stories and talk about how they understand their abusers. Understanding their abusers’ motivations is crucial to them; they take a listener right to the topic and to how they have internalized the abusers’ motivations. They need to be cured of their internalizations as much as they need to be helped with external conditions that disrupt their growth and development. But—and this is the second reason—the fi eld of Child Abuse and Neglect was, from its inception in the 1960s, set up in such a way, I believe, that it could not hear the experiences of abused and neglected children. It was focused on the types of acts they suffered—physical abuse, neglect, sexual abuse, and emotional abuse, and children were classifi ed by these types of acts. Treatment and prevention strategies are organized around these types of acts to this day. This has been very harmful for children. It matters how you think about children! Just as it matters how you raise them, and sponsor their growth and development—or fail to.

You are Anna Freud’s biographer—is this is an Anna Freudian book?I use many of Anna Freud’s key insights, particularly those she came to when she directed a children’s residential nursery in London during the Blitz. The children she cared for were traumatized, and they had a good deal to say about what they experienced. The Best Interests of the Child, the book Anna Freud wrote late in her long life, with two colleagues from the yale Child Study Center, was designed to teach lawyers and judges how to listen to children in the course of trials—custody trials, abuse trials. Clearly, she was writing about childism, how to recognize it and how to prevent it. I take her wisdom as a model. But I am writing for all who are concerned with children’s well-being—in diverse professions, in policy-making positions, but also as parents.

Fem

ke G

alle

A conversAtion with elisAbeth young-bruehl

Childism Confronting Prejudice Against Children

Elisabeth young-Bruehl

A seminal volume on prejudice against children for parents, teachers, psychologists, social workers, policy-makers—anyone concerned with the crucial subject of child welfare.

In this groundbreaking volume on the human rights of children, acclaimed analyst, political theorist, and biographer Elisabeth young-Bruehl argues that preju-dice exists against children as a group and that it is comparable to racism, sexism, and homophobia. This prejudice—“childism”—legitimates and rationalizes a broad continuum of acts that are not “in the best inter-ests of children,” including the often violent extreme of child abuse and neglect. According to young-Bruehl, reform is possible only if we acknowledge this prejudice in its basic forms and address the motives and cultural forces that drive it, rather than dwell on the various cat-egories of abuse and punishment.

“There will always be individuals and societies that turn on their children,” writes young-Bruehl, “breaking the natural order Aristotle described two and a half mil-lennia ago in his Nichomachean Ethics.” In Childism, young-Bruehl focuses especially on the ways in which Americans have departed from the child-supportive trends of the Great Society and of the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child.

Many years in the making, Childism draws upon a wide range of sources, from the literary and philosophical to the legal and psychoanalytic. Woven into this extraor-dinary volume are case studies that illuminate the profound importance of listening to the victims who have so much to tell us about the visible and invisible ways in which childism is expressed.

ELISABETH yoUNG-BRUEHL is a psychoanalyst and the award-winning author of Hannah Arendt: For Love of the World, Anna Freud: A Biography, and Why Arendt Matters, all published by yale University Press. She lives in Toronto.

“I am often struck by how children are not treated as people, not accorded equal status as humans, neglected, underestimated, and overlooked. And how that childism goes un-thought. It is a social, historical, and psychological phenomenon that is desperately in need of redress. Elisabeth young-Bruehl’s timely and insightful Childism is a crucial step towards this goal.”—ken Corbett, author of Boyhoods: Rethinking Masculinities Also by elisAbeth young-bruehl:Why Arendt MattersPaper 978-0-300-13619-7 $14.00Hannah ArendtFor Love of the World, Second EditionPaper 978-0-300-10588-9 $28.00tx

January Psychology Cloth 978-0-300-17311-6 $28.00 Also available as an eBook. 288 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 World

49 General Interest

A Field Guide to the Southeast Coast and Gulf of Mexico Coastal Habitats, Seabirds, Marine Mammals, Fish, and other Wildlife

Noble S. Proctor and Patrick J. Lynch

A uniquely comprehensive and beautiful guide to more than 600 species of fauna and fl ora along the coasts of the southeastern United States and the Gulf of Mexico

This superb book, with its unique focus on the entire marine coastal environment, is the most compre-hensive and up-to-date fi eld guide available on the southeastern Atlantic Coast and the Gulf Coast. Not just for beachgoers, the book is essential for birders, whale watchers, fi shers, boaters, scuba divers and snor-kelers, and shoreline visitors.

Features of the guide:

· Entries on 619 coastal and ocean species

· More than 1,100 color illustrations

· 450 up-to-date range maps

· overviews of key ecological communities, including mangroves, salt marshes, beaches, sand dunes, and coral reefs

· Special attention to threatened and endangered species

· Discussions of environmental issues, including such catastrophic events as Hurricane katrina and the Deepwater Horizon blowout

· Glossary

· Excellent organizational aids for locating information quickly

NoBLE S. PRoCToR is professor emeritus, biological sciences, Southern Connecticut State University. He is also a nature and bird-ing tour leader to far-fl ung locations from Chile to Alaska to Southeast Asia. He lives in Branford, CT. PATRICk J. LyNCH, an illustrator, artist, and computer graphics illustrator and programmer, is also direc-tor, Design and User Experience, yale University. He lives in North Haven, CT.

“This wonderfully conceived and superbly crafted book is the key that unlocks a sea chest of wonders along the Southeast and Gulf Coasts. No matter which side of the waves you labor or play this is the perfect guide to the wonders that surround you.”—Pete Dunne, author of Pete Dunne’s Essential Field Guide Companion Also by noble s. Proctor AnD PAtrick J. lynch:A Field Guide to North Atlantic WildlifeMarine Mammals, Seabirds, Fish, and Other Sea LifePaper 978-0-300-10658-9 $19.95Manual of OrnithologyAvian Structure and FunctionPaper 978-0-300-07619-6 $35.00tx

January Nature/Travel Paper 978-0-300-11328-0 $24.00 Also available as an eBook. 432 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄2 1,221 color illus. World

50 General Interest

The very Hungry City Urban Energy Effi ciency and the Economic Fate of Cities

Austin Troy

An important investigation of the ways that cities consume energy and how energy effi ciency will determine which ones thrive in the future

As global demand for energy grows and prices rise, a city’s energy consumption becomes increasingly tied to its economic viability, warns the author of The Very Hungry City. Austin Troy, a seasoned expert in urban environmental management, explains for general readers how a city with a high “urban energy metab-olism”—that is, a city that needs large amounts of energy in order to function—will be at a competitive disadvantage in the future. He explores why cities have different energy metabolisms and discusses an array of innovative approaches to the problems of expensive energy consumption.

Troy looks at dozens of cities and suburbs in Europe and the United States—from Los Angeles to Copenhagen, Denver to the Swedish urban redevelopment project Hammarby Sjöstad—to understand the diverse factors that affect their energy use: behavior, climate, water supply, building quality, transportation, and others. He then assesses some of the most imaginative solutions that cities have proposed, among them green building, energy-effi cient neighborhoods, symbiotic infrastruc-ture, congestion pricing, transit-oriented development, and water conservation. To conclude, the author addresses planning and policy approaches that can bring about change and transform the best ideas into real solutions.

AUSTIN TRoy is associate professor in the Rubenstein School of Environment and Natural Resources at the University of vermont, and principal and co-founder of Spatial Informatics Group, LLC, a consulting company that works in the intersection of environment, eco-nomics, and spatial analysis. He served four years on the Burlington, vT, Planning Commission. He lives in Shelburne, vT.

“Austin Troy delivers a fascinating—and chilling—look at our cities’ dangerous dependence on an unpredictable world energy market. He shows why we need to break our addiction to cheap energy, and offers practical solutions on how to do it.”—Arianna Huffi ngton, co-founder and Editor-in-Chief of The Huffi ngton Post

January Environmental Studies/Urban Design Cloth 978-0-300-16231-8 $28.00 Also available as an eBook. 320 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 47 b/w illus. World

51 General Interest

TogetherThe Rituals, Pleasures, and Politics of Cooperation

Richard Sennett

In this sequel to his influential work The Craftsman, Richard Sennett explores how we can learn to cooperate in the intensely tribal, competitive, and self-interested cultures we inhabit

Living with people who differ—racially, ethnically, reli-giously, or economically—is the most urgent challenge facing civil society today. We tend socially to avoid engaging with people unlike ourselves, and modern politics encourages the politics of the tribe rather than of the city. In this thought-provoking book, Richard Sennett discusses why this has happened and what might be done about it.

Sennett contends that cooperation is a craft, and the foundations for skillful cooperation lie in learning to listen well and discuss rather than debate. In Together he explores how people can cooperate online, on street corners, in schools, at work, and in local politics. He traces the evolution of cooperative rituals from medi-eval times to today, and in situations as diverse as slave communities, socialist groups in Paris, and workers on Wall Street. Divided into three parts, the book addresses the nature of cooperation, why it has become weak, and how it could be strengthened. The author warns that we must learn the craft of cooperation if we are to make our complex society prosper, yet he reassures us that we can do this, for the capacity for cooperation is embed-ded in human nature.

RICHARD SENNETT’s works include The Craftsman and The Culture of the New Capitalism, both published by yale University Press. He founded and served as first director of the New york Institute of the Humanities and is now a professor of sociology at both New york University and the London School of Economics.

Also by richArD sennett: The Craftsman Paper 978-0-300-15119-0 $18.00 The Culture of the New Capitalism Paper 978-0-300-11992-3 $15.00

January Sociology/Politics/Psychology Cloth 978-0-300-11633-5 $28.00 Also available as an eBook. 288 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 For sale in the United States and Canada exclusively.

“In The Craftsman [Sennett] compellingly explores the universe

of skilled work, where ‘the desire to do a job well done for

its own sake’ still flourishes.”—Brian C. Anderson, Wall

Street Journal

“An inquiring, intelligent look at how the work of the hand

informs the work of the mind.”—New York Times Book Review

(Editors’ Choice)

“A far-roving intellectual adventure.”—Julian Bell, New York

Review of Books

“Richard Sennett is a prime observer of society. . . . one of his

great strengths, the thing that makes his narrative so gripping, is

the sheer range of his thinking and his brilliance in relating the

past to the present.”—Fiona MacCarthy, The Guardian

“[A] powerful meditation on the ‘skill of making things well.’ ”

—New Yorker

“Hardly any social thinkers have given serious thought to the

drastic changes in corporate culture wrought by downsizing,

‘re-orging,’ and outsourcing. Fortunately, the exception—Richard

Sennett—is also one of the most insightful public intellectuals

we have. In The Culture of the New Capitalism Sennett

addresses the new corporate culture with his usual vast erudition,

endlessly supple intellect, and firm moral outlook. The result is

brilliant, disturbing, and absolutely necessary reading.”—Barbara

Ehrenreich, author of Bait and Switch: The (Futile) Pursuit of

the American Dream

“[Sennett] has brilliantly pushed his thinking. . . . [A] triumph.”

—Will Hutton, The Observer

PrAise For richArD sennett’s

the craftSman

Thom

as S

truth

PrAise For richArD sennett’s

the craftSman

PrAise For richArD sennett’s

the culture of the

neW capItalISm

52 General Interest

Together The Rituals, Pleasures, and Politics of Cooperation

Richard Sennett

In this sequel to his infl uential work The Craftsman, Richard Sennett explores how we can learn to cooperate in the intensely tribal, competitive, and self-interested cultures we inhabit

Living with people who differ—racially, ethnically, reli-giously, or economically—is the most urgent challenge facing civil society today. We tend socially to avoid engaging with people unlike ourselves, and modern politics encourages the politics of the tribe rather than of the city. In this thought-provoking book, Richard Sennett discusses why this has happened and what might be done about it.

Sennett contends that cooperation is a craft, and the foundations for skillful cooperation lie in learning to listen well and discuss rather than debate. In Together he explores how people can cooperate online, on street corners, in schools, at work, and in local politics. He traces the evolution of cooperative rituals from medi-eval times to today, and in situations as diverse as slave communities, socialist groups in Paris, and workers on Wall Street. Divided into three parts, the book addresses the nature of cooperation, why it has become weak, and how it could be strengthened. The author warns that we must learn the craft of cooperation if we are to make our complex society prosper, yet he reassures us that we can do this, for the capacity for cooperation is embed-ded in human nature.

RICHARD SENNETT’s works include The Craftsman and The Culture of the New Capitalism, both published by yale University Press. He founded and served as fi rst director of the New york Institute of the Humanities and is now a professor of sociology at both New york University and the London School of Economics.

Also by richArD sennett:The CraftsmanPaper 978-0-300-15119-0 $18.00The Culture of the New CapitalismPaper 978-0-300-11992-3 $15.00

January Sociology/Politics/Psychology Cloth 978-0-300-11633-5 $28.00 Also available as an eBook. 288 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 For sale in the United States and Canada exclusively.

“In The Craftsman [Sennett] compellingly explores the universe

of skilled work, where ‘the desire to do a job well done for

its own sake’ still fl ourishes.”—Brian C. Anderson, Wall

Street Journal

“An inquiring, intelligent look at how the work of the hand

informs the work of the mind.”—New York Times Book Review

(Editors’ Choice)

“A far-roving intellectual adventure.”—Julian Bell, New York

Review of Books

“Richard Sennett is a prime observer of society. . . . one of his

great strengths, the thing that makes his narrative so gripping, is

the sheer range of his thinking and his brilliance in relating the

past to the present.”—Fiona MacCarthy, The Guardian

“[A] powerful meditation on the ‘skill of making things well.’ ”

—New Yorker

“Hardly any social thinkers have given serious thought to the

drastic changes in corporate culture wrought by downsizing,

‘re-orging,’ and outsourcing. Fortunately, the exception—Richard

Sennett—is also one of the most insightful public intellectuals

we have. In The Culture of the New Capitalism Sennett

addresses the new corporate culture with his usual vast erudition,

endlessly supple intellect, and fi rm moral outlook. The result is

brilliant, disturbing, and absolutely necessary reading.”—Barbara

Ehrenreich, author of Bait and Switch: The (Futile) Pursuit of

the American Dream

“[Sennett] has brilliantly pushed his thinking. . . . [A] triumph.”

—Will Hutton, The Observer

PrAise For richArD sennett’s

the craftSman

Thom

as S

truth

53 General Interest

Second Simplicity New Poetry and Prose, 1991–2011

yves Bonnefoy Translated by Hoyt Rogers

An eagerly awaited anthology of recent poetry and prose by the celebrated French poet Yves Bonnefoy

yves Bonnefoy, now 87 years old, has enjoyed during the past two decades perhaps the most prolifi c and innovative period of his splendid lifework. This volume presents in English and French an inviting array of his recent writings, carefully selected for their literary quality as well as their broad appeal. It features sev-eral works never published before and many that have never been translated into English. The fi rst anthology of Bonnefoy’s work to appear since 1995, this collec-tion refl ects the poet’s powerful engagement with the New England landscape, where quiet woods and fi elds have given shape to the pared-down aesthetic of his recent years.

The book is the fi rst to showcase not only the poetry for which Bonnefoy is justly renowned but also his inven-tive compositions in prose. Appropriately, the book alternates more traditional verse with freer forms, just as the author has done in several major works of the past twenty years; that symbiotic approach is one of the hallmarks of this latter phase of his art.

Masterfully translated by Hoyt Rogers, the collection is organized chronologically, revealing clearly how the poet continues to extend and refi ne his scope and style. Rogers provides a penetrating introduction in which he analyzes aspects of Bonnefoy’s recent writings and the

“second simplicity” that characterizes his late work.

yvES BoNNEFoy, poet, essayist, translator, and art historian, is widely admired as France’s greatest living poet. He lives in France. HoyT RoGERS’s poems, stories, and essays, as well as his translations from French, German, and Spanish, appear in a wide variety of books and periodicals. He lives in the Dominican Republic.

◆◆ the MArgellos worlD rePublic oF letters

January Poetry Cloth 978-0-300-17625-4 $30.00 288 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 World

54 General Interest

Notturno Gabriele D’Annunzio Translated by Stephen SartarelliIntroduction by virginia Jewiss

The fi rst complete English translation of D’Annunzio’s haunting book-length prose poem

Composed during a period of extended bed rest, Gabriele D’Annunzio’s Notturno is a moving prose poem in which imagination, experience, and remem-brance intertwine. The somber atmosphere of the poem refl ects the circumstances of its creation. With his vision threatened and his eyes completely bandaged, D’Annunzio suffered months of near-total blindness and pain-wracked infi rmity in 1921, and yet he man-aged to write on small strips of paper, each wide enough for a single line. When the poet eventually regained his sight, he put together these strips to create the lyrical and innovative Notturno.

In Notturno D’Annunzio forges an original prose that merges aspects of formal poetry and autobiographi-cal narrative. He fuses the darkness and penumbra of the present with the immediate past, haunted by war memories, death, and mourning, and also with the more distant past, revolving mainly around his mother and childhood. In this remarkable translation of the work, Stephen Sartarelli preserves the antiquated style of D’Annunzio’s poetic prose and the tension of his rich and diffi cult harmonies, bringing to contemporary readers the full texture and complexity of a creation forged out of darkness.

GABRIELE D’ANNUNzIo (1863–1938), a major fi gure in modern Italian literature, published his fi rst volume of poetry in 1879 and went on to write numerous novels, short stories, plays, autobiographical works, and further volumes of poetry. STEPHEN SARTARELLI, an award-winning translator and poet, has published more than twenty books of translation from Italian and French and three volumes of poetry. He lives in France.

◆◆ the MArgellos worlD rePublic oF letters

January Literature Cloth 978-0-300-15542-6 $28.00 Also available as an eBook. 320 pp. 5 x 7 3⁄4 World

55 General Interest

Jackson Pollock Evelyn Toynton

A compelling look at Jackson Pollock’s vibrant, quintessentially American art and the turbulent life that gave rise to it

Jackson Pollock (1912–1956) not only put American art on the map with his famous “drip paintings,” he also served as an inspiration for the character of Stanley kowalski in Tennessee Williams’s A Streetcar Named Desire—the role that made Marlon Brando famous. Like Brando, Pollock became an icon of rebellion in 1950s America, and the brooding, defi ant persona captured in photographs of the artist contributed to his celebrity almost as much as his notorious paintings did. In the years since his death in a drunken car crash, Pollock’s hold on the public imagination has only increased. He has become an enduring symbol of the tormented art-ist—our American van Gogh.

In this highly engaging book, Evelyn Toynton exam-ines Pollock’s itinerant and poverty-stricken childhood in the West, his encounters with contemporary art in Depression-era New york, and his years in the run-down Long Island fi shing village that, ironically, was transformed into a fashionable resort by his presence. Placing the artist in the context of his time, Toynton also illuminates the fi erce controversies that swirled around his work and that continue to do so. Pollock’s paintings captured the sense of freedom and infi nite possibility unique to the American experience, and his life was both an American rags-to-riches story and a darker tale of the price paid for celebrity, American style.

EvELyN ToyNToN’S work has appeared in Harper’s, The Atlantic, The Times Literary Supplement, The New York Times Book Review, and The American Scholar. Her novel Modern Art, loosely based on the story of Lee krasner and Jackson Pollock, was a New York Times Notable Book of the year. Her second novel, The Oriental Wife, has just been published. She lives in Norfolk, England.

◆◆ icons oF AMericA

Icons of America is a series of short works written by leading scholars, critics, and writers, each of whom tells a new and innovative story about American history and culture through the lens of a single iconic individual, event, object, or cultural phenomenon.

January Biography/Art Cloth 978-0-300-16325-4 $26.00 Also available as an eBook. 224 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 7 b/w illus. World

56 General Interest

Renegade Henry Miller and the Making of Tropic of Cancer

Frederick Turner

The untold story of Henry Miller’s explosive 1934 novel, banned in America for more than a quarter century

Though branded as pornography for its graphic lan-guage and explicit sexuality, Henry Miller’s Tropic of Cancer is far more than a work that tested American censorship laws. In this riveting book, published to coin-cide with the fi ftieth anniversary of Tropic of Cancer’s initial U.S. release, Frederick Turner investigates Miller’s unconventional novel, its tumultuous publish-ing history, and its unique place in American letters.

Written in the slums of a foreign city by a man who was an utter literary failure in his homeland, Tropic of Cancer was published in 1934 by a pornographer in Paris, but soon banned in the United States. Not until 1961, when Grove Press triumphed over the cen-sors, did Miller’s book appear in American bookstores. Turner argues that Tropic of Cancer is “lawless, violent, colorful, misogynistic, anarchical, bigoted, and shaped by the same forces that shaped the nation.” Further, the novel draws on more than two centuries of New World history, folklore, and popular culture in ways never attempted before. How Henry Miller, outcast and renegade, came to understand what literary dynamite he had within him, how he learned to sound his “war whoop” over the roofs of the world, is the subject of Turner’s revelatory study.

FREDERICk TURNER is the author or editor of a dozen books, including Into the Heart of Life: Henry Miller at One Hundred. He lives in Santa Fe, New Mexico.

◆◆ icons oF AMericA

Icons of America is a series of short works written by leading scholars, critics, and writers, each of whom tells a new and innovative story about American history and culture through the lens of a single iconic individual, event, object, or cultural phenomenon.

January Literary Studies Cloth 978-0-300-14949-4 $24.95 Also available as an eBook. 192 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 World

57 General Interest

The Golden Ass Apuleius Translated by Sarah Ruden

Acclaimed poet and translator Sarah Ruden brilliantly brings Apuleius’s comic tale to life

With accuracy, wit, and intelligence, this remarkable new translation of The Golden Ass breathes new life into Apuleius’s classic work. Sarah Ruden, a lyric poet as well as a highly respected translator, skillfully dupli-cates the verbal high jinks of Apuleius’s ever-popular novel. It tells the story of Lucius, a curious and silly young man, who is turned into a donkey when he med-dles with witchcraft. Doomed to wander from region to region and mistreated by a series of deplorable owners, Lucius at last is restored to human form with the help of the goddess Isis.

The Golden Ass, the fi rst Latin novel to survive in its entirety, belongs to the Second Sophistic, a move-ment of learned but wildly inventive literature. In a translation that is both the most faithful and the most entertaining to date, Ruden reveals to modern readers the vivid, farcical ingenuity of Apuleius’s style.

SARAH RUDEN is a visiting scholar at Wesleyan University. Her books include a translation of vergil’s Aeneid and Paul Among the People: The Apostle Reinterpreted and Reimagined in His Own Time.

Praise for Sarah Ruden’s translation of the Aeneid:

“Robert Fagles, shortly before his death, set the bar very high for translating [vergil’s] Aeneid. yet already the scholar-poet Sarah Ruden has soared over the bar. . . . The translation is alive in every part. . . . This is the fi rst translation since Dryden’s that can be read as a great English poem in itself.”

—Garry Wills, New York Review of Books Also trAnslAteD by sArAh ruDen:The AeneidPaper 978-0-300-15141-1 $16.95

January Classics/Literature Cloth 978-0-300-15477-1 $30.00 Also available as an eBook. 320 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 World

58 General Interest

The Letters of T.S. Eliotvolume 1: 1898–1922, Revised Editionvolume 2: 1923–1925

Edited by valerie Eliot and Hugh Haughton

In two highly anticipated volumes, the correspondence of the twentieth century’s eminent man of letters, from youth to early manhood

Volume One: 1898–1922 presents some 1,400 letters encompassing the years of Eliot’s childhood in St. Louis, Missouri, through 1922, by which time the poet had settled in England, married his first wife, and pub-lished The Waste Land. Since the first publication of this volume in 1988, many new materials from British and American sources have come to light. More than two hundred of these newly discovered letters are now included, filling crucial gaps in the record and shed-ding new light on Eliot’s activities in London during and after the First World War.

Volume Two: 1923–1925 covers the early years of Eliot’s editorship of The Criterion, publication of The Hollow Men, and his developing thought about poetry and poetics. The volume offers 1,400 letters, charting Eliot’s journey toward conversion to the Anglican faith, as well as his transformation from banker to publisher and his appointment as director of the new publishing house Faber & Gwyer. The prolific and various cor-respondence of this volume testifies to Eliot’s growing influence as cultural commentator and editor.

vALERIE ELIoT, née Esmé valerie Fletcher, is the widow and liter-ary executor of the Nobel Prize–winning poet T. S. Eliot. She became Eliot’s second wife in 1957, and their marriage continued until his death in 1965. In addition to editing the first two volumes of the poet’s letters, she has edited T. S. Eliot: The Waste Land, a Facsimile & Transcript of the Original Drafts. She lives in London. HUGH HAUGHToN is professor of English at the University of york, and author of The Poetry of Derek Mahon.

September Literary Studies/Biography Cloth Volume I 978-0-300-17645-2 $45.00sc 912 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 58 b/w illus. Cloth Volume II 978-0-300-17686-5 $45.00sc 912 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 21 b/w illus. Also available as eBooks. For sale in the US only

59Scholarly Titles

GERTRUDE STEIN (1874–1946) was born in Allegheny, PA, of German-Jewish immigrants. She moved to Paris in 1903 and lived in France for the rest of her life. She published Ida: A Novel in 1941, eight years after she became famous for her best-selling Autobiography of Alice B. Toklas. LoGAN ESDALE is assistant professor of English, Chapman University, where he regularly teaches courses on Gertrude Stein’s works. He lives in Long Beach, CA.

January Literature PB-with Flaps 978-0-300-16976-8 $18.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 320 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 16 b/w illus. United States, Canada and the open market, defi ned as all other countries except the British Commonwealth (excluding Canada, the Republic of Ireland and the Republic of South Africa)

Ida A Novel Gertrude Stein Edited by Logan Esdale

Gertrude Stein wanted Ida to be known in two ways: as a novel about a woman in the age of celebrity culture and as a text with its own story to tell. With the publication of this workshop edition of Ida, we have the novel exactly as it was published in 1941, and we also have the full record of its creation. Logan Esdale offers informative critical commentary and judiciously selected archival materials to illuminate Stein’s experience of authorship from the novel’s beginning in early summer 1937, through the various drafts and negotiations with her publisher, to the reviews that greeted the book’s publication. Stein’s careful and systematic preservation of all Ida-related materials for her archive at the yale University Library was a conscious decision, and an invitation for us to study the complexity of her creative process.

“The poem is a hymn to possibility; a celebration of the fact that the world exists, that things can happen. . . . [It] is no doubt the most successful of [Stein’s] attempts to do what can’t be done, to create a counterfeit of reality more real than reality.”—John Ashbery

SUSANNAH HoLLISTER is ACLS New Faculty Fellow, University of Texas at Austin. She lives in Austin, TX. EMILy SETINA is an Assistant Professor of English at Baylor University. She lives in Waco, TX.

January Poetry/Literary Studies PB-with Flaps 978-0-300-15309-5 $22.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 384 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 8 b/w illus. in gallery World

Stanzas in Meditation The Corrected Edition Gertrude Stein Edited by Susannah Hollister and Emily SetinaWith an Introduction by Joan Retallack

In the 1950s, yale University Press published a number of Gertrude Stein’s posthumous works, among them her incomparable Stanzas in Meditation. Since that time, scholars have discovered that Stein’s poem exists in several versions: a manuscript that Stein wrote and two typescripts that her partner Alice B. Toklas prepared. Toklas’s work on the second typescript changed the poem when, enraged upon detecting in it references to a former lover, she not only adjusted the typescript but insisted that Stein make revisions in the original manuscript.

This edition of Stanzas in Meditation is the fi rst to confront the compli-cated story of its composition and revision. Through meticulous archival work, the editors present a reliable reading text of Stein’s original manu-script, as well as an appendix with the textual variants among the poem’s several versions. This record of Stein’s multi-layered revisions enables read-ers to engage more fully with the author’s radically experimental poem and also to detect the literary impact of Stein’s relationship with Toklas. The editors’ preface and poet Joan Retallack’s introduction offer insight into the complexities of reading Stein’s poetry and the innovative modes of reading that her works require and generate. Students and admirers of Stein will welcome this illuminating new contribution to Stein’s oeuvre.

60 Scholarly Titles

“[Cooper] has written (and painted) a unique user’s guide to painting the fl eeting beauty of birds, creatures we see every day. . . . The themes and beauty of the work and instruction translate to any place in the world.”—James Prosek, author of Trout: An Illustrated History and Trout of the World

August Art/Nature Paper 978-0-300-17626-1 $42.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 128 pp. 10 1⁄4 x 7 7⁄8 139 color illus. Not for sale in Australia and New Zealand

Capturing the Essence Techniques for Bird Artists William T. Cooper In this stunningly beautiful book, bird artist William T. Cooper explores and demonstrates all aspects of drawing and painting birds. Renowned for his gorgeous and accurate wildlife renderings, Cooper here explains in detail how to create a true impression of a bird’s appearance. The author describes his own experiences among birds in the wild, discusses bird anat-omy, and lays out the essential principles of realistic painting. He guides both seasoned artists and enthusiastic beginners through all the techniques and processes involved in depicting birds anywhere in the world.

In the fi rst part of the book, Cooper covers materials, bird anatomy, methods of working from captive birds (in zoos, for example), and methods for work-ing in the fi eld. He places special emphasis on the artist’s understanding of the subject and how this knowledge can be transformed into drawings and paintings. The second part of the book deals with watercolors, acrylics, and oil paints, explaining for each medium the step-by-step processes leading from beginning sketches to fi nished work.

WILLIAM T. CooPER is a freelance artist specializing in birds. For over forty years he has illustrated wildlife books and exhibited artworks to international acclaim. He lives in Queensland, Australia.

“Lucid and entertaining, Alan Feduccia’s Riddle of the Feathered Dragons brings together and summarizes the issues in contention. This book will be a potential anodyne to received dogma.”—Storrs L. olson, Sc.D., Curator Emeritus, Division of Birds, National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C.

January Nature/Science Cloth 978-0-300-16435-0 $55.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 384 pp. 7 x 10 242 b/w illus. World

Riddle of the Feathered Dragons Hidden Birds of China Alan Feduccia Examining and interpreting recent spectacular fossil discoveries in China, paleontologists have arrived at a prevailing view: there is now incontro-vertible evidence that birds represent the last living dinosaur. But is this conclusion beyond dispute? In this book, evolutionary biologist Alan Feduccia provides the most comprehensive discussion yet of the avian and associated evidence found in China, then exposes the massive, unfounded speculation that has accompanied these discoveries and been published in the pages of prestigious scientifi c journals.

Advocates of the current orthodoxy on bird origins have ignored contrary data, misinterpreted fossils, and used faulty reasoning, the author argues. He considers why and how the debate has become so polemical and makes a plea to refocus the discussion by “breaking away from methodological straitjackets and viewing the world of origins anew.” Drawing on a lifetime of study, he offers his own current understanding of the origin of birds and avian fl ight.

ALAN FEDUCCIA is S. k. Heninger Distinguished Professor Emeritus, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. He is the author of numerous books, including the award-winning The Origin and Evolution of Birds, published by yale University Press. He lives in Chapel Hill, NC.

61 Scholarly Titles

◆◆ yAle AgrAriAn stuDies series

November Politics/Economics/Sociology Cloth 978-0-300-15267-8 $30.00sc Also available as an eBook. 224 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 10 b/w illus. World

Every Twelve SecondsIndustrialized Slaughter and the Politics of SightTimothy PachiratThis is an account of industrialized killing from a participant’s point of view. The author, political scientist Timothy Pachirat, was employed undercover for five months in a Great Plains slaughterhouse where 2,500 cattle were killed per day—one every twelve seconds. Working in the cooler as a liver hanger, in the chutes as a cattle driver, and on the kill floor as a food-safety quality-control worker, Pachirat experienced firsthand the realities of the work of killing in modern society. He uses those experiences to explore not only the slaughter industry but also how, as a society, we facilitate vio-lent labor and hide away that which is too repugnant to contemplate.

Through his vivid narrative and ethnographic approach, Pachirat brings to life massive, routine killing from the perspective of those who take part in it. He shows how surveillance and sequestration operate within the slaughter-house and in its interactions with the community at large. He also considers how society is organized to distance and hide uncomfortable realities from view. With much to say about issues ranging from the sociology of violence and modern food production to animal rights and welfare, Every Twelve Seconds is an important and disturbing work.

TIMoTHy PACHIRAT is assistant professor, Department of Politics, the New School University. He lives in Brooklyn, Ny.

◆◆ An eDitions oDile JAcob book

January Biology/Science Cloth 978-0-300-16934-8 $38.00sc Also available as an eBook. 288 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 24 b/w illus. World

SimplexitySimplifying Principles for a Complex WorldAlain BerthozTranslated by Giselle Weiss

In this book a noted physiologist and neuroscientist introduces the concept of simplexity, the set of solutions living organisms find that enable them to deal with information and situations, while taking into account past experiences and anticipating future ones. Such solutions are new ways of addressing problems so that actions may be taken more quickly, more elegantly, and more efficiently.

In a sense, the history of living organisms may be summed up by their remarkable ability to find solutions that avoid the world’s complexity by imposing on it their own rules and functions. Evolution has resolved the problem of complexity not by simplifying but by finding solutions whose processes—though they can sometimes be complex—allow us to act in the midst of complexity and of uncertainty. Nature can inspire us by making us realize that simplification is never simple and requires instead that we choose, refuse, connect, and imagine, in order to act in the best possible manner. Such solutions are already being applied in design and engineering and are significant in biology, medicine, economics, and the behavioral sciences.

ALAIN BERTHoz is professor of physiology emeritus at the Collège de France, where he heads the Laboratory of the Physiology of Perception and Action. He lives in Paris.

62 Scholarly Titles

January Biography Cloth 978-0-300-11220-7 $40.00 sc 352 pp. 6 x 9 60 b/w + color illus. World

A Genius for Money Business, Art and the Morrisons Caroline Dakers This is the spectacular rags-to-riches story of James Morrison (1789–1857), who began life humbly but through hard work and entrepreneurial bril-liance acquired a fortune unequalled in nineteenth-century England. Using the extensive Morrison archive, Caroline Dakers presents the fi rst substantial biography of the richest commoner in England, recounting the details of Morrison’s personal life while also placing him in the victorian age of enterprise that made his success possible.

An affectionate husband and father of ten, Morrison made his fi rst fortune in textiles, then a second in international fi nance. He invested in North American railways, was involved in global trade from Canton to valparaiso, created hundreds of jobs, and relished the challenges of “the science of business.” His success enabled him to acquire land, houses, and works of art on a scale to rival the grandest of aristocrats.

CARoLyN DAkERS is professor of cultural history, Central Saint Martins, University of the Arts London. She is the author of The Holland Park Circle: Artists and Victorian Society and Clouds: Biography of a Country House, both published by yale University Press. She lives in London.

“Weinstein’s scholarship is impeccable and his brilliant work is both comprehensive and detailed.”—Stefano Dall’Aglio, Fellow at the Medici Archive Project

November Biography Cloth 978-0-300-11193-4 $38.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 352 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 World

Savonarola The Rise and Fall of a Renaissance Prophet Donald Weinstein Girolamo Savonarola, the fi fteenth-century doom-saying friar, embraced the revolution of the Florentine republic and prophesied that it would become the center of a New Age of Christian renewal and world domi-nation. This new biography, the culmination of many decades of study, presents an original interpretation of Savonarola’s prophetic career and a highly nuanced assessment of his vision and motivations.

Weinstein sorts out the multiple strands that connect Savonarola to his time and place, following him from his youthful rejection of a world he regarded as corrupt, to his engagement with that world to save it from itself, to his shattering confession—an admission that he had invented his prophesies and faked his visions. Was his confession sincere? A forgery circulated by his inquisitors? or an attempt to escape bone-breaking torture? Weinstein offers a highly innovative analysis of the testimony to provide the fi rst truly satisfying account of Savonarola and his fate as a failed prophet.

DoNALD WEINSTEIN is professor emeritus, University of Arizona. He is the author of several books on Italian history and is a world authority on Savonarola and the Italian Renaissance. He lives in Sonoita, Az.

63 Scholarly Titles

November History/Classics Cloth 978-0-300-11795-0 $35.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 288 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 42 b/w illus., 10 maps, 5 plans World

The Romans and Their World A Short Introduction Brian Campbell This one-volume history of the Roman world begins with the early years of the republic and carries the story nearly a thousand years forward to 476, when Romulus Augustus, the last Western Roman emperor, was deposed. Brian Campbell, respected scholar and teacher, presents a fascinating and wide-ranging introduction to Rome, drawing on an array of ancient sources and covering topics of interest to readers with little prior background in Roman history as well as those already familiar with the great civilization.

Campbell explores several themes, including the fall of the republic, the impact of colorful and diverse emperors on imperial politics, the adminis-trative structure of empire, and the Roman army and how warfare affected the Roman world. He also surveys cultural and social life, including reli-gion and the rise of Christianity. Generously enhanced with maps and illustrations, this book is a rich and inspiring account of a mighty civiliza-tion and the citizens who made it so.

BRIAN CAMPBELL is professor of Roman history, Queen’s University, Belfast. His previous books include The Emperor and the Roman Army and Warfare and Society in Imperial Rome. He lives in Belfast, Uk.

“Enjoyable, informative and enlighten-ing. . . . John Marriott is an experienced and skillful historian.”—Dr.Stephen Inwood, author of A History of London

October HistoryCloth 978-0-300-14880-0 $45.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 384 pp. 6 x 9 50 b/w illus. World

Beyond the Tower A History of East London John Marriott From Jewish clothing merchants to Bangladeshi curry houses, ancient docks to the 2012 olympics, the area east of the City has always played a crucial role in London’s history. The East End, as it has been known, was the home to Shakespeare’s fi rst theater and to the early stirrings of a mass labor movement; it has also traditionally been seen as a place of darkness and despair, where Jack the Ripper committed his gruesome murders, and cholera and poverty stalked the victorian streets.

In this beautifully illustrated history of this iconic district, John Marriott draws on twenty-fi ve years of research into the subject to present an authori-tative and endlessly fascinating account. With the aid of copious maps, archive prints and photographs, and the words of East Londoners from seventeenth-century silk weavers to Cockneys during the Blitz, he explores the relationship between the East End and the rest of London, and chal-lenges many of the myths that surround the area.

JoHN MARRIoTT is professor in history at the Raphael Samuel History Centre, University of East London, and author of The Culture of Labourism: The East End between the Wars (1991) and The Other Empire: Metropolis, India and Progress in the Colonial Imagination (2003).

64 Scholarly Titles

November History/Military History Cloth 978-0-300-13913-6 $40.00 sc 336 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 24 b/w illus. + 10 maps World

This Seat of Mars War and the British Isles, 1485–1746 Charles Carlton Shakespeare was not exaggerating when he defi ned being a soldier as one of the seven ages of man. over the early modern period, many millions of young men from the four corners of the present United kingdom went to war, often—and most bloodily—against each other. The almost continu-ous fi ghting on land and sea for the two and one-half centuries between Bosworth and Culloden decimated lives, but created the British state and forged the nation as the world’s predominant power.

In this innovative and moving book, Charles Carlton explores the glorious and terrible impact of war at the national and individual levels. Chapters alternate, providing a robust military and political narrative interlaced with accounts illuminating the personal experience of war, from recruit-ment to the end of battle in discharge or death. Carlton expertly charts the remarkable military developments over the period, as well as war’s endur-ing corollaries—camaraderie, courage, fear, and grief—to give a powerful account of the profound effect of war on the British Isles and its peoples.

CHARLES CARLToN is professor emeritus of history at North Carolina State University.

November History Cloth 978-0-300-17447-2 $40.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 224 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 16 pp. b/w illus. World

Ralph Tailor’s Summer A Scrivener, His City and the Plague keith Wrightson The plague outbreak of 1636 in Newcastle-upon-Tyne was one of the most devastating in English history. This hugely moving study looks in detail at its impact on the city through the eyes of a man who stayed as others fl ed: the scrivener Ralph Tailor.

As a scrivener Tailor was responsible for many of the wills and inventories of his fellow citizens. By listening to and writing down the fi nal wishes of the dying, the young scrivener often became the principal provider of comfort in people’s last hours. Drawing on the rich records left by Tailor during the course of his work along with many other sources, keith Wrightson vividly reconstructs life in the early modern city during a time of crisis and envisions what such a calamitous decimation of the population must have meant for personal, familial, and social relations.

kEITH WRIGHTSoN is the Townsend Professor of History at yale University and the author of Earthly Necessities: Economic Lives in Early Modern Britain. He lives in Guilford, CT.

65 Scholarly Titles

Also by MArgAret willes:Reading MattersFive Centuries of Discovering BooksPaper 978-0-300-16404-6 $22.00sc

August Gardening/History Cloth 978-0-300-16382-7 $45.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 336 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 80 b/w +24 pp. color illus. World

The Making of the English Gardener Plants, Books and Inspiration, 1550–1660 Margaret Willes In the century between the accession of Elizabeth I and the restoration of Charles II, a horticultural revolution took place in England, making it a leading player in the European horticultural game. Ideas were exchanged across networks of gardeners, botanists, scholars, and courtiers, and the burgeoning vernacular book trade spread this new knowledge still fur-ther—reaching even the growing number of gardeners furnishing their more modest plots across the verdant nation and its young colonies in the Americas.

Margaret Willes introduces a plethora of garden enthusiasts, from the renowned to the legions of anonymous workers who created and tended the great estates. Packed with illustrations from the herbals, design trea-tises, and practical manuals that inspired these men—and occasionally women—Willes’s book enthrallingly charts how England’s garden grew.

MARGARET WILLES, the former Publisher for the National Trust, has written and illustrated numerous books. She lives in London.

“An original and illuminating contribution to the thickly congested fi eld of scholarship on Nazism and popular experience in Germany’s twentieth century.”—Geoff Eley, author of A Crooked Line: From Cultural History to the History of Society

January History Cloth 978-0-300-17003-0 $38.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 384 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 1 b/w illus. World

A German Generation An Experiential History of the Twentieth Century Thomas A. kohut Germans of the generation born just before the outbreak of World War I lived through a tumultuous and dramatic century. This book tells the story of their lives and, in so doing, offers a new history of twentieth-century Germany, as experienced and made by ordinary human beings.

on the basis of sixty-two oral-history interviews, this book shows how this generation was shaped psychologically by a series of historically engen-dered losses over the course of the century. In response, this generation turned to the collective to repair the losses it had suffered, most fatefully to the community of the “volk” during the Third Reich, a racial collective to which this generation was passionately committed and which was at the heart of National Socialism and its popular appeal.

THoMAS A. koHUT is the Sue and Edgar Wachenheim III Professor of History at Williams College and author of Wilhelm II and the Germans: A Study in Leadership. He lives in Williamstown, MA.

66 Scholarly Titles

“Informative, provocative, and engaging, Monter’s study of queens who ruled in their own name illuminates their lives and accomplishments and offers readers rich and intriguing fare.”—kathleen Wellman, Southern Methodist University

January History Cloth 978-0-300-17327-7 $38.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 256 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 19 b/w illus. World

The Rise of Female kings in Europe, 1300–1800 William Monter In this lively and pathbreaking book, William Monter sketches Europe’s increasing acceptance of autonomous female rulers between the late Middle Ages and the French Revolution. Monter surveys the governmental records of Europe’s thirty women monarchs—the famous (Mary Stuart, Elizabeth I, Catherine the Great) as well as the obscure (Charlotte of Cyprus, Isabel Clara Eugenia of the Netherlands)—describing how each of them achieved sovereign authority, wielded it, and (more often than men) abandoned it. Monter argues that Europe’s female kings, who ruled by divine right, expe-rienced no signifi cant political opposition despite their gender.

WILLIAM MoNTER is professor emeritus of history, Northwestern University. He lives in Wilmette, IL.

◆◆ the english MonArchs series

January Biography/History Cloth 978-0-300-11910-7 $45.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 644 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 28 b/w illus. World

Edward III W. Mark ormrod Edward III (1312–1377) was the most successful European ruler of his age. Reigning for over fi fty years, he achieved spectacular military triumphs and overcame grave threats to his authority, from parliamentary revolt to the Black Death. Revered by his subjects as a chivalric dynamo, he initiated the Hundred years’ War and gloriously led his men into battle against the Scots and the French.

In this illuminating biography, W. Mark ormrod takes a deeper look at Edward to reveal the man beneath the military muscle. What emerges is Edward’s clear sense of his duty to rebuild the prestige of the Crown, and through military gains and shifting diplomacy, to secure a legacy for posterity. New details of the splendor of Edward’s court, lavish national celebrations, and innovative use of imagery establish the king’s instinctive understanding of the bond between ruler and people. With fresh emphasis on how Edward’s rule was affected by his family relationships—including his roles as traumatized son, loving husband, and dutiful father—ormrod gives a valuable new dimension to our understanding of this remarkable warrior king.

W. MARk oRMRoD is a professor in the Department of History, University of york.

67 Scholarly Titles

October History/Literary Studies Cloth 978-0-300-16778-8 $55.00tx Also available as an eBook. 512 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 80 b/w + 9 color illus. World

The Music Libel Against the JewsRuth HaCohenThis deeply imaginative and wide-ranging book shows how, since the first centuries of the Christian era, gentiles have associated Jews with noise. Ruth HaCohen focuses her study on a “musical libel”—a variation on the Passion story that recurs in various forms and cultures in which an inno-cent Christian boy is killed by a Jew in order to silence his “harmonious musicality.” In paying close attention to how and where this libel surfaces, HaCohen covers a wide swath of western cultural history, showing how entrenched aesthetic-theological assumptions have persistently defined European culture and its internal moral and political orientations.

Ruth HaCohen combines in her comprehensive analysis the perspectives of musicology, literary criticism, philosophy, psychology, and anthropology, tracing the tensions between Jewish “noise” and idealized Christian “har-mony” and their artistic manifestations from the high Middle Ages through Nazi Germany and beyond. She concludes her book with a passionate and moving argument for humanizing contemporary soundspaces.

RUTH HACoHEN is Arthur Rubinstein Chair of Musicology at Hebrew University.

“Examining the tangled convergence between North American racial prejudice and the Japanese denigration of outcastes, this book is strikingly innovative and intensely thought-provoking. Andrea Geiger’s work sets a model of historical research and analysis practiced as an extraordinary—and courageous—art.”—Patty Limerick, author of The Legacy of Conquest

◆◆ the lAMAr series in western history

November History Cloth 978-0-300-16963-8 $45.00sc Also available as an eBook. 288 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 18 b/w illus. World

Subverting ExclusionTranspacific Encounters with Race, Caste, and Borders, 1885–1928Andrea GeigerThe Japanese immigrants who arrived in the North American West in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries included individuals with his-torical ties to Japan’s outcaste communities. In the only English-language book on the subject, Andrea Geiger examines the history of these immi-grants in the United States and Canada and their encounters with two separate cultures of exclusion, including the notion of outcaste status.

Geiger reveals that the experiences of Japanese immigrants in North America were shaped in part by Japan’s formal status system, mibunsei, decades after it was formally abolished. The immigrants’ understanding of social status as caste-based, however, collided with American and Canadian perceptions of status as primarily race-based. Geiger shows how the lingering influence of Japan’s strict status system affected immigrants’ per-ceptions and understandings of race in the North American West in the early twentieth century.

ANDREA GEIGER is assistant professor of history at Simon Fraser University. She lives in vancouver, BC.

68 Scholarly Titles

◆◆ the yAle-hoover series on stAlin, stAlinisM, AnD the colD wAr

January History Cloth 978-0-300-16952-2 $55.00sc Also available as an eBook. 352 pp. 7 x 10 62 b/w + 21 color illus. World

The Stalin CultA Study in the Alchemy of PowerJan PlamperBetween the late 1920s and the early 1950s, one of the most persuasive per-sonality cults of all times saturated Soviet public space with images of Stalin. A torrent of portraits, posters, statues, films, plays, songs, and poems galva-nized the Soviet population and inspired leftist activists around the world. In the first book to examine the cultural products and production meth-ods of the Stalin cult, Jan Plamper reconstructs a hidden history linking artists, party patrons, state functionaries, and ultimately Stalin himself in the alchemical project that transformed a pock-marked Georgian into the embodiment of global communism. Departing from interpretations of the Stalin cult as an outgrowth of Russian mysticism or Stalin’s psychopathol-ogy, Plamper establishes the cult’s context within a broader international history of modern personality cults constructed around Napoleon III, Mussolini, Hitler, and Mao. Drawing upon evidence from previously inaccessible Russian archives, Plamper’s lavishly illustrated and accessibly written study will appeal to anyone interested in twentieth-century history, visual studies, the politics of representation, dictator biography, socialist realism, and real socialism.

JAN PLAMPER is Dilthey Fellow at the Max Planck Institute for Human Development in Berlin.

Also by MArk D. steinberg: The Fall of the Romanovs Political Dreams and Personal Struggles in a Time of Revolution Paper 978-0-300-07067-5 $32.00tx Voices of Revolution, 1917 Paper 978-0-300-10169-0 $26.00tx

November History Cloth 978-0-300-16504-3 $45.00sc Also available as an eBook. 400 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 7 b/w illlus. World

Petersburg Fin de SiècleMark D. SteinbergThe final decade of the old order in imperial Russia was a time of both crisis and possibility, an uncertain time that inspired an often desperate search for meaning. This book explores how journalists and other writers in St. Petersburg described and interpreted the troubled years between the Russian revolutions of 1905 and 1917.

Mark Steinberg, distinguished historian of Russia in the late nineteenth and early twentieth centuries, examines the work of writers of all kinds, from anonymous journalists to well-known public intellectuals, from secular liberals to religious conservatives. Though diverse in their perspec-tives, these urban writers were remarkably consistent in the worries they expressed. They grappled with the impact of technological and material progress on the one hand, and with an ever-deepening anxiety and pes-simism on the other. Steinberg reveals a new, darker perspective on the history of St. Petersburg on the eve of revolution and presents a fresh view of Russia’s experience of modernity.

MARk STEINBERG is professor of history at the University of Illinois, Urbana-Champaign, and editor of the journal Slavic Review. He is the author of The Fall of the Romanovs and Voices of Revolution, 1917, both published by yale University Press, and of Proletarian Imagination: Self, Modernity, and the Sacred in Russia, 1910–1925.

69Scholarly Titles

January History Cloth 978-0-300-17026-9 $38.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 256 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 24 b/w illus. World

The Conversion of Scandinavia vikings, Merchants, and Missionaries in the Remaking of Northern Europe Anders Winroth In this book a MacArthur Award-winning scholar argues for a radically new interpretation of the conversion of Scandinavia from paganism to Christianity in the early Middle Ages. overturning the received narrative of Europe’s military and religious conquest and colonization of the region, Anders Winroth contends that rather than acting as passive recipients, Scandinavians converted to Christianity because it was in individual chief-tains’ political, economic, and cultural interests to do so.

Through a painstaking analysis and historical reconstruction of both archeological and literary sources, and drawing on scholarly work that has been unavailable in English, Winroth opens up new avenues for studying European ascendency and the expansion of Christianity in the medieval period.

ANDERS WINRoTH, professor of history at yale, is the author of The Making of Gratian’s Decretum, for which he was awarded a MacArthur Fellowship in 2003. He lives in New Haven, CT.

◆◆ the sPirit oF X

November Religion Paper 978-0-300-16926-3 $15.00 224 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 World

The Spirit of Mary Sarah Jane Boss Said to be “next to Christ, yet closest to us,” the virgin Mary has been and remains a major fi gure in world religion. Mary, who carried the Word of God in her very body, is a potent symbol for Christians: by conforming their souls to her likeness, they invite Christ to live within them spiritu-ally. As such, Mary’s spirit has pervaded, and partly constituted, the spirit of Christianity itself.

Contextualizing a selection of writings that illustrate Mary’s role in the Christian tradition, Sarah Jane Boss—a leading authority on Mary—shows how the Marian cult, doctrines, and devotion have developed over the cen-turies, from widely differing cultural backgrounds and from both Eastern and Western churches. Together with Boss’s enlightening and incisive introductions to the texts, this book is a colorful and engaging introduction to the meaning of Mary.

SARAH JANE BoSS is director of the Centre for Marian Studies at Roehampton University, where she is senior lecturer in theology and Catholic studies.

70 Scholarly Titles

MIzUko ITo is Professor in Residence and John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation Chair in Digital Media and Learning, Department of Anthropology and Department of Informatics, University of California, Irvine. DAISUkE okABE is lecturer in psychology, Tokyo City University, Japan. IzUMI TSUJI is associate professor of sociology at Chuo University, Japan.

January Cultural Studies Cloth 978-0-300-15864-9 $35.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 320 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 55 b/w illus. World

Fandom Unbound otaku Culture in a Connected Age Edited by Mizuko Ito, Daisuke okabe, and Izumi Tsuji In recent years, otaku culture has emerged as one of Japan’s major cultural exports and as a genuinely transnational phenomenon. This timely vol-ume investigates how this once marginalized popular culture has come to play a major role in Japan’s identity at home and abroad. In the American context, the word otaku is best translated as “geek”—an ardent fan with highly specialized knowledge and interests. But it is associated especially with fans of specifi c Japan-based cultural genres, including anime, manga, and video games. Most important of all, as this collection shows, is the way otaku culture represents a newly participatory fan culture in which fans not only organize around niche interests but produce and distribute their own media content. In this collection of essays, Japanese and American scholars offer richly detailed descriptions of how this once stigmatized Japanese youth culture created its own alternative markets and cultural products such as fan fi ction, comics, costumes, and remixes, becoming a major international force that can challenge the dominance of commercial media. By exploring the rich variety of otaku culture from multiple perspec-tives, this groundbreaking collection provides fascinating insights into the present and future of cultural production and distribution in the digital age.

◆◆ yAle MusicAl instruMent series

January Music Cloth 978-0-300-11230-6 $40.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 352 pp. 7 1⁄2 x 9 1⁄4 45 b/w illus. + musical examples throughout World

The Trumpet John Wallace and Alexander McGrattan In the fi rst major book devoted to the trumpet in more than two decades, John Wallace and Alexander McGrattan trace the surprising evolution and colorful performance history of one of the world’s oldest instruments. They chart the introduction of the trumpet and its family into art music, and its rise to prominence as a solo instrument, from the Baroque “golden age,” through the advent of valved brass instruments in the nineteenth century, and the trumpet’s renaissance in the jazz age. The authors offer abundant insights into the trumpet’s repertoire, with detailed analyses of works by Haydn, Handel, and Bach, and fresh material on the importance of jazz and infl uential jazz trumpeters for the reemergence of the trumpet as a solo instrument in classical music today.

Wallace and McGrattan draw on deep research, lifetimes of experience in performing and teaching the trumpet in its various forms, and numerous interviews to illuminate the trumpet’s history, music, and players. Copiously illustrated with photographs, facsimiles, and music examples throughout, The Trumpet will enlighten and fascinate all performers and enthusiasts.

Trumpeter JoHN WALLACE is principal of the Royal Scottish Academy of Music and Drama, Glasgow. ALEXANDER McGRATTAN is a freelance trumpeter who teaches natural trumpet and music history at the Royal Scottish Academy of Music and Drama.

71 Scholarly Titles

January Law Cloth 978-0-300-14863-3 $30.00sc Also available as an eBook. 224 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 World

Democracy, Expertise, and Academic FreedomA First Amendment Jurisprudence for the Modern StateRobert C. PostA leading American legal scholar offers a surprising account of the incom-pleteness of prevailing theories of freedom of speech. Robert C. Post shows that the familiar understanding of the First Amendment, which stresses the “marketplace of ideas” and which holds that “everyone is entitled to an opinion,” is inadequate to create and preserve the expert knowledge that is necessary for a modern democracy to thrive. For a modern society reliably to answer such questions as whether nicotine causes cancer, the free and open exchange of ideas must be complemented by standards of scientific competence and practice that are both hierarchical and judgmental.

Post develops a theory of First Amendment rights that seeks to explain both the need for the free formation of public opinion and the need for the dis-tribution and creation of expertise. Along the way he offers a new and useful account of constitutional doctrines of academic freedom. These doctrines depend both upon free expression and the necessity of the kinds of profes-sional judgment that universities exercise when they grant or deny tenure, or that professional journals exercise when they accept or reject submissions.

RoBERT C. PoST is Sol & Lillian Goldman Professor of Law and Dean of the yale Law School.

“Brian kalt has written a truly marvelous book on what appear to be constitutional esoterica that could, under foreseeable albeit unlikely circumstances, pose genuine problems for the American constitutional and political order.”—Sanford Levinson, University of Texas Law School

January Law Cloth 978-0-300-12351-7 $45.00sc Also available as an eBook. 256 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 World

Constitutional CliffhangersA Legal Guide for Presidents and Their EnemiesBrian C. kaltThe United States Constitution contains some potentially fatal weaknesses surrounding presidential selection, replacement, or punishment that could lead to constitutional controversies. In this compelling and fascinating book, Brian C. kalt envisions six such controversies, ranging from the criminal prosecution of a sitting president, to a two-term president’s attempt to stay in power, to the ousting of an allegedly disabled president. None of these things have ever occurred—but in recent years, many of them almost have.

The events kalt describes are all situations where matters of constitutional interpretation would carry enormous political consequences. Because such events would put so much stress on our structure of government, we need to strive toward clear neutral rules that would resolve these situations smoothly and peacefully, rather than through a might-makes-right process.

BRIAN C. kALT is professor of law at Michigan State University.

72 Scholarly Titles

Also by AnDrew wilson:The UkrainiansUnexpected Nation; Second EditionPaper 978-0-300-09309-4 $19.00scUkraine’s Orange RevolutionCloth 978-0-300-11290-0 $32.00sc

November History/Current Events Cloth 978-0-300-13435-3 $35.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 256 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 16 b/w illus. World

Belarus The Last European Dictatorship Andrew Wilson This book is the fi rst in English to explore both Belarus’s complicated road to nationhood and to examine in detail its politics and economics since 1991, the nation’s fi rst year of true independence. Andrew Wilson focuses particular attention on Aliaksandr Lukashenka’s surprising longevity as president, despite human rights abuses and involvement in yet another rigged election in December 2010.

Wilson looks at Belarusian history as a series of false starts in the medi-eval and pre-modern periods, and at the many rival versions of Belarusian identity, culminating with the Soviet Belarusian project and the establish-ment of Belarus’s current borders during World War II. He also addresses Belarus’s on-off relationship with Russia, its simultaneous attempts to play a game of balance in the no-man’s-land between Russia and the West, and how, paradoxically, Belarus is at last becoming a true nation under the rule of Europe’s “last dictator.”

ANDREW WILSoN is reader in Ukrainian studies at the School of Slavonic and East European Studies. He is the author of The Ukrainians, Virtual Politics, and Ukraine’s Orange Revolution, all published by yale University Press.

“The End of Race is an example of distinguished social science research. It is an essential read for scholars, and anybody who cares about the contemporary state of American race relations.”—John Mark Hansen, University of Chicago, coauthor of Mobilization, Participation, and Democracy in America

January Politics/Current Events Paper 978-0-300-17519-6 $30.00 sc 256 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 32 b/w illus. World

The End of Race? obama, 2008, and Racial Politics in America Donald R. kinder and Allison Dale-Riddle How did race affect the election that gave America its fi rst African American president? This book offers some fascinating, and perhaps controversial, fi ndings. Donald R. kinder and Allison Dale-Riddle assert that racism was in fact an important factor in 2008, and that if not for racism, Barack obama would have won in a landslide. on the way to this conclusion, they make several other important arguments. In an analysis of the nomination battle between obama and Hillary Clinton, they show why racial identity matters more in electoral politics than gender identity. Comparing the 2008 election with that of 1960, they fi nd that religion played much the same role in the earlier campaign that race played in ’08. And they argue that racial resentment—a modern form of racism that has superseded the old-fashioned biological variety—is a potent political force.

DoNALD R. kINDER is Philip E. Converse Collegiate Professor of Political Science, professor of psychology, and research professor in the Center for Political Studies at the University of Michigan. ALLISoN DALE-RIDDLE is a doctoral candidate in political science at the University of Michigan.

73 Scholarly Titles

“A rich synthesis of veblen’s neglected views on power, predation, war, savagery, ostensible democracy, and the instinct of workmanship, in a terrific intellectual history for the higher barbarism of our time.”—James k. Galbraith, author of The Predator State: How Conservatives Abandoned the Free Market and Why Liberals Should Too

December Political Science Paper 978-0-300-15999-8 $30.00sc Also available as an eBook. 288 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 World

The Political Ideas of Thorstein veblenSidney Plotkin and Rick TilmanThorstein veblen is best known for his authorship of The Theory of the Leisure Class and The Theory of Business Enterprise, which made him a celebrated figure in the fields of economics and sociology at the turn of the twentieth century. In this book, Sidney Plotkin and Rick Tilman argue that in addition to his well-known work in these fields veblen also made impor-tant—and until now overlooked—statements about politics.

While veblen’s writings seldom mention politics, they are saturated with political ideas: about the relationship among war, executive power, and democracy; about the similarities between modern executive positions and monarchy; about the political influence of corporate power; about the symbolism of politics; and about many other issues. By demonstrating the deep relevance of veblen’s writings to today’s political troubles, The Political Ideas of Thorstein Veblen offers an important reconsideration of a major American thinker.

SIDNEy PLoTkIN is professor of political science at vassar College. RICk TILMAN is professor emeritus of public administration at the University of Nevada, Las vegas. Each has served as president of the International Thorstein veblen Association.

“A superb and very interesting book.”—Professor Anthony king, University of Exeter

September Military Studies/Current Events Cloth 978-0-300-16671-2 $38.00sc 304 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 World

Losing Small WarsBritish Military Failure in Iraq and AfghanistanFrank LedwidgePartly on the strength of their apparent success in insurgencies such as Malaya and Northern Ireland, the British armed forces have long been perceived as world class, if not world beating. However, their recent perfor-mance in Iraq and Afghanistan is widely seen as—at best—disappointing; under British control Basra degenerated into a lawless city riven with inter-necine violence, while tactical mistakes and strategic incompetence in Helmand Province resulted in heavy civilian and military casualties and a climate of violence and insecurity. In both cases the British were eventually and humiliatingly bailed out by the US army.

In this thoughtful and compellingly readable book, Frank Ledwidge exam-ines the British involvement in Iraq and Afghanistan, asking how and why it went so wrong. With the aid of copious research, interviews with senior officers, and his own personal experiences, he looks in detail at the failures of strategic thinking and culture that led to defeat in Britain’s latest “small wars.” This is an eye-opening analysis of the causes of military failure, and its enormous costs.

FRANk LEDWIDGE served in Bosnia, kosovo, and Iraq as a military intelligence officer and in Afghanistan as a civilian justice advisor. He is currently a lecturer for kings College, London, at the RAF College, Cranwell.

74 Scholarly Titles

“The Hour of Europe is a splendid book which makes a major contribution to the scholarship about the yugoslav breakup and the Western response, and shatters persistent illusions about those subjects . . . Glaurdic’s book is a masterpiece.”—Sabrina P. Ramet, Professor of Political Science, The Norwegian University of Science & Technology; author of The Three Yugoslavias

December History/Current Events Cloth 978-0-300-16629-3 $55.00sc Also available as an eBook. 416 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 4 b/w illus. World

The Hour of EuropeWestern Powers and the Breakup of yugoslaviaJosip GlaurdicBy looking through the prism of the West’s involvement in the breakup of yugoslavia, this book presents a new examination of the end of the Cold War in Europe. Incorporating declassified documents from the CIA, the administration of George H.W. Bush, and the British Foreign office; evi-dence generated by The Hague Tribunal; and more than forty personal interviews with former diplomats and policy makers, Glaurdic exposes how the realist policies of the Western powers failed to prop up yugoslavia’s con-tinuing existence as intended, and instead encouraged the yugoslav Army and the Serbian regime of Slobodan Miloševic to pursue violent means.

The book also sheds light on the dramatic clash of opinions within the Western alliance regarding how to respond to the crisis. Glaurdic traces the origins of this clash in the Western powers’ different preferences regarding the roles of Germany, Eastern Europe, and foreign and security policy in the future of European integration. With subtlety and acute insight, The Hour of Europe provides a fresh understanding of events that continue to influence the shape of the post–Cold War Balkans and the whole of Europe.

JoSIP GLAURDICć received his Ph.D. from yale and is junior research fellow at Clare College, University of Cambridge. He divides his time between Cambridge, Uk, and Münster, Germany.

September Economics/International Affairs Cloth 978-0-300-16634-7 $45.00sc Also available as an eBook. 432 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 World

The Peacekeeping EconomyUsing Economic Relationships to Build a More Peaceful, Prosperous, and Secure WorldLloyd J. DumasThe idea that military strength is virtually synonymous with security is deeply entrenched and widely held. But while the threat or use of military force may sometimes be necessary, it cannot keep us as safe as we would be by building relationships that replace hostility with a sense of mutual purpose and mutual gain. Economic relationships, says Lloyd J. Dumas, can offer a far more effective, and far less costly, means of maintaining security. After defining the right kind of economic relationship—one that is balanced and nonexploitative, emphasizes development, and minimizes environmental damage—Dumas then addresses some practical concerns in establishing and maintaining these relationships. He also considers the practical problems of the transition from military-based security arrange-ments to “economic peacekeeping,” and the effects of demilitarized security on economic development and prosperity.

LLoyD J. DUMAS is Professor of Political Economy, Economics and Public Policy at the University of Texas, Dallas. He lives in Carrollton, TX.

75Scholarly Titles

Student Book 1 May Language Paper 978-0-300-16162-5 $94.99tx 336 pp. 180 color + b/w illus. 8 1⁄2 x 10 7⁄8 World

Student Book 2 November Language Paper 978-0-300-16163-2 $94.99tx 384 pp. 180 color + b/w illus. 8 1⁄2 x 10 7⁄8 World

Annotated Instructor’s Edition 1 May Language Paper 978-0-300-16166-3 336 pp. 180 color + b/w illus. 8 1⁄2 x 10 7⁄8 World

Annotated Instructor’s Edition 2 November Language Paper 978-0-300-16167-0 384 pp. 180 color + b/w illus. 8 ½ x 10 7⁄8 World

Character Writing Workbook 1 June Language Paper 978-0-300-16170-0 $29.99tx 256 pp. 8 1⁄2 x 11 World

Character Writing Workbook 2 November Language Paper 978-0-300-16171-7 $29.99tx 256 pp. 8 1⁄2 x 11 World

Screenplay 1 May Language Paper 978-0-300-16605-7 $29.99tx 160 pp. 8 1⁄2 x 11 World

Screenplay 2 November Language Paper 978-0-300-17598-1 $29.99tx 160 pp. 8 1⁄2 x 11 World

DVD Lab Pack 1 DVD 978-0-300-17565-3 $599.99tx World

DVD Lab Pack 2 DVD 978-0-300-17599-8 $599.99tx World

Website www.EncountersChinese.com

EncountersChinese Language and Culture

Cynthia y. Ning and John S. Montanaro

Welcome to Encounters, a groundbreaking Chinese language program that features a dramatic series filmed entirely in China. The program’s highly communicative approach immerses learners in the Chinese language and culture through video episodes that directly correspond to units in the textbook. By combining a compelling story line with a wealth of educational materials, Encounters weaves a tapestry of Chinese language and culture rich in teaching and learning opportunities.

Encounters follows a carefully structured and cumu-lative approach. Students progress from listening and speaking to the more difficult skills of reading and writ-ing Chinese characters, building grammar, vocabulary, and pronunciation skills along the way.

The Encounters program includes:

· Two Full-color Student Books for introductory Chinese study

· Annotated Instructor’s Editions with answer keys and suggested class activities

· Two Character Writing Workbooks linked directly to the Student Book

· Ten hours of video materials, comprising dramatic episodes, cultural segments, and animations, all integrated with the Student Books

· A total of 200 minutes of audio material, linked to the Student Books, for listening and speaking practice

· A website, www.encounterschinese.com, providing a year’s free access to all audiovisual material of the program upon adoption

CyNTHIA y. NING is associate director of the Center for Chinese Studies and U.S. director of the Confucius Institute of the University of Hawai’i at Manoa, where she has taught courses in Chinese language and film for more than 25 years. She is the former president and executive director of the Chinese Language Teachers Association. JoHN S. MoNTANARo recently retired as Senior Lecturer in Chinese at yale University, where he taught for more than 30 years.

“By focusing in the first lessons on basic survival pronunciation,

Encounters gives students more confidence to learn Chinese.

A wonderful textbook! And the video series provides an authentic

and high-quality environment in which to learn Chinese.”

—Bei Chen, University of North Texas

“It’s easy for students to understand, comprehend, and to pick

up the language. you pick up the subtleties and authenticity

of the language. Students are inspired by seeing the video and

seeing Americans speak Chinese. I have seen an improvement

in my students’ character reading and listening skills after

using Encounters.”—Litan Rath, Westinghouse College Prep

High School

“I wouldn’t use use anything else. I love it. It’s hard for American

students to learn in the traditional Chinese way. Encounters is

more fluid and does not promote rote memorization.”—Jennifer

Portillo, The Denver Center for International Studies

“Encounters shows my students how Chinese is used in real

life context. The cultural segments are great because they let

students see different points of view in Chinese.”—Jean kumura,

Milken Community High School

“It’s a modern up-to-date, interactive, interesting, fun way to learn

Chinese. I highly recommend Encounters.”—Li Mann, Fresno

City College

76 Books for classroom use

Student Book 1May LanguagePaper 978-0-300-16162-5 $94.99tx336 pp. 180 color + b/w illus. 8 1⁄2 x 10 7⁄8 World

Student Book 2November LanguagePaper 978-0-300-16163-2 $94.99tx384 pp. 180 color + b/w illus. 8 1⁄2 x 10 7⁄8 World

Annotated Instructor’s Edition 1May LanguagePaper 978-0-300-16166-3336 pp. 180 color + b/w illus. 8 1⁄2 x 10 7⁄8 World

Annotated Instructor’s Edition 2November LanguagePaper 978-0-300-16167-0384 pp. 180 color + b/w illus. 8 ½ x 10 7⁄8 World

Character Writing Workbook 1June LanguagePaper 978-0-300-16170-0 $29.99tx256 pp. 8 1⁄2 x 11 World

Character Writing Workbook 2November LanguagePaper 978-0-300-16171-7 $29.99tx256 pp. 8 1⁄2 x 11 World

Screenplay 1May LanguagePaper 978-0-300-16605-7 $29.99tx160 pp. 8 1⁄2 x 11 World

Screenplay 2November LanguagePaper 978-0-300-17598-1 $29.99tx160 pp. 8 1⁄2 x 11 World

DVD Lab Pack 1DVD 978-0-300-17565-3 $599.99txWorld

DVD Lab Pack 2DVD 978-0-300-17599-8 $599.99txWorld

Websitewww.EncountersChinese.com

Encounters Chinese Language and Culture

Cynthia y. Ning and John S. Montanaro

Welcome to Encounters, a groundbreaking Chinese language program that features a dramatic series fi lmed entirely in China. The program’s highly communicative approach immerses learners in the Chinese language and culture through video episodes that directly correspond to units in the textbook. By combining a compelling story line with a wealth of educational materials, Encounters weaves a tapestry of Chinese language and culture rich in teaching and learning opportunities.

Encounters follows a carefully structured and cumu-lative approach. Students progress from listening and speaking to the more diffi cult skills of reading and writ-ing Chinese characters, building grammar, vocabulary, and pronunciation skills along the way.

The Encounters program includes:

· Two Full-color Student Books for introductory Chinese study

· Annotated Instructor’s Editions with answer keys and suggested class activities

· Two Character Writing Workbooks linked directly to the Student Book

· Ten hours of video materials, comprising dramatic episodes, cultural segments, and animations, all integrated with the Student Books

· A total of 200 minutes of audio material, linked to the Student Books, for listening and speaking practice

· A website, www.encounterschinese.com, providing a year’s free access to all audiovisual material of the program upon adoption

CyNTHIA y. NING is associate director of the Center for Chinese Studies and U.S. director of the Confucius Institute of the University of Hawai’i at Manoa, where she has taught courses in Chinese language and fi lm for more than 25 years. She is the former president and executive director of the Chinese Language Teachers Association. JoHN S. MoNTANARo recently retired as Senior Lecturer in Chinese at yale University, where he taught for more than 30 years.

“By focusing in the fi rst lessons on basic survival pronunciation,

Encounters gives students more confi dence to learn Chinese.

A wonderful textbook! And the video series provides an authentic

and high-quality environment in which to learn Chinese.”

—Bei Chen, University of North Texas

“It’s easy for students to understand, comprehend, and to pick

up the language. you pick up the subtleties and authenticity

of the language. Students are inspired by seeing the video and

seeing Americans speak Chinese. I have seen an improvement

in my students’ character reading and listening skills after

using Encounters.”—Litan Rath, Westinghouse College Prep

High School

“I wouldn’t use use anything else. I love it. It’s hard for American

students to learn in the traditional Chinese way. Encounters is

more fl uid and does not promote rote memorization.”—Jennifer

Portillo, The Denver Center for International Studies

“Encounters shows my students how Chinese is used in real

life context. The cultural segments are great because they let

students see different points of view in Chinese.”—Jean kumura,

Milken Community High School

“It’s a modern up-to-date, interactive, interesting, fun way to learn

Chinese. I highly recommend Encounters.”—Li Mann, Fresno

City College

77 Books for classroom use

GEoRGE C. EDWARDS III is Distinguished Professor and George and Julia Blucher Jordan Chair, Department of Political Science, Texas A&M University. He is also the editor of Presidential Studies Quarterly.

September Current Events/Political Science Paper 978-0-300-16649-1 $22.00sc 272 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 1 b/w illus. World

Why the Electoral College Is Bad for AmericaSecond EditionGeorge C. Edwards III

Thoroughly revised and updated, with an extensive analysis of the 2008 election, this book remains the best analysis of the Electoral College for both students and general readers.

“The best book available on the electoral college. Edwards provides both an excellent review of the workings of the electoral college and an incisive analysis of the failings of the institution.”—Marty Wattenberg, University of California, Irvine

“A wonderfully accessible discussion of every aspect of the system by which presidents are elected. . . . Edwards’s book will be of interest to scholars and instructors focusing on the presidency . . . as well as campaigns and elec-tions.”—David A. Dulio, Historian

JULIA TITUS is senior lector in the Department of Slavic Languages and Literatures at yale University.

January Literature Paper 978-0-300-16232-5 $20.00tx 192 pp. 8 1⁄2 x 11 6 b/w illus. World

The Meek one: A Fantastic StoryAn Annotated Russian ReaderFyodor DostoevskyEdited by Julia Titus Illustrations by kristen Robinson

This fully annotated paperback learner’s edition of Dostoevsky’s short story The Meek One is intended for intermediate and advanced Russian students. In addition to the Russian text, the book includes an introduction discuss-ing the story’s historical context, literary significance, and critical response; an extensive glossary and a learner’s dictionary; discussion questions; and vocabulary quizzes, exercises, and self-tests. All of these components will also be available online, accompanied by a complete soundtrack.

ANNABELLE DoLIDoN is assistant pro-fessor of French at Portland State University. NoRMA LóPEz-BURToN is lecturer at the University of California, Davis.

January Language Paper 978-0-300-16624-8 $80.00tx 320 pp. 8 x 10 93 b/w + 91 color illus. World

Tu sais quoi?!Cours de conversation en françaisAnnabelle Dolidon and Norma López-Burton

Tu sais quoi?! is a main text for conversational French courses, and it could also be used as a supplement to a second- or third-year French grammar review text. It is a function-based text that helps students practice French for application in real life. It includes current idiomatic expressions and slang, which are not found in most textbooks. It is primarily intended to pre-pare students to function linguistically and culturally in French-speaking countries where they will study abroad, visit, or work. The book will be accompanied by a Web site with grammar and culture links and audio and video files.

78 Books for classroom use

Also by stePhAnie roberson bArnArD AnD DeborAh st JAMes: Writing, Speaking, and Communication Skills for Health Professionals Paper 978-0-300-08862-5 $22.00 Also available as an eBook.

January Reference Paper 978-0-300-17627-8 $22.00tx 192 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 World

Listen. Write. Present.The Elements for Communicating Science and TechnologyStephanie Roberson Barnard and Deborah St JamesEven the best ideas have little value if they are not explained clearly, concisely, and convincingly to others. Scientists, engineers, health care professionals, and technology specialists become leaders in their fields not just by way of discovery, but by communication. In this essential book, two seasoned communication consultants offer specific, focused advice to help professionals develop, improve, and polish their interpersonal communi-cation, writing, and presentation skills. The authors explain exactly how to manage multiple projects and interactions, collaborate with colleagues and others, gain support for ideas through presentations and proposals, and much more.

STEPHANIE RoBERSoN BARNARD is a communication consultant, Business Image Consulting. She lives in Wilson, NC. DEBoRAH ST JAMES is deputy direc-tor, Publications and Scientific Communications, Talecris Center for Science and Education. She lives in Raleigh, NC. The authors have extensive experience in training biomedical, scientific, pharmaceutical, and technology professionals to communicate effectively. They are co-authors of Writing, Speaking, & Communication Skills for Health Professionals, published by yale University Press.

January History/Current Events Paper 978-0-300-16230-1 $30.00tx Also available as an eBook. 320 pp. 7 x 10 86 b/w illus. World

IsraelAn IntroductionEdited by Barry RubinThis comprehensive book provides a well-rounded introduction to Israel—a definitive account of the nation’s past, its often controversial present, and much more. Edited by a leading historian of the Middle East, Israel is orga-nized around six major themes: land and people, history, society, politics, economics, and culture. The only available volume to offer such a com-plete account, this book is written for general readers and students who may have little background knowledge of this nation or its rich culture.

The contributors to the book, all scholars with extensive firsthand knowl-edge of Israel, offer accessible, clearly explained material, enhanced with a generous selection of images, maps, charts, tables, graphs, and sidebars. This book provides readers with a solid foundation of knowledge about Israel and provides useful reference lists by topic for those inspired to read further.

BARRy RUBIN is professor and director of the Global Research in International Affairs Center at the Interdisciplinary Center, Herzliya, Israel. He is also editor of the Middle East Review of International Affairs and author of numerous books on the Middle East.

79Books for classroom use

Textbook, Part 1 June LanguagePaper 978-0-300-11589-5 $45.00tx 384 pp. World

Workbook, Part 1 December LanguagePaper 978-0-300-11591-8 $32.00tx 608 pp. World

Textbook/Workbook Set, Part 1 December LanguagePaper 978-0-300-16771-9 $77.00tx World

Textbook, Part 2 December LanguagePaper 978-0-300-11590-1 $45.00tx 640 pp. World

Workbook, Part 2 December LanguagePaper 978-0-300-11592-5 $32.00tx 704 pp. World

Textbook/Workbook Set, Part 2 December LanguagePaper 978-0-300-16772-6 $77.00tx World

Learn to Read Greek Andrew keller and Stephanie Russell Learn to Read Greek is a text and workbook for students beginning the study of Ancient Greek. It is the companion volume to the authors’ Learn to Read Latin, published in 2004. Like its Latin predecessor, it has a grammar-based approach and is intended for students who have a serious interest in learning the language.

The text and workbook include carefully chosen vocabularies and exten-sive vocabulary notes; clear and complete presentations of all necessary morphology and syntax; large numbers of drills and drill sentences; and abundant unabridged sample passages from a variety of Greek authors and texts.

ANDREW kELLER and STEPHANIE RUSSELL both teach classics at the Collegiate School in New york City.

Fundamentos teóricos y practicos de historia de la lengua española Eva Núñez Méndez

This is a comprehensive language text about the evolution of Spanish, from its Latin roots to modern Spanish, that is intended for advanced undergraduate and graduate students. It provides an overview of the birth, formation, and development of the Spanish language in a clear and systematic way and includes exercises and illustrative texts. It is user-friendly for instructors, as it provides all the necessary elements (history, exercises, and primary sources) for use as a main text—no supplements are needed.

EvA NÚÑEz MÉNDEz is associate professor at Portland State University in oregon.

January Language Paper 978-0-300-17098-6 $65.00 tx 384 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 26 b/w illus. World

kunterbunt und kurz geschrieben An Interactive German Reader for the Intermediate German Classroom James Pfrehm

Kunterbunt und kurz geschrieben is an intermediate-level German reader that can be used as either the main text in a conversation course or a supplementary text in an intermediate grammar review course. James Pfrehm’s innovative approach includes text and audio podcasts of German short stories that are distinctly different from canonical texts studied in upper-level courses. Some of the features of the book include topical, engaging, and often humorous modern short stories; a grammar activity in each chapter; and video podcasts of short stories created by Pfrehm.

JAMES PFREHM is assistant professor of German at Ithaca College. January Language Paper 978-0-300-16602-6 $30.00 tx Also available as an eBook. 288 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 18 b/w illus. World

80 Books for classroom use

“Breathtaking in its erudition, The Problem of Slavery as History speaks forcefully to the canon of slavery scholarship.”—James Brewer Stewart, Macalester College

◆◆ DAviD brion DAvis series

JoSEPH C. MILLER is T. Cary Johnson Jr. Professor in the Department of History at the University of virginia and a pre-emi-nent historian of world slavery. He lives in Charlottesville, vA.

November History Paper 978-0-300-11315-0 $30.00tx Also available as an eBook. 288 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 World

The Problem of Slavery as HistoryA Global ApproachJoseph C. Miller

Why did slavery—an accepted evil for thousands of years—suddenly become regarded during the eighteenth century as an abomination so com-pelling that Western governments took up the cause of abolition in ways that transformed the modern world? Joseph C. Miller turns this classic question on its head by rethinking the very nature of slavery, arguing that it must be viewed generally as a process rather than as an institution. Tracing the global history of slaving over thousands of years, Miller reveals the short-comings of Western narratives that define slavery by the same structures and power relations regardless of places and times, concluding instead that slaving is a process which can be understood fully only as imbedded in changing circumstances.

◆◆ yAle series in econoMic AnD FinAnciAl history

LARRy NEAL is emeritus professor of economics at the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, research associate of the National Bureau of Economic Research, and visiting professor at the London School of Economics.

January History/Economics Cloth 978-0-300-15316-3 $50.00tx Also available as an eBook. 224 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 10 b/w illus. World

“I Am Not Master of Events”The Speculation of John Law and Lord Londonderry in the Mississippi and South Sea BubblesLarry Neal

Two of the greatest financial fiascos of all time took place at the same time and were instigated by two acquaintances: the Mississippi Bubble, on which John Law at first made a vast fortune and gained sway over French finances; and the South Sea Bubble, launched by Law and Thomas Pitt, Jr., Lord Londonderry, his main partner in England. This book tells the story of these two financial schemes from the letters and accounts of two leading personalities. Larry Neal, a distinguished economic historian, highlights the rationality of each person and also finds that the primitive exchanges of the day, though informal and completely unregulated, actually performed reasonably well.

◆◆ the yAle-hoover series on stAlin, stAlinisM, AnD the colD wAr

DAvID BRANDENBERGER is associ-ate professor of history at the University of Richmond, virginia.

January History Paper 978-0-300-15537-2 $55.00tx Also available as an eBook. 352 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 24 b/w illus. Not for sale in the Russian Federation

Propaganda State in CrisisSoviet Ideology, Indoctrination, and Terror under Stalin, 1927–1941David Brandenberger

The USSR is often regarded as the world’s first propaganda state. Particularly under Stalin, politically charged rhetoric and imagery dominated the press, the schools, and the cultural forums from literature and cinema to the fine arts. yet party propagandists were repeatedly frustrated in their efforts to pro-mote a coherent sense of “Soviet” identity during the interwar years. This book investigates this failure to mobilize society along communist lines by probing the secrets of the party’s ideological establishment and indoctri-national system. An exposé of systemic failure within Stalin’s ideological establishment, Propaganda State in Crisis ultimately rewrites the history of Soviet indoctrination and mass mobilization between 1927 and 1941.

81Academic Titles

JULIE E. CoHEN teaches and writes about intellectual property law and privacy law, with particular focus on copyright and on the inter-section of copyright and privacy rights in the networked information society. She lives in Bethesda, Maryland.

January Law Paper 978-0-300-12543-6 $55.00tx Also available as an eBook. 288 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 World

Configuring the Networked SelfLaw, Code, and the Play of Everyday PracticeJulie E. Cohen

The legal and technical rules governing flows of information are out of balance, argues Julie E. Cohen in this original analysis of information law and policy. Flows of cultural and technical information are overly restricted, while flows of personal information often are not restricted at all. The author investigates the institutional forces shaping the emerging information society and the contradictions between those forces and the ways that people use information and information technologies in their everyday lives. She then proposes legal principles to ensure that people have ample room for cultural and material participation as well as greater control over the boundary conditions that govern flows of information to, from, and about them.

“The most impressive study of Rousseau’s social and political system...an absolutely remarkable work that should become essential reading.”—Marie-Hélène Huet, author of Monstrous Imagination

PETER ALEXANDER MEyERS is profes-sor of American studies at the Université Paris III—Sorbonne Nouvelle, and a recurring visi-tor in the departments of Politics, Philosophy, History, and Sociology at Princeton University.

January Politics/Philosophy Cloth 978-0-300-17205-8 $60.00tx Also available as an eBook. 512 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 7 b/w illus. World

Abandoned to ourselvesBeing an Essay on the Emergence and Implications of Sociology in the Writings of Mr. Jean-Jacques Rousseau...Peter Alexander Meyers

This extraordinary work shows how the centerpiece of the Enlightenment— society as the symbol of collective human life and as the fundamental domain of human practice—was primarily composed and animated by its most ambivalent figure: Jean-Jacques Rousseau. Abandoned to Ourselves traces the emergence and moral significance of dependence itself within Rousseau’s encounters with a variety of discourses of order, including theology, natural philosophy, and music. As Abandoned to Ourselves weaves together historical acuity with theoretical insight, readers will find here elements for a reconstructed sociology inclusive of things and persons and, as a consequence, a new foundation for contemporary political theory.

NICHoLAS A. ASHFoRD is a professor of technology and policy at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology, the director of the MIT Technology and Law Program, and a faculty associate in the School of Engineering, the Sloan School of Management, and the Urban Studies Department. RALPH P. HALL is an assistant professor in the School of Public and International Affairs in the College of Architecture and Urban Studies at virginia Tech.

September Economics Cloth 978-0-300-16972-0 $90.00tx Also available as an eBook. 736 pp. 8 1⁄2 x 11 65 b/w illus. World

Technology, Globalization, and Sustainable DevelopmentTransforming the Industrial StateNicholas A. Ashford and Ralph P. Hall

In this book Nicholas A. Ashford and Ralph P. Hall offer a unified, transdis-ciplinary approach for achieving sustainable development in industrialized nations. They present an insightful analysis of the ways in which industrial states are currently unsustainable and how economic and social welfare are related to the environment, to public health and safety, and to earning capacity and meaningful and rewarding employment. The authors argue for the design of multipurpose solutions to the sustainability challenge that integrate economics, employment, technology, environment, industrial development, national and international law, trade, finance, and public and worker health and safety.

82 Academic Titles

JoHN D. INAzU is associate professor of law at Washington University in St. Louis.

January Philosophy/Law Cloth 978-0-300-17315-4 $55.00tx Also available as an eBook. 256 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 World

Liberty’s RefugeThe Forgotten Freedom of AssemblyJohn D. Inazu

This original and provocative book looks at an important constitutional freedom that today is largely forgotten: the right of assembly. While this right lay at the heart of some of the most important social movements in American history—abolitionism, women’s suffrage, the labor and civil rights movements—courts now prefer to speak about the freedoms of asso-ciation and speech. But the right of “expressive association” undermines protections for groups whose purposes are demonstrable not by speech or expression but through ways of being. John D. Inazu demonstrates that the forgetting of assembly and the embrace of association lose sight of impor-tant dimensions of our constitutional tradition.

BENJAMIN HARSHAv is Professor Emeritus of Comparative Literature and J. & H. Blaustein Professor of Hebrew Language and Literature, yale University, and Professor Emeritus of Literary Theory, Tel Aviv University. He lives in North Haven, CT.

January Poetry Studies/Jewish Studies Cloth 978-0-300-14487-1 $75.00tx Also available as an eBook. 320 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 World

Three Thousand years of Hebrew verseEncounters of Sound and MeaningBenjamin Harshav

This unprecedented book on comparative prosody explores the history of Hebrew verse during three millennia of changing cultural and linguis-tic contexts. Benjamin Harshav offers an innovative approach to the free rhythms of biblical poetry and prose, examines the brilliant invention of rhyme by the Paitan—the earliest rhyme in the Mediterranean world—and the discovery of accentual-syllabic meters, which have since dominated English, German, Russian, and Hebrew poetry for centuries, in a yiddish romance written in 1508. The book explores the constraints and kinds of modern free rhythms as exemplified in yiddish poetry.

RoBERT J. FLANAGAN is the konosuke Matsushita Professor of International Labor Economics and Policy Analysis, Emeritus, at the Stanford Graduate School of Business. He lives in California.

January Economics/Music/Performing Arts Cloth 978-0-300-17193-8 $50.00tx Also available as an eBook. 224 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 14 b/w illus. World

The Perilous Life of Symphony orchestrasArtistic Triumphs and Economic ChallengesRobert J. Flanagan

This book analyzes the economic challenges facing symphony orchestras and contrasts the experience of orchestras in the United States (where there is little direct government support) and abroad (where governments typically provide large direct subsidies). Robert J. Flanagan explains the tension between artistic excellence and financial jeopardy that confronts most symphony orchestras. He analyzes three complementary strategies for addressing orchestras’ economic challenges—raising performance revenues, slowing the growth of performance expenses, and increasing nonperformance income—and demonstrates that none of the three strate-gies alone is likely to provide economic security for orchestras.

83Academic Titles

STEPHEN PARkS is Curator (retired) of the osborn Collection at the Beinecke Library and Librarian and Chairman of the Incorporators of the Elizabethan Club.

November History Cloth 978-0-300-17185-3 $75.00tx 368 pp. 8 1⁄2 x 12 125 color illus. World

The Elizabethan Club of yale University and Its LibraryCentenary EditionStephen ParksIntroduction by Alan Bell

The Elizabethan Club of Yale University and Its Library was first published in 1986 to celebrate the 75th anniversary of the founding of the Elizabethan Club. This second, greatly enlarged edition is being published in celebra-tion of the Club’s centenary.

This edition includes full descriptions of the rare books in the Elizabethan Club’s collection, including the nearly sixty new acquisitions of the past quarter century, and for the first time a listing of manuscripts and objects. Full-color photographs by Richard Cheek elegantly display the Club’s rooms and garden, and nearly all its rare books, manuscripts, and objects are beautifully presented in full-color reproductions.

◆◆ the PAPers oF benJAMin FrAnklin

December Reference Cloth 978-0-300-16546-3 $100.00tx 784 pp. 5 3⁄4 x 8 5⁄8 8 b/w illus. World

The Papers of Benjamin Franklinvolume 40: May 16 through September 15, 1783Ellen R. Cohn, Editor Jonathan R. Dull, Senior Associate Editor kate M. ohno, Associate Editor Alicia k. Anderson, Adrina M. Garbooshian, Michael Sletcher, and Philipp ziesche, Assistant Editors Alysia M. Cain, Editorial Assistant

volume 40 of The Papers of Benjamin Franklin covers the final phase of peace negotiations that resulted in the signing of the definitive peace treaty on 3 September 1783 in the War of American Independence with Great Britain. Apart from that central diplomatic story, involving fellow peace commissioners John Adams, John Jay, and Henry Laurens, Franklin was involved in a great number of other important activities—political, literary, and scientific. He wrote a satire on American Loyalists, discussed the slave trade with a British abolitionist, and published a French edition of the thir-teen American state constitutions.

◆◆ yAle French stuDies series

January Language/Literary Studies Paper 978-0-300-11826-1 $30.00tx 248 pp. 6 x 9 World

yale French Studies, volume 120Francophone Sub-Saharan African Literature in Global ContextsAlain Mabanckou and Dominic Thomas, Special Editors

The parameters of Francophone sub-Saharan African literature expanded dramatically during recent years. Twentieth-century African writing was for the most part organized according to the shifting cultural, political, and social circumstances that informed colonial and postcolonial relations. But new transnational constituencies have emerged from immigrant and diasporic networks, and various transnational/transcolonial alignments now offer alternative ways of thinking about Francophone sub-Saharan African literature.

84 Academic Titles

“A compelling political story. . . . [Marsh has] an eye for captivating details.”—Ralph Atkins, Financial Times

August Economics/Globalization Paper 978-0-300-17674-2 $20.00 sc Paper 978-0-300-16400-8 S ’10 Also available as an eBook. 352 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 22 b/w illus. World

The Euro The Battle for the New Global Currency David Marsh This book takes a look at the tumultuous history of the Euro, its sta-tus in global economics and politics, and the pressures that present enormous challenges for the Euro’s future. This new edition has been fully updated to cover the dramatic events of 2010–2011, including Ireland’s and Greece’s debt crises and the continuing tension between France and Germany over the future of the Euro.

“Gripping. . . . An indispensable guide to monetary union.”—Economist

“An amazingly detailed and thoroughly readable account of the long march to the Euro. This is the stuff of a political thriller: the deal-making behind a currency constructed not just as a fi nancial instrument but also as a way of overcoming centuries of confl ict. Anyone interested in European politics and economics, as well as Europe’s place in the wider world, would enjoy it.”—George Soros

DAvID MARSH is chairman of SCCo International and co-chariman of offi cial Monetary and Financial Institutions Forum. He is a frequent contributor to German and British publications, and he lectures widely on political, economic, and business issues. He lives in London.

“A gifted and knowledgeable writer. . . . His aim is to . . . address some of the defi ning issues of the era in which we live, and yet show how diffi cult it is, ultimately, to defi ne this decade.”—John Gray, New Statesman

August History/Political Science Paper 978-0-300-17755-8 $20.00 Cloth 978-0-300-16117-5 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 464 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 1 b/w illus. For sale in U.S. and Canada only

Facts Are Subversive Political Writing from a Decade Without a Name Timothy Garton Ash This collection of essays by one of Europe’s leading political writers offers dazzling insights into today’s world and America’s troubled place in it.

“His powers of observation and analysis and his sense of history in the mak-ing, combined with a generous humor and a knack for epigrams and zingers, make his essays both a pleasure and a revelation to read. Taken together they are a magisterial comment on a decade of rising non-Western pow-ers, global warming, the crisis of capitalism, apparent US decline, and the somnambulism of Europe.”—Brian Urquhart, New York Review of Books

“The book is invaluable because of its author’s good sense and fore-sight. . . . This book does something more worthwhile: it evokes a time just past—provoking questions where answers do not yet exist.”—Daniel Domby, Financial Times

TIMoTHy GARToN ASH is professor of European studies at oxford University and a senior fellow at the Hoover Institution, Stanford University. He is the author of eight previous books, including The Magic Lantern, History of the Present, and The File, and is a regular contributor to the New York Review of Books.

85 Paperback Reprints—General Interest

“Brunner ably dispatches recent science . . . and takes us on a lively tour of lunar folklore and speculative fi ction.”—The New Yorker

September Science/Natural History Paper 978-0-300-17769-5 $15.00 Cloth 978-0-300-15212-8 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 304 pp. 4 3⁄4 x 8 93 b/w illus. World

Moon A Brief History Bernd Brunner An entertaining, often surprising cultural examination of Earth’s moon, through history, science, and literature, from ancient times to the present.

“A nimble, fast-moving survey of the silvery moon’s impact upon us and our world. Brunner looks at the moon’s infl uence upon tides, of course, and also its place in early psychology, the occult, popular culture and as a necessary fi rst step on humanity’s journey to Mars.”—Nick owchar, Los Angeles Times

“Astronomers, geologists, rocketeers and space jockeys all have a practical interest in the Moon, but earthbound mortals look up and project all their fears and fantasies on to its pale surface. . . . We know perfectly well that the Moon is a cold, rocky, lifeless little satellite, but where’s the romance in that? Brunner shows how it has shone silver though our dreams and des-tinies. It is the inspiration for myths and marvels.”—kate Saunders, The Times (London)

BERND BRUNNER is a freelance writer. He is the author of other successful works intersecting history, science, and literature, including Bears and The Ocean at Home.

“It is hard to imagine how anyone else, in fewer than 200 pages of text, could better encompass so much Western thinking about a question so important to the way we live.”—Wall Street Journal

September Philosophy/Psychology Paper 978-0-300-17810-4 $16.00 Cloth 978-0-300-13929-7 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 224 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄2 World

Exploring Happiness From Aristotle to Brain Science Sissela Bok From the acclaimed author of Lying, a brilliant exploration of happiness set in the context of the world’s great philosophers, leaders, writers, and artists.

“Confronted by a welter of confl icting defi nitions, eighteenth-century poet Alexander Pope despaired of establishing a meaning for happiness. Less easily discouraged, Bok acknowledges the contradictions in the diversity of perspectives, yet she converts these contradictions into openings for deeper inquiry.”—Booklist, starred review

“Sissela Bok makes sense of happiness for adults: what sort of happiness we can seek, and what lies beyond our grasp. The book illuminates ‘the pursuit of happiness’ in modern economics, psychiatry, and philosophy, but she addresses, in the end, any intelligent reader. Sissela Bok writes so clearly and directly that the reader is often caught up short, suddenly realizing that her arguments are always provocations to think more deeply. This is a wise book.”—Richard Sennett

SISSELA Bok is Senior visiting Fellow at the Harvard Center for Population and Development Studies, and a moral philosopher of international renown. She lives in Cambridge, Massachusetts.

86 Paperback Reprints—General Interest

The Anthology of Rap Edited by Adam Bradley and Andrew DuBois Foreword by Henry Louis Gates, Jr.Afterwords by Chuck D and Common

This extraordinary collection of lyrics showcases the poetic depth and diversity of rap.

“What you hold in your hands is more than a book. This is a culture. This is hip-hop. . . . This book offers a view of rap in full, from the root to the fruit.”—from the Afterword by Common

“An English major’s hip-hop bible, an impossible fusion of street cred and book learning. . . . Reading The Anthology of Rap was the most fun I’ve had with a book in many months: It just kept pouring out new waves of creativity, personality, and intelligence.”—Sam Anderson, New York Magazine

“This landmark work chronicles an earth-shattering movement with deep roots.”—The New York Times Book Review

“A complete encyclopedia of the history, personalities, beats, rhythm and rhymes of the musical genre from the old school of Grand Master Flash & The Furious Five to hip-hop and kanye West.”—Los Angeles Times

“The Anthology of Rap is among the best books of its kind ever published.”—Dan Chiasson, The New York Review of Books

“What could have been an insufferable rap-snob collect-ible ended up being one of the fi rst truly encyclopedic, essential anthologies on the form. . . . [A] master class in the language of hip-hop. Register today.”—Foster kamer, The Village Voice (Best Books of 2010)

ADAM BRADLEy is associate professor of English at the University of Colorado and the author of Book of Rhymes: The Poetics of Hip-Hop and Ralph Ellison in Progress. He is also co-editor of Ralph Ellison’s unfi nished second novel, Three Days Before the Shooting. ANDREW DUBoIS is associate professor of English at the University of Toronto Scarborough and the author of Ashbery’s Forms of Attention. He is also co-editor of Close Reading: The Reader.

“An essential contribution to our living literary tradition. . . . This groundbreaking anthology masterfully assembles part of a new vanguard of American poetry.”—from the Foreword by Henry Louis Gates, Jr.

September Poetry/Music Paper 978-0-300-14191-7 $25.00 Cloth 978-0-300-14190-0 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 920 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 5 b/w illus. World

87 Paperback Reprints—General Interest

“Do we need . . . more books [on the importance of Marathon]? The answer is emphatically “yes,’ when the [book is] as good as [this].”—Wall Street Journal

◆◆ yAle librAry oF MilitAry history

September History/Military History Paper 978-0-300-17766-4 $17.00 Cloth 978-0-300-12085-1 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 256 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 32 b/w illus. World

The Battle of Marathon Peter krentz Drawing on early travelers, archaeologists, geologists, reenactors, and sol-diers, Peter krentz tells a compelling story that defends Herodotus’ account of how the Athenians won their most famous victory.

“Before Marathon was a race it was a battle, one of history’s greatest. Peter krentz tells its true story in a brilliant blend of scholarship and common sense. His reconstruction is painstaking and often magical. From the force of Persian arrows to the weight of Greek armor, krentz makes Marathon fresh and real.”—Barry Strauss, author of The Battle of Salamis

“Historians, topographers, reenactors, and general readers alike will all be indebted to cutting-edge military historian Peter krentz’s original, insight-ful, witty, provocative, and brilliantly illustrated account of one of the world’s most signifi cant battles ever.”—Paul Cartledge, University of Cambridge

PETER kRENTz is W.R. Grey Professor of Classics and History, Davidson College, where he has taught Greek and Roman history since 1979.

“A riveting page-turner.”—Ron Radosh, The Weekly Standard

September Biography/History Paper 978-0-300-17757-2 $20.00 Cloth 978-0-300-15676-8 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 464 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 38 b/w illus. World

The Invisible Harry Gold The Man Who Gave the Soviets the Atom Bomb Allen M. Hornblum Journalist and historian Allen Hornblum paints a surprising portrait of one of the most important and enigmatic spies in U.S. history: the man who delivered the plans for the atom bomb to the Soviets. Through interviews with many individuals who knew Harry Gold and years of research into primary documents, Hornblum has produced a gripping account of how a fundamentally decent and well-intentioned man helped commit the great-est scientifi c theft of the twentieth century.

“Hornblum presents us with a balanced portrait, tracing Gold’s hardscrabble young life, his slow entanglement with the Soviet espionage network and the many unhappy years he spent working on Moscow’s behalf. . . . [A] fi nely crafted biography.”—Michael ybarra, Wall Street Journal

“A solidly researched, seamlessly plotted, and expertly written account of one well-intentioned soul’s descent into espionage and treachery.”—Jeffrey Ian Ross

ALLEN M. HoRNBLUM has been executive director of Americans for Democratic Action, chief of staff of the Philadelphia Sheriff’s offi ce, and a college lecturer. His previous books include Sentenced to Science, Acres of Skin, and Confessions of a Second Story Man. He lives in Philadelphia.

88 Paperback Reprints—General Interest

“[osman] writes with feeling, backed up by an impressively broad list of sources as well as sharp critical insight and astute judgment.”—The Economist

September Current Events/History Paper 978-0-300-17726-8 $15.00 Paper 978-0-300-16275-2 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 304 pp. 5 x 7 3⁄4 20 b/w illus. World

Egypt on the Brink From the Rise of Nasser to the Fall of Mubarak, Revised and Updated Edition Tarek osman Tarek osman’s lively account of Egypt, its recent history, and its myriad internal confl icts and frustrations, was published in November 2010 to immediate acclaim. Within months, the Egyptian people had risen in pro-test against the regime and President Mubarak was forced to resign. In this fully revised and updated edition, osman tells the extraordinary story of the February 2011 protests, and discusses their implications for Egypt and the rest of the world.

“[A] well researched and closely argued book.”—John R. Bradley, Literary Review

“Short, readable, clear, and passionately written. A good introduction to Egypt’s story.”—Boston Globe

“osman writes with a focused and uncluttered style [which will] retain the interest of even the most general reader.”—Joyce Tyldesley, Financial Times

Born and raised in Egypt, TAREk oSMAN was educated at the American University in Cairo and Bocconi University in Italy. His writings appear in a number of publica-tions in the United kingdom, Europe, and the Middle East.

“[This] book serves both as a guide to the fascinating Cabinet War Rooms and also as a fi tting memorial to the men and women who worked so hard down there over six grueling years of war.”—Andrew Roberts, The Observer (London)

RICHARD HoLMES is one of Britain’s most distinguished historians. He is professor of military and security studies at Cranfi eld University and the Defence Academy of the United kingdom, and he was general editor of the Oxford Companion to Military History.

September History/Military History Paper 978-0-300-17748-0 $18.00 Cloth 978-0-300-16040-6 S ’10 Also available as an eBook. 256 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄2 40 b/w illus. For sale in North America only

Churchill’s Bunker The Cabinet War Rooms and the Culture of Secrecy in Wartime London Richard Holmes Distinguished Churchill biographer Richard Holmes provides the fi rst comprehensive history of London’s Cabinet War Rooms, from which Churchill managed to turn a seemingly inevitable defeat at the hands of the Nazis into a victory for the free world. A unique exploration of the cal-culus of secrecy during the Second World War, Churchill’s Bunker provides an intimate portrait of Churchill and his closest advisors in one of the most fascinating and underexplored venues of twentieth-century history.

“[Churchill’s Bunker] not only provides an entertaining history of a place, but, more importantly, illuminates why Churchill was, unexpectedly to many, so remarkably successful in guiding Britain through the greatest war in its long history.”—Raymond Callahan, Journal of Military History

“An informative, interesting look at the development and operation of the rooms, along with an examination of the way Churchill ran the war from them. . . . [A] well-written, enjoyable book.”—Nicholas Murray, Military Review

89 Paperback Reprints—General Interest

“An outstanding introduction to the many ways that the Constitution shapes American politics, and politics shapes American constitutional law.”

—Jack M. Balkin, knight Professor of Constitutional Law and the First Amendment, yale Law School

◆◆ why X MAtters series

September Law/History Paper 978-0-300-15037-7 $16.00 Cloth 978-0-300-15036-0 S ’10 Also available as an eBook. 208 pp. 5 1⁄4 x 7 3⁄4 World

Why the Constitution Matters Mark Tushnet In this surprising and highly unconventional work, Harvard law professor Mark Tushnet presents an empowering reassessment of our nation’s most essential document, emphasizing the place of politics in constitutional law.

“Mark Tushnet has written a profoundly important and illuminating book in a wonderfully conversational style. Its emphasis on the importance of structures—and, especially, political parties—is an important corrective to the common reduction of the Constitution to a system of ‘fundamental rights.’ It deserves to be read by scholars, students, and citizens alike who wish to learn what difference it might truly make that we conduct our poli-tics under the aegis of the Constitution.”—Sanford Levinson, author of Our Undemocratic Constitution: Where the Constitution Goes Wrong (and How We the People Can Correct It)

MARk TUSHNET is William Nelson Cromwell Professor of Law at Harvard University.

“Excellent . . . a balanced, rigorous, and fascinating intellectual history of the speech.”—David Greenberg, Slate

◆◆ icons oF AMericA

September History/Economics Paper 978-0-300-17762-6 $17.00 Cloth 978-0-300-15305-7 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 280 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 1 b/w illus. World

Unwarranted Infl uence Dwight D. Eisenhower and the Military-Industrial Complex James Ledbetter A fascinating analysis of one of the most important political and economic ideas of our time: the ties between America’s military and its economy, fi rst defi ned by Dwight D. Eisenhower in his last speech as president.

“Few commentators on the 34th president’s mind and methods have more rigorously considered the evolution of Eisenhower’s preoccupations than Ledbetter has.”—Josiah Bunting III, Washington Post

“In this bitter war-torn moment, Eisenhower’s warning about the misrule of the military-industrial complex is more urgent than ever. James Ledbetter’s keen, incisive, vividly written essay is timely and important.”—Blanche Wiesen Cook, author, The Declassifi ed Eisenhower and Eleanor Roosevelt

JAMES LEDBETTER is editor in charge of Reuters.com. His books include Made Possible By . . . and Starving to Death on $200 Million.

90 Paperback Reprints—General Interest

Antony and Cleopatra Adrian Goldsworthy

In this remarkable dual biography of the two great lov-ers of antiquity, acclaimed classical historian Adrian Goldsworthy goes beyond myth and romance to create a nuanced and historically acute portrayal of his subjects, set against the political backdrop of their time. A history of lives lived intensely at a time when the world was changing profoundly, this book takes readers on a jour-ney that crosses cultures and boundaries from ancient Greece and ancient Egypt to the Roman Empire.

“Readers who recognize Goldsworthy as Britain’s most prolifi c and perhaps fi nest popular historian of Roman times will fi nd him once again at his best . . . in this thoughtful, deeply satisfying work.”—Publishers Weekly, starred review

“[The] distinguished biographer of Julius Caesar . . . reproduces the claustrophobia of a brutal culture depen-dent on slavery and enslaved to ambition.”—Judith Thurman, New Yorker

“[Goldsworthy] set[s] out simply and lucidly . . . [not just] the story of their affair . . . but also a portrait of the polit-ical and military world in which it took place.”—Sam Leith, The Times (London)

“[This] book has considerable advantage over most of the other ‘Antony and Cleopatra’ histories on the shelves, providing a very detailed political and military account of the development of the two most important centers of the ancient world.”—The National Interest

ADRIAN GoLDSWoRTHy is a leading historian of the ancient world. The author of many books, including How Rome Fell, Caesar, The Roman Army at War, and In the Name of Rome, he lectures widely and consults on historical documentaries produced by the History Channel, National Geographic, and the BBC. Goldsworthy is also the recipient of numerous prizes. He lives in Wales.

“Goldsworthy’s strengths as a military historian are on full display.”—Times Literary Supplement Also by ADriAn golDsworthy:CaesarLife of a ColossusPaper 978-0-300-12689-1 $20.00How Rome FellDeath of a SuperpowerPaper 978-0-300-16426-8 $20.00

October History/Biography Paper 978-0-300-17745-9 $20.00 Cloth 978-0-300-16534-0 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 480 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 20 color illus. + 14 maps For sale in the U.S., its territories and dependencies, and the Philippine Islands only

91 Paperback Reprints—General Interest

“Gilbert’s book is an illuminating and a moving account of the history of the Jews in Arab lands.”—Avi Shlaim, Financial Times

October History/Politics/Religion Paper 978-0-300-17798-5 $23.00 Cloth 978-0-300-16715-3 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 448 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 30 b/w illus. World, except for Canada

In Ishmael’s House A History of Jews in Muslim Lands Martin Gilbert In this absorbing and eloquent book Martin Gilbert presents a fascinating account of the hope, opportunity, fear, and terror that have character-ized the relationship between Jews and Muslims through the 1,400 years of their intertwined history.

“A nonstop barrage of compelling facts from a breathtakingly wide col-lection of archives, to build up an overwhelming portrait of a people’s suffering.”—Dominic Lawson, Sunday Times

“Martin Gilbert’s outstanding In Ishmael’s House is essential reading.”—Simon Sebag Montefi ore, Sunday Telegraph

“This is a book for those who want on their shelf, ready to hand, the facts on the Jews in Muslim lands, from the days of Mohammad himself, a vivid chapter as related here, to the Arab-Israel confl ict of the present day. With Sir Martin Gilbert’s excellent maps and clear readable prose, this saga is both a reliable source and a pleasure to read.”—Herman Wouk

SIR MARTIN GILBERT is the author of more than eighty books, including the six-volume authorized biography of Winston Churchill.

“In an understated, judicious manner, [Pettegree] offers a radically new understanding of printing in the years of its birth and youth.”—Robert Pinsky, New York Times Book Review

October History/Literary Studies/Books about Books Paper 978-0-300-17821-0 $25.00 Cloth 978-0-300-11009-8 S ’10 Also available as an eBook. 440 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 69 b/w illus. World

The Book in the Renaissance Andrew Pettegree This groundbreaking study of the fascinating world of books in the fi rst great age of print, from 1450 to 1600, was awarded the Phyllis Goodhart Gordan Prize by the Renaissance Society of America.

“In this history of the pioneering publishers who transformed Gutenberg’s new technology into an epoch-making force, Pettegree recounts the fascinating story of how new books found their way into the hands of Renaissance readers. . . . A probing chronicle of crisis and change.”—Booklist (starred review)

“An authoritative, innovative and succinct account of one of the most fundamental issues in Renaissance history, the role of the printed book.”—Henry kamen

“The great joy of The Book in the Renaissance is that it paints a vivid, often surprising portrait of the West’s fi rst ventures into the publishing indus-try. . . . This book will make specialists prick up their ears but it also has huge appeal for the general reader.”—Jonathon Wright, Catholic Herald

ANDREW PETTEGREE is Head of the School of History at the University of St. Andrews and founding director of the St. Andrews Reformation Studies Institute.

92 Paperback Reprints—General Interest

Adam Smith An Enlightened Life

Nicholas Phillipson

This fascinating intellectual biography of Adam Smith dramatically rewrites the economist’s life and offers new insight into his iconic concepts.

“An unabashedly intellectual biography . . . [written] in graceful prose. . . . For all that subsequent generations, no less our own, have taken from Smith’s economic contributions, it is indeed enlightening to understand the broader sweep of his vision.”—Nancy F. koehn, New York Times

“Lively [and] well-observed. . . . It would take a ‘skilful pencil’ to bring Smith to life, warned one of his friends. In bringing Smith’s ideas to life, Phillipson shows that his pencilwork is skilful indeed.”—The Economist

“Remarkable, often brilliant. . . . Phillipson’s exposition of [Smith’s] ‘enlightened life’ can scarcely be bet-tered.”—The Times (London)

“[Nicholas Phillipson] tries, very successfully, to pull together the two Smiths, letting us see how the man of feeling became the little god of fi nance . . . making it plain that Smith was more moral-man than market-man.”—Adam Gopnik, The New Yorker

Named a Favorite Business Book of 2010 by James Pressley, Bloomberg BusinessWeek

Named a Best Book of 2010 by the Atlantic

Named a Critics’ Favorite Book of 2010 by the New Yorker

Named a Best Business Book of 2010 by Tyler Cowen, NPR’s “Marketplace”

NICHoLAS PHILLIPSoN is one of the leading scholars of the Scottish Enlightenment. An Honorary Research Fellow in History at the University of Edinburgh, he has held visiting appointments at Princeton, yale, the Folger Library, and the Ludwig-Maximillians-Universität.

“A fascinating book. . . . Adam Smith fi nally has the biography that he deserves, and it could not be more timely.”—Jeffrey Collins, Wall Street Journal

◆◆ the lewis wAlPole series in eighteenth-century culture AnD history

January Biography Paper 978-0-300-17767-1 $23.00 Cloth 978-0-300-16927-0 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 368 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 4 b/w + 29 color illus. For sale in the United States only (and dependencies and the Philippines)

93 Paperback Reprints—General Interest

“Ambitious . . . lively. . . . Beautifully reimagining a city that was a distant but integral part of American life, Flavell’s book is essential reading for anyone interested in the colonial period.”—Andrea Wulf, New York Times Book Review

October History Paper 978-0-300-17813-5 $20.00 Cloth 978-0-300-13739-2 S ’10 Also available as an eBook. 320 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 36 b/w illus. World

When London Was Capital of America Julie Flavell In this fi rst-ever portrait of eighteenth-century London as the capital of America, Julie Flavell re-creates the famous city’s heyday as the center of an empire that encompassed North America and the West Indies.

A Wall Street Journal “Summer Reading” Selection

“[An] engaging social history, written with a novelist’s eye for character and plot.”—Gaiutra Bahadur, Observer

“Julie Flavell has produced not an account of the administration of the American colonies from London but something much more original. . . . She reveals an extraordinary, almost forgotten world, rich with anec-dote.”—Duncan Fallowell, Daily Express

JULIE FLAvELL, the author and editor of many scholarly and popular publications on the relationship between colonial America and Britain including Britain and America Go to War, is a Fellow of the Royal Historical Society and an independent scholar. Born in the United States, she currently lives in Scotland.

“Benjamin Carp has written the defi nitive book on the Boston Tea Party, the epic event that catapulted colonists and mother country toward a war that changed the world.”—John Ferling, author of The Ascent of George Washington

October History Paper 978-0-300-17812-8 $20.00 Cloth 978-0-300-11705-9 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 328 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 33 b/w illus. World

Defi ance of the Patriots The Boston Tea Party and the Making of America Benjamin L. Carp This evocative and enthralling book presents the broadest account yet of a defi ning event in American history, which forged the American character and continues to shape its politics today.

“In this vivid, dramatic and superbly researched book, Benjamin Carp provides fresh insights into important subjects that have long puzzled histo-rians: the collective character of patriot leadership, the marathon meetings of the fi ve thousand Bostonians who deliberated on a course of action, and the men who actually did the heavy work of destroying the tea. Essential reading for anyone who takes the American Revolution seriously.”—Alfred F. young, author of The Shoemaker and the Tea Party: Memory and the American Revolution

“[An] impressively researched account.”—T. H. Breen, Times LiterarySupplement

“Carp is an historian with a talent for people and place.”—Daniel Aaronovitch, The Times (London)

BENJAMIN L. CARP is associate professor of history at Tufts University.

94 Paperback Reprints—General Interest

A Complicated Man The Life of Bill Clinton as Told by Those Who know Him

Michael Takiff

The biography of Bill Clinton as told by 169 of the friends, colleagues, and rivals who know him best.

“A valuable document . . . [and] also timely. . . . [A Complicated Man] is fair and balanced. . . . When dealing with someone as inspiring and infuriating as the 42nd president, that is no small feat.”—Christian Science Monitor

“This volume is an outstanding accomplishment. The Clinton that emerges is remarkably rich and three-dimensional: a protean and mercurial fi gure as likely to dazzle as he is to disappoint; his own worst enemy and his own best resource; a man of extraordinarily intense emotional need and extraordinarily impressive intellect and commitment. A historic contribution to the biographical record which will stand for genera-tions.”—Rick Perlstein, author of Nixonland: The Rise of a President and the Fracturing of America

“This book is perfectly titled. Bill Clinton was and is, indeed, ‘a complicated man,’ one of the three great-est natural politicians among twentieth-century presidents, along with FDR and LBJ, but also strangely fl awed. These testimonies by people who knew him well throughout his life and career delve into both the strengths and weaknesses of this fascinating fi g-ure.”—John Milton Cooper, author of The Warrior and the Priest: Woodrow Wilson and Theodore Roosevelt

“Takiff’s excellent oral history . . . helps reveal the many sides of this controversial leader. . . . This lively fi rst-person draft of history will grab and keep the attention of readers fascinated or infuriated by Clinton.”—Library Journal

MICHAEL TAkIFF is an independent scholar and oral historian whose writing has appeared in the New York Times, the New York Post, the Washington Post, the Los Angeles Times, and Salon. He is the author of Brave Men, Gentle Heroes: American Fathers and Sons in World War II and Vietnam.

“Photographs enhance this astonishing look at a very complicated man indeed. Even readers who have glutted themselves on other Clinton books will enjoy the intimate feel of this one.”—Booklist, starred review

October Biography/History Paper 978-0-300-17768-8 $23.00 Cloth 978-0-300-12130-8 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 528 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 25 b/w illus. World

95 Paperback Reprints—General Interest

“Enlightening and persuasive.”—Jonathan Mirsky, New York Review of Books

October Current Events/Economics Paper 978-0-300-17814-2 $22.00 sc Cloth 978-0-300-15203-6 S ’10 Also available as an eBook. 272 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 40 pp b/w illus. World

vietnam Rising Dragon Bill Hayton Based on vivid eyewitness accounts and pertinent case studies, this much-needed behind-the-scenes survey reveals an emerging Asian power in a period of breathtaking social and economic change.

“Hayton has a keen eye for the detail of everyday life as well as larger cultural, economic, social, and political currents. This book leaves one with the feel-ing of having been in the hands of an expert craftsman, and illuminates some of the major issues confronting contemporary vietnam.”—Carlyle A. Thayer, author of Vietnam People’s Army

“Examining nearly every aspect of vietnamese politics and society, from the economy and family life, to religion and the plight of indigenous minorities, Hayton gives a balanced, intelligent account of a country whose history so differs from our own.”—Justin Wintle, Financial Times

BILL HAyToN is a reporter and producer with BBC News who covered vietnam as the BBC’s correspondent during 2006–7. While there, he also wrote for the Times, the Financial Times, and the Bangkok Post.

“[Josipovici’s] approach does more justice to the complexity of Modernism than any capsule account could provide. And because Mr. Josipovici is himself an accomplished novelist, he knows how to craft a strong narrative. . . . The story he tells is unexpectedly compelling.”—Eric ormsby, Wall Street Journal Also by gAbriel JosiPovici:The Book of GodA Response to the BiblePaper 978-0-300-04865-0 $32.00tx

October Literary Studies Paper 978-0-300-17800-5 $18.00 Cloth 978-0-300-16577-7 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 224 pp. 5 1⁄4 x 8 1⁄2 6 b/w illus. World

What Ever Happened to Modernism? Gabriel Josipovici A personal, penetrating, and polemical account of what Modernism is, this book explores the literature, fi ne art, and music that it has inspired—and how contemporary literary writing has failed it.

“Polemical, witty, passionate, and erudite, What Ever Happened to Modernism? is a most compelling ode to modernism, and a most convinc-ing defense of its relevance for literature and the arts today. It is a remarkable journey through 500 years of literature and delectable from beginning to end. I cannot recommend it enough.”—Miguel de Beistegui

“Ingenious, unexpected, astute and insightful. It’s also—because of its passion and intelligence—readable, in a way a modernist would approve of.”—The Independent

“A book full of developed insights and rich personal comments. Learned yet never academic, this book is a pleasure to read.”—Geoffrey Hartman

GABRIEL JoSIPovICI is a prolifi c and eminent novelist, literary theorist, critic, and scholar. He is currently research professor at the University of Sussex, where he taught in the School of European Studies for thirty-fi ve years.

96 Paperback Reprints—General Interest

“Thorough and occasionally hilarious. . . . [Mr. Francis] records Bronson and Abigail’s acts of charity. . . . But he also retells less admiring stories. . . . Along the way he adumbrates the ways in which idealism can slide into megalomania.”—Wall Street Journal

October History Paper 978-0-300-17790-9 $17.00 Cloth 978-0-300-14041-5 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 344 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 20 b/w illus. World

Fruitlands The Alcott Family and Their Search for Utopia Richard Francis This is the fi rst defi nitive account of Fruitlands, one of history’s most unsuc-cessful—but most signifi cant—utopian experiments. It was established in Massachusetts in 1843 by Bronson Alcott (whose ten-year-old daughter Louisa May, future author of Little Women, was among the members) and an Englishman called Charles Lane, under the watchful gaze of Emerson, Thoreau, and other New England intellectuals.

“Excellent. . . . [Francis] is not only an historian but also a novelist with an astute and appreciative eye for mixed character.”—katherine A. Powers, Boston Globe

“[Francis’s] sober, thoughtful, probing book . . . manages to provide great insight into the crucible that helped create the remarkable writer and no less remarkable woman who produced such an important piece of American fi ction.”—Martin Rubin, San Francisco Chronicle

RICHARD FRANCIS has taught at universities on both sides of the Atlantic and has previously written on Ann Lee, founder of the Shakers, and on the Salem witch trials. He is also a novelist.

“Eleanor of Aquitaine: Queen of France, Queen of England is a gripping look at the woman behind the myths.”—History Magazine

October Biography/History Paper 978-0-300-17820-3 $25.00 sc Cloth 978-0-300-11911-4 S ’09 Also available as an eBook. 416 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 16 b/w illus. World

Eleanor of Aquitaine Queen of France, Queen of England Ralph v. Turner Untangling the myths and legends of many centuries, this defi nitive biog-raphy gives us the real Eleanor of Aquitaine—wife of two kings, mother of two kings, a tenacious and ambitious twelfth-century queen who carved a unique position for herself in a society hostile to the idea of a woman in power.

“Eleanor’s remarkable career is done full justice in this life, which is read-able, lively, and convincing. It provides insights into many aspects of the twelfth century as well as a radically new assessment of the queen herself. Many myths are exploded, and a thoroughly realistic picture of a politi-cally ambitious and independent-minded woman emerges.”—Michael Prestwich, University of Durham

Chosen as an outstanding Academic Title for 2009 by Choice magazine

RALPH v. TURNER is emeritus professor of history, Florida State University. He lives in Tallahassee.

97 Paperback Reprints—General Interest

“An excellent overview with a novel approach to comparing and contrasting presidential policies and personalities over the past eight decades.”—Library Journal

November Biography/History Paper 978-0-300-17765-7 $22.00 Cloth 978-0-300-16928-7 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 624 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 35 b/w illus. For sale in the United States only

American Caesars Lives of the Presidents from Franklin D. Roosevelt to George W. Bush Nigel Hamilton The best-selling author of Monty and JFK: Reckless Youth takes a fresh look at the lives and careers of the twelve leaders of the American empire since World War II, from Franklin D. Roosevelt to George W. Bush.

“A delight. . . . History for the beach, politics for the deckchair, and waspish entertainment come rain or shine.”—London Guardian

“[In the tradition of Suetonius’ The Twelve Caesars, Hamilton is] opinionated but acutely insightful [about effects of personal traits on the presidency]. Biography fans won’t equivocate: Hamilton’s effrontery in mimicking Suetonius pays off in irreverent, pedestal-toppling prose.”—Booklist

“An outstanding book. . . . A commanding study on the nature of personal authority and the presidency.”—Irish Times

A distinguished biographer, NIGEL HAMILToN is senior fellow in the McCormack Graduate School, University of Massachusetts, Boston, and President of Biographers International organization.

“This book is defi nitely worth reading, and taking to heart.”—Brian Morton, The Tablet

November Music Paper 978-0-300-17803-6 $16.00 Cloth 978-0-300-12640-2 S ’10 Also available as an eBook. 160 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄2 Music examples throughout World

Music and Sentiment Charles Rosen In a succinct and penetrating work, Charles Rosen reveals how composers from Bach to Berg have used sound to represent and communicate emo-tion in mystifyingly beautiful ways.

“Rosen continuously reveals and explains the fantastic, largely unglimpsed, subtlety of music’s expressive vocabulary. . . . This book could be a revelation even to the musically illiterate.”—Jeremy Siepmann, BBC Music Magazine

“Rosen is among the most consistently enlightening of writers. . . . In this stimulating, thoroughly recommendable book, including dozens of music examples, Rosen once again enriches our understanding of music.”

—Classical Music

“Rosen offers a compelling examination of the ‘power’ that the great com-posers have exerted on our sensibilities.”—New Statesman

CHARLES RoSEN is an internationally renowned writer and pianist. His numerous books include Beethoven’s Piano Sonatas, published by yale University Press.

98 Paperback Reprints—General Interest

“The author of superb studies of the boxers Jack Johnson and Jack Dempsey, Mr. Roberts spins a graceful and reliable narrative of Louis’s life. [He] also gets into the ring with the question: Why did Joe Louis matter so much to so many?”—Wall Street Journal

January Biography/Sports Paper 978-0-300-17763-3 $17.50 Cloth 978-0-300-12222-0 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 328 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 16 b/w illus. World

Joe Louis Hard Times Man Randy Roberts This is the defi nitive biography of boxer Joe Louis, the most famous African American of the mid-twentieth century: his life, the complex cast of charac-ters around him, and his importance to the civil rights movement.

“Roberts is a fi ne match with his subject. He supports with powerful evidence his contention that Louis’s impact was enormous and profound.”—Bill Littlefi eld, Boston Globe

“[This] new biography by Randy Roberts restores Louis to his proper place in the pantheon, both as an athlete and as a cultural icon.”—Allen St. John, Dallas Morning News

“Well researched and well written, Roberts’s study will appeal both to boxing fans and scholars of American social and cultural history. Like its subject, this book is a champion.”—Library Journal, starred review

RANDy RoBERTS is Distinguished Professor of History at Purdue University. His previous books include biographies of Jack Dempsey, Jack Johnson, and John Wayne (all nominated for Pulitzer Prizes); a history of American sports since 1945; and books on Charles Lindbergh, the Mike Tyson trial, and the vietnam War. He lives in Lafayette, Indiana.

99 Paperback Reprints—General Interest

“Using his engaging storytelling powers, Harline imaginatively recreates the scenes surrounding miracles, . . . bringing to life the fervent faith of the miracles’ recipients. . . . A lively collection of stories.”—Publishers Weekly Also by crAig hArline:A Bishop’s TaleMathias Hovius Among His Flock in Seventeenth-Century FlandersPaper 978-0-300-09405-3 $22.50txThe Burdens of Sister MargaretInside a Seventeenth-Century Convent; Abridged EditionPaper 978-0-300-08121-3 $12.95tx

September Religion Paper 978-0-300-16702-3 $22.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 352 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 World

Miracles at the Jesus oak Histories of the Supernatural in Reformation Europe Craig Harline In the musty archive of a Belgian abbey, historian Craig Harline happened upon a vast collection of documents written in the seventeenth century by people who claimed to have experienced miracles and wonders. In Miracles at the Jesus Oak, Harline recasts these testimonies into engaging vignettes that open a window onto the believers, unbelievers, and religious move-ments of Catholic Europe in the Age of Reformation.

“In themselves they are delightful stories, [but] the volume is more than simply a collection of delightful tales. . . . Miracles still enthrall.”—Robert Bruce Mullin, Commonweal

“This book impels to serious thought even while entertaining. . . . Many of us will take this book into the classroom to good purpose and with great pleasure.”—American Historical Review

CRAIG HARLINE, a professor of history at Brigham young University, is the author of A Bishop’s Tale, The Burdens of Sister Margaret, and Sunday. His research has been sup-ported by the National Endowment for the Humanities, the American Philosophical Society, the American Council of Learned Societies, and other granting agencies.

“Harline . . . adopts a brilliant day-in-the-life strategy to explore the history of the Christian Sabbath in various cultures and times. . . . [An] engaging and wonderfully written popular history.”—Publishers Weekly Also by crAig hArline:A Bishop’s TaleMathias Hovius Among His Flock in Seventeenth-Century FlandersPaper 978-0-300-09405-3 $22.50txThe Burdens of Sister MargaretInside a Seventeenth-Century Convent; Abridged EditionPaper 978-0-300-08121-3 $12.95tx

September Religion Paper 978-0-300-16703-0 $22.00 sc Also available as an eBook. 480 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 World

Sunday A History of the First Day from Babylonia to the Super Bowl Craig Harline Through a fascinating blend of stories and analysis, historian Craig Harline examines Sunday—from its ancient beginnings among the early Christians to brunch and football in America today.

“A delicious study of Sunday. . . . Fine popular social history.”—Booklist

“A conversational and well-researched cultural history about the fi rst day of the week, . . . stuffed with forgotten history.”—Bob Minzesheimer, USA Today

“Surprised me, held my attention, taught me things I didn’t know and made me think. . . . The story is fascinating. . . . We touch down at intriguing moments in history and walk around to feel what Sunday was like. . . . I found myself entirely caught up in each period. The gritty realism of the account is compelling.”—James Howell, Christian Century

CRAIG HARLINE, a professor of history at Brigham young University, is the author of A Bishop’s Tale, The Burdens of Sister Margaret, and Sunday. His research has been sup-ported by the National Endowment for the Humanities, the American Philosophical Society, the American Council of Learned Societies, and other granting agencies.

100 Paperback Reprints—Scholarly Titles

Too Much to know Managing Scholarly Information before the Modern Age Ann Blair

Long before the modern era scholars complained of the over-abundance of books and developed techniques for selecting, sorting, and storing information on a large scale. This intriguing book examines information management in pre-modern con-texts with a special focus on the impact of printing in Europe in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries.

“In this lively and learned book, Ann Blair shows us how early modern Europeans managed to survive—and even to surf—what they saw as tidal waves of information. Her insightful compari-sons, careful attention to the survival of traditional methods, and clear vision of the new culture of passionate curiosity that took place in the Renaissance give her work extraordinary range and depth.”—Anthony Grafton, Princeton University

ANN M. BLAIR is Henry Charles Lea Professor of History, Harvard University. She lives in Cambridge, MA.

September History Paper 978-0-300-16539-5 $25.00 sc Cloth 978-0-300-11251-1 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 416 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 31 b/w illus. World

Turkey, Islam, Nationalism, and Modernity A History Carter vaughn Findley

A comprehensive panorama of the religious and secular forces that shaped ottoman and Turkish history over two centuries from 1789 to 2007.

“This is a most welcome, lucid, erudite and up-to-date original book which challenges successfully the old stereotyped accounts of the the two-century-old ottoman and Turkish endeavors at modernization and presents a true picture of Islam and national-ism in this process of transformation. It should become at once an indispensable reading for everybody eager to understand the unknown dimensions of Turkish modernist saga.”—kemal H. karpat, University of Wisconsin-Madison

CARTER vAUGHN FINDLEy is a Humanities Distinguished Professor at ohio State University and an honorary member of the Turkish Academy of Sciences. His book The Turks in World History won the 2006 British-kuwait Friendship Society Prize for Middle Eastern Studies.

August History Paper 978-0-300-15261-6 $30.00 tx Cloth 978-0-300-15260-9 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 544 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 40 b/w + 16 color illus. World

Islam, Science, and the Challenge of History Ahmad Dallal

◆◆ the terry lectures series

This wide-ranging and masterful work examines the signifi cance of scientifi c knowledge and situates the culture of science in rela-tion to other cultural forces in Muslim societies.

“Dallal masterfully controls the narrative with his encyclopedic approach to Islamic intellectual history and his full acquaintance with the literature. He is up-to-date on all aspects of Islamic intel-lectual and religious history, and has the superb skill of seeing many fi elds within that civilization within the shadows of each other.”—George Saliba, Columbia University

“It is the fi rst serious treatment of the whole subject, superseding all earlier partial, incompetent and, for the most part, biased (through ignorance) works.”—Dimitri Gutas, yale University, author of Greek Thought, Arabic Culture

AHMAD DALLAL is provost and professor of history, American University of Beruit.

January History/Religious History/Philosophy Paper 978-0-300-17771-8 $19.00 tx Cloth 978-0-300-15911-0 S ’10 Also available as an eBook. 256 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 2 line World

101 Paperback Reprints—Scholarly Titles

Edward II Seymour Phillips

◆◆ the english MonArchs series

This defi nitive biography, the fruit of a lifetime’s study, does not present Edward II as a heroic or successful king: his deposition after a turbulent reign of nearly twenty years is proof enough that it went terribly wrong. But Seymour Phillips’ scrutiny of the mul-titude of available sources shows that a richer picture emerges, in line with the complexity of events and of the man himself.

“An absorbing blow-by-blow account of the follies and misfortunes of this dark and depressing interlude in English history.”—Times Literary Supplement

“Written with compositional clarity, Phillips’ biography manifestly ranks as defi nitive.”—Gilbert Taylor, Booklist

SEyMoUR PHILLIPS is Emeritus Professor of Medieval History, University College, Dublin, and a Member of the Royal Irish Academy.

January Biography/History Paper 978-0-300-17802-9 $30.00 sc Cloth 978-0-300-15657-7 S ’10 704 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 20 b/w illus. World

The Sacco-vanzetti Affair America on Trial Moshik Temkin

This book is the fi rst to reveal the full international scope of the Sacco-vanzetti affair, tracing its enduring implications for America at home and abroad.

“This most recent study . . . surpasses all prior analyses of this sub-ject in terms of scope, erudition, and objectivity. Timely given the contemporary attacks America faces abroad for its policies and justice system, this signal study is worthy reading.”—Gilles Renaud, Library Journal, starred review

“This exemplary international history reveals for the fi rst time the full scope and multiple meanings of the Sacco-vanzetti affair.”—Richard Wightman Fox, University of Southern California

MoSHIk TEMkIN is an assistant professor at Harvard University’s kennedy School of Government. October History

Paper 978-0-300-17785-5 $25.00 sc Cloth 978-0-300-12484-2 S ’09 Also available as an eBook. 344 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 20 b/w illus. World

Hollywood Westerns and American Myth The Importance of Howard Hawks and John Ford for Political Philosophy Robert B. Pippin

◆◆ cAstle lectures series

In this pathbreaking book one of America’s most distinguished philosophers brilliantly explores the status and authority of law and the nature of political allegiance through close readings of three classic Hollywood Westerns: Howard Hawks’s Red River and John Ford’s The Man Who Shot Liberty Valance and The Searchers.

“I loved it.”—Clive Sinclair, Times Literary Supplement

“A trenchant and illuminating study of three great Westerns and a convincing case for their importance both to political psychol-ogy and to our own self-understanding as American citizens.”

—C. D. C. Reeve, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill

RoBERT B. PIPPIN is the Evelyn Stefansson Nef Distinguished Service Professor in the John U. Nef Committee on Social Thought, the Department of Philosophy, and the College at the University of Chicago.

January Film Paper 978-0-300-17206-5 $23.00 sc Cloth 978-0-300-14577-9 S ’10 Also available as an eBook. 208 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 52 b/w + 14 color illus. World

102 Paperback Reprints—Scholarly Titles

Ralph Ellison in Progress From Invisible Man to Three Days Before the Shooting . . . Adam Bradley

This major reassessment of the literary legacy of one of the twentieth century’s most revered writers explores the mysteries surrounding his unfi nished second novel.

“[Bradley] argues that the work Ellison did in the second half of his life reveals even more about the writer’s artistic agenda and ambition than Invisible Man does—and allows us to read that classic work with fresh eyes.”—Jennifer Howard, Chronicle of Higher Education

“Whether . . . Ellison’s second novel is the 21st century’s fi rst can-didate for the ‘Great American Novel,’ as Bradley asserts, will be hotly debated. There is plenty in Ralph Ellison in Progress to facili-tate that debate.”—Steven C. Tracy, The Review of English Studies

ADAM BRADLEy is associate professor of English at the University of Colorado, Boulder. He is coeditor of The Anthology of Rap (published by yale University Press), coeditor of Ralph Ellison’s unfi nished second novel, Three Days Before the Shooting . . . , and the author of Book of Rhymes: The Poetics of Hip Hop. He lives in Colorado.

January Literary Studies/Biography Paper 978-0-300-17119-8 $20.00 sc Cloth 978-0-300-14713-1 S ’10 Also available as an eBook. 256 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 World

Dazzled and Deceived Mimicry and Camoufl age Peter Forbes

This fascinating book—the winner of the 2011 Warwick Prize for Writing—tells the unique and fascinating story of mimicry and camoufl age in science, art, warfare, and the natural world.

“A delight . . . I unhesitatingly recommend the book to both scien-tists and nonscientists.”—Steven vogel, American Scientist

“Astounding. . . . Forbes presents an authoritative account of research into mimicry, and brings it bang up to date with today’s molecular studies. Cultural spin-offs of camoufl age abound, and everything from Picasso’s cubism to quixotic military attempts to disguise battleships and soldiers are covered.”—New Scientist

PETER FoRBES is a Royal Literary Fund Fellow at Queen Mary University of London.

January Nature Paper 978-0-300-17896-8 $17.00 sc Cloth 978-0-300-12539-9 F ’09 304 pp. 6 x 9 16 pp. illus. World

How Intelligence Happens John Duncan

A scientist at the forefront of revolutionary work in neuroscience offers a fi rsthand account of his search for the biological basis of human intelligence.

“John Duncan, one of the world’s leading cognitive neuroscientists . . . makes a convincing case that [the brain’s frontal and parietal lobes] constitute a special circuit that is crucial for both [British psychologist Charles] Spearman’s ‘g’ and for intelligent behavior more generally.”—Christopher F. Chabris, Wall Street Journal

“A comprehensive account of the brain mechanisms of cognition, not only historical but also quite readable and offering a unique perspective and hypotheses.”—Earl k. Miller, Picower Professor of Neuroscience, MIT

JoHN DUNCAN is assistant director of the MRC Cognition and Brain Sciences Unit in Cambridge, honorary professor of cognitive neuroscience at the Universities of Cambridge and Bangor, visiting pro-fessor at the University of oxford, and fellow of the Royal Society and the British Academy.

January Science/Psychology/Neuroscience Paper 978-0-300-17772-5 $18.00 sc Cloth 978-0-300-15411-5 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 256 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 10 b/w illus. World

103 Paperback Reprints—Scholarly Titles

Turbulence Boeing and the State of American Workers and Managers Edward S. Greenberg, Leon Grunberg, Sarah Moore, and Patricia B. Sikora

This timely book investigates the experiences of employees at Boeing Commercial Airplanes during ten years of dramatic organizational change. The Boeing case offers vital lessons for employees in other fi rms, the leaders of globally competitive com-panies, and those interested in public policies that might protect the well-being of American workers and fi rms.

“Turbulence should be required reading for anyone at a major American corporation, especially in top management.”—The New York Times

EDWARD S. GREENBERG is a member of the faculty in the Institute of Behavioral Science, University of Colorado, Boulder, and professor of politi-cal science. LEoN GRUNBERG is professor and chairperson, Department of Comparative Sociology, University of Puget Sound. SARAH MooRE is associate dean of faculty and professor of psychology, University of Puget Sound. PATRICIA B. SIkoRA is owner/principal, Sikora Associates, LLC, in Superior, Co.

September Economics/Management Paper 978-0-300-17756-5 $27.50 sc Cloth 978-0-300-15461-0 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 256 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 31 b/w illus. World

The Trouble with City Planning What New orleans Can Teach Us kristina Ford

After the vast destruction wrought by Hurricane katrina, New orleans faced a rare chance to rebuild, with an unprecedented opportunity to plan what gets built. As the city’s director of plan-ning from 1992 until 2000, kristina Ford is uniquely placed to use these opportunities as a springboard for an eye-opening dis-cussion of the intransigent problems and promising possibilities facing city planners across the nation and beyond.

“In what should be regarded as one of the best urban planning texts to come off the presses in the past decade, Ford traces the origins, evolution, and practices of city planning, outlines its troubles, and offers a cogent remedy for its plight.”—Books and Culture

kRISTINA FoRD is visiting Professor of Public Policy Leadership at the University of Mississippi. In 2010–2011 she was the chief of staff to New orleans’ deputy mayor, who is responsible for all efforts to rebuild the city and to plan for its continuing development. August Urban Studies

Paper 978-0-300-17742-8 $25.00 tx Cloth 978-0-300-12735-5 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 288 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 8 b/w illus. World

Pivotal Decade How the United States Traded Factories for Finance in the Seventies Judith Stein

In this fascinating new history, Judith Stein argues that in order to understand our current economic crisis we need to look back to the 1970s and the end of the age of the factory—the era of postwar liberalism, created by the New Deal, whose practices, high wages, and regulated capital produced both robust economic growth and greater income equality.

“In sum, this book offers a persuasive, often provocative reading of the political and economic dynamics of the 1970s. In doing so, it historicizes policies that in many ways set the stage for the

‘great recession’ of the twenty-fi rst century. All in all, that is an extraordinary achievement.”—Joseph McCartin, The Journal of American History

JUDITH STEIN is professor of history at the City College and Graduate Center of the City University of New york. She is the author of The World of Marcus Garvey and Running Steel, Running America. September Economics/History/American Studies

Paper 978-0-300-17150-1 $25.00 tx Cloth 978-0-300-11818-6 S ’10 Also available as an eBook. 384 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 10 b/w illus. World

104 Paperback Reprints—Scholarly Titles

virtual Justice The New Laws of online Worlds Greg Lastowka

This fascinating book illustrates the real legal dilemmas posed by virtual worlds.

“Greg Lastowka shows how blurry the line can be between private and public, between a customer base and a polity. He makes a compelling and impassioned case for why what happens in online worlds matters to us all—and how what is unfolding there now is determining how free we will be.”—Jonathan zittrain, author of The Future of the Internet—And How to Stop It

“As the virtual goods economy explodes, Lastowka’s well-reasoned and well-written arguments will acquire ever more importance. Courts and governments have much to decide, and—if they are wise—they will look here for much guidance.”—Edward Castronova, author of Synthetic Worlds: The Business and Culture of Online Games

GREG LASToWkA is a professor of law at Rutgers University.

November Law Paper 978-0-300-17774-9 $22.00 tx Cloth 978-0-300-14120-7 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 240 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 9 b/w illus. World

Winning the Silicon Sweepstakes Can the United States Compete in Global Telecommunications? Rob Frieden

In this timely book, Rob Frieden points out the many ways the United States has fallen behind other countries in telecommuni-cations and broadband, showing how these failures can intrude on the ability of the United States to compete in the global information marketplace.

“In a time of dramatic change in telecommunications and infor-mation, this book provides a practical guide to the most important stakeholders, issues, problems and options now and in the near future. The questions discussed so clearly here will impact every-one.”—Christopher Sterling, The George Washington University

“I recommend this book to anyone who wants to know what’s really gone wrong in U.S. communications policy in the fi rst decade of the twenty-fi rst century, and how to go about fi xing it.”—Christopher Marsden, University of Essex

RoB FRIEDEN is Pioneers Chair and Professor of Telecommunications and Law at Pennsylvania State University.

January Economics/Law Paper 978-0-300-17753-4 $25.00 tx Cloth 978-0-300-15213-5 S ’10 Also available as an eBook. 432 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 World

Acting White The Ironic Legacy of Desegregation Stuart Buck

Stuart Buck argues that desegregation, while benefi cial overall, had the unexpected side effect of causing some black children to view doing schoolwork as “acting white.” He suggests solutions for making racial identifi cation a positive force in the classroom.

“The best race book of the year.”—John McWhorter, New Republic blog

“Acting White asks why African American students still lag so far behind their peers in academic achievement and offers a thought-ful and provocative answer to this crucial question.”—Stephan Thernstrom, Harvard University

An honors graduate of Harvard Law School, STUART BUCk is a Ph.D. student in education policy at the University of Arkansas. His work has appeared in the Harvard Law Review, the Administrative Law Review, and several other scholarly journals. September Current Events/Sociology

Paper 978-0-300-17120-4 $18.00 sc Cloth 978-0-300-12391-3 S ’10 Also available as an eBook. 272 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 9 b/w illus. World

105 Paperback Reprints—Scholarly Titles Paperback Reprints—Scholarly Titles

Cuban Fiestas Roberto González Echevarría

A luminous history of Cuba’s most dynamic and defi ning rituals and the ever-improvisational character of Cuban culture.

“A jewel of a book, written by a Renaissance man. At once learned and passionate, Cuban Fiestas is a meditation on art and its engagement with time and place, those two vectors that intersect in our minds and hearts and determine who we are.”—Carlos Eire, author of Waiting for Snow in Havana

“Roberto González Echevarría is the leading critic of Hispanic literature—American and Iberian—now living. His synthesis of contemporary critical modes with the classical and romantic tra-ditions of interpretation is original and infl uential. As a mediator between Spanish language and English language literatures, he is beyond comparison.”—Harold Bloom

RoBERTo GoNzÁLEz ECHEvARRÍA is Sterling Professor of Hispanic and Comparative Literature at yale. He is author of The Pride of Havana: A History of Cuban Baseball, as well as major studies of Cervantes, Carpentier, García Márquez, and Sarduy.

January Cultural History Paper 978-0-300-17788-6 $20.00 sc Cloth 978-0-300-16706-1 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 376 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 4 b/w + 17 color illus. World

The Havana Habit Gustavo Pérez Firmat

An acclaimed poet and critic presents an affectionate examina-tion of Cuba in America’s cultural imagination.

“This short, breezy, and often amusing examination of American perceptions of Cuba is both timely and informative. . . . Pérez Firmat has handled this topic with a light, humorous touch with-out diminishing its more serious aspects.”—Jay Freeman, Booklist

“Mr. Pérez Firmat catalogs the ways in which Cuba has infl uenced American tastes and infi ltrated American culture . . . to suggest the pride of place Havana once had in the American imagina-tion.”—Eric Felten, Wall Street Journal

“A tale of two closely tied cultures, The Havana Habit is told with both élan and humor.”—oscar Hijuelos, author of The Mambo Kings Play Songs of Love

A poet, fi ction writer, memoirist, and scholar, GUSTAvo PÉREz FIRMAT is the David Feinson Professor of Humanities at Columbia University.

January History/Cultural Studies Paper 978-0-300-17789-3 $17.00 sc Cloth 978-0-300-14132-0 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 256 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 19 b/w illus. World

For the Common Good Principles of American Academic Freedom Matthew W. Finkin and Robert C. Post

Fierce debates about academic freedom in American higher edu-cation have become more frequent in recent years. The authors of this discerning book explore the origins and guiding principles of academic freedom, correct misperceptions about its scope, and pave the way for more fruitful debates based on a common under-standing of its purpose.

“[This book] is right on target. And you just have to love a book . . . that declares that while faculty must ‘respect students as persons,’ they are under no obligation to respect the ‘ideas held by students.’ Way to go!”—Stanley Fish, New York Times

MATTHEW W. FINkIN is Albert J. Harno and Edward W. Cleary Chair in Law, the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, College of Law. He lives in Champaign. RoBERT C. PoST is Dean and Sol & Lillian Goldman Professor of Law, yale Law School. He lives in New Haven, CT.

September Law Paper 978-0-300-17752-7 $20.00 sc Cloth 978-0-300-14354-6 S ’09 Also available as an eBook. 272 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 World

106 Paperback Reprints—Scholarly Titles

Love and the Law in Cervantes Roberto González Echevarría

Legal developments during Spain’s Golden Age not only trans-formed the country into a modern state, they also irrevocably changed Western literature. This fascinating book explores Cervantes’s work to show how the author drew on new legal records to investigate human deviance and desire and as inspira-tion for modern representations of love.

“The most important recent work of Cervantes criticism.”—Miami Herald

“An informative study on the love/law confl ict in Cervantes. . . . Wide-reaching, providing basic information about Cervantes’s texts for non-Hispanists and more detailed observations for Cervanistas. . . . Enlightening and stimulating.”—Shannon M. Polchow, Comparative Literature Studies

RoBERTo GoNzÁLEz ECHEvARRÍA is Sterling Professor of Hispanic and Comparative Literature at yale University.

January Literary Studies/Law Paper 978-0-300-17784-8 $25.00 tx Cloth 978-0-300-10992-4 F ’05 Also available as an eBook. 320 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 World

“Apologia Pro vita Sua” and Six Sermons John Henry Cardinal Newman Edited, Annotated, and with an Introduction by Frank M. Turner

This paperback edition of John Henry Newman’s celebrated Apologia includes a powerfully revisionist introduction in which historian Frank M. Turner challenges previous interpretations of Newman’s conversion to Roman Catholicism and of the Apologia itself. The book also features six of Newman’s important and illu-minating Anglican sermons.

“Frank Turner provides a genuinely new and exciting reading of Newman’s much-read Apologia, juxtaposing the historical condi-tions of nineteenth-century England with Newman’s version of them.”—George Levine, Rutgers University

FRANk M. TURNER (1944–2010) was John Hay Whitney Professor of History at yale University. He was the author of John Henry Newman: The Challenge to Evangelical Relgion.

January Religion/History Paper 978-0-300-17786-2 $30.00 tx Cloth 978-0-300-11507-9 S ’08 528 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 World

Women, Work, and Politics The Political Economy of Gender Inequality Torben Iversen and Frances Rosenbluth

◆◆ the institution For sociAl AnD Policy stuDies

An original and groundbreaking exploration of women’s power in the home, in the workplace, and in politics from a political economy perspective.

“A pathbreaking study of gender inequality in different societies through the lens of political economy, Women, Work, and Politics offers an original interpretation of contemporary cross-national variations in female political representation. A fascinating and powerful argument.”—Miriam A. Golden, University of California at Los Angeles

“A major, potentially seminal work.”—James Druckman, Northwestern University

ToRBEN IvERSEN is Harold Hitchings Burbank Professor of Political Economy at Harvard University. FRANCES RoSENBLUTH is Damon Wells Professor of International Politics at yale University. August Economics/Women’s Studies

Paper 978-0-300-17134-1 $25.00 tx Cloth 978-0-300-15310-1 S ’10 Also available as an eBook. 224 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 26 b/w illus. World

107 Paperback Reprints—Academic Titles

The Settlers And the Struggle over the Meaning of zionism Gadi Taub

This inside look at Israel’s most momentous internal confl ict shows why the settlements in the occupied territories were never an extension of mainstream zionism but rather its opposite.

“Anyone who has been concerned or angered by the debate over the future of liberal zionism . . . should hurry to read The Settlers.”—Adam kirsch, Tablet Magazine

“An excellent account of how a small messianic group with its fer-vent belief in redemption and the end of days became an important political factor. It is a history with possibly disastrous consequences and this book could not be more timely.”—Walter Laqueur

GADI TAUB is assistant professor, Department of Communications and the School of Public Policy, Hebrew University of Jerusalem.

September Current Events/History Paper 978-0-300-17764-0 $25.00 tx Cloth 978-0-300-14101-6 F ’10 Also available as an eBook. 240 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4 World

Notes from the Ground Science, Soil, and Society in the American Countryside Benjamin R. Cohen

◆◆ yAle AgrAriAn stuDies series

Integrating the history of science, environmental history, and science studies, Notes from the Ground examines the cultural conditions that brought agriculture and science together in early America.

“A tightly argued, engaging, and important analysis.”—Technology and Culture

“An impressive monograph that deserves a wide readership.”—Virginia Magazine of History and Biography

BENJAMIN R. CoHEN is an assistant professor at Lafayette College.

September Agricultural Studies/History of Science Paper 978-0-300-17770-1 $27.50 tx Cloth 978-0-300-13923-5 F ’09 Also available as an eBook. 288 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 29 b/w illus. World

Defying the odds The Tule River Tribe’s Struggle for Sovereignty in Three Centuries Gelya Frank and Carole Goldberg

◆◆ the lAMAr series in western history

An anthropologist and a legal scholar deploy the dramatic history of one California tribe in a defi nitive study of tribal sovereignty in the United States up through the current Indian gaming era.

“Defying the Odds will fascinate any reader who wishes better to understand the tortured relationship between culture and law in the history of Indian sovereignty.”—James F. Brooks, School for Advanced Research, Santa Fe

“The book is magnifi cent in its subjects, approaches, meth-odologies, and analyses.”—Clifford Trafzer, University of California Riverside

GELyA FRANk is Professor of occupational Science & occupational Therapy and Anthropology at the University of Southern California and Director of the Tule River Tribal History Project. CARoLE GoLDBERG is the Jonathan D. varat Distinguished Professor of Law at the University of California, Los Angeles, and Director of the Joint Degree Program in Law and American Indian Studies.

August History/American Indian Studies/Law Paper 978-0-300-17889-0 $40.00 sc Cloth 978-0-300-12016-5 S ’10 Also available as an eBook. 432 pp. 6 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄4 40 b/w illus. + 15 maps World

108 Paperback Reprints—Academic Titles

Art and Architecture

157

109Art and Architecture—General Interest

Recently published

Alexander McQueen Savage Beauty

Andrew Bolton With contributions by Susannah Frankel and Tim Blanks Photography by Sølve Sundsbø

“I never conformed to any sort of fashion ideal. My idea was always to show reality, even though I started at Savile Row and ended up at Givenchy in Paris; to depict the times I live in.”—Alexander McQueen, Harper’s Bazaar, September 2008

Arguably the most infl uential, imaginative, and provoc-ative designer of his generation, Alexander McQueen both challenged and expanded fashion conventions to express ideas about race, class, sexuality, religion, and the environment. Alexander McQueen: Savage Beauty examines the full breadth of the designer’s career, from the start of his fl edgling label to the triumphs of his own world-renowned London house. It features his most iconic and radical designs, revealing how McQueen adapted and combined the fundamentals of Savile Row tailoring, the specialized techniques of haute couture, and technological innovation to achieve his distinctive aesthetic. It also focuses on the highly sophisticated narrative structures underpinning his collections and extravagant runway presentations, with their echoes of avant-garde installation and performance art.

Published to coincide with an exhibition at The Metropolitan Museum of Art organized by The Costume Institute, this stunning book includes a pref-ace by Andrew Bolton; an introduction by Susannah Frankel; an interview by Tim Blanks with Sarah Burton, creative director of the house of Alexander McQueen; illuminating quotes from the designer himself; pro-vocative and captivating new photography by renowned photographer Sølve Sundsbø; and a lenticular cover by Gary James McQueen.

Alexander McQueen: Savage Beauty celebrates the astounding creativity and originality of a designer who relentlessly questioned and confronted the requisites of fashion.

© Sølve Sundsbø/Art + Commerce

eXhibition scheDule: The Metropolitan Museum of Art05/04/11–07/31/11

Published by The Metropolitan Museum of Art/Distributed by Yale University Press

ANDREW BoLToN is Curator at The Costume Institute at The Metropolitan Museum of Art. SUSANNAH FRANkEL is fashion editor of The Independent news-paper. TIM BLANkS is contributing editor of Style.com.

May Fashion Cloth 978-0-300-16978-2 $45.00 240 pp. 9 3⁄4 x 13 1⁄4 293 color illus. World

110 THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART Art and Architecture—General Interest

knoll Textiles, 1945–2010 Edited by Earl Martin With essays by Paul Makovsky, Bobbye Tigerman, Angela völker, and Susan Ward

The fi rst comprehensive study of Knoll’s innovative textile designs and the company’s role within the history of interior design

In 1940, Hans knoll founded a company in New york that soon earned a reputation for its progressive line of furniture. Florence Schust joined the fi rm and helped establish its interior design division, the knoll Planning Unit. In 1947, the year after their marriage, Hans and Florence knoll added a third division, knoll Textiles, which brought textile production in line with a modern sensibility that used color and texture as primary design elements. In the early years, the company hired leading proponents of modern design as well as young, untried designers to create textile patterns. The division thrived in the late 1940s through 1960s and, in the following decade, adopted a more international outlook as design direction shifted to Europe. In the late 1970s and 1980s, knoll tapped fashion designers and architects to bolster its brand. The pioneering use of new materials and a commitment to innovative design have remained knoll’s hallmarks to the present day.

With essays by experts, biographies of about eighty designers, and images of textiles, drawings, furniture, and ephemera, Knoll Textiles, 1945–2010 is the fi rst comprehensive study devoted to a leading contributor to modern textile design. Highlighting the individu-als and ideas that helped shape knoll Textiles over the years, this book brings the knoll brand and the role of textiles in the history of design to the forefront of public attention.

EARL MARTIN is associate curator at the Bard Graduate Center, New york. PAUL MAkovSky is editorial director of Metropolis magazine. BoBByE TIGERMAN is assistant curator of decorative arts at the Los Angeles County Museum of Art. ANGELA vÖLkER is emeritus curator of textiles at the MAk, vienna. SUSAN WARD is an independent scholar.

eXhibition scheDule: The Bard Graduate Center, New York05/18/11–07/31/11

Published for the Bard Graduate Center: Decorative Arts, Design History, Material Culture

August Decorative Arts/Design Cloth 978-0-300-17069-6 $75.00 400 pp. 8 1⁄2 x 10 1⁄2 300 color + 100 b/w illus. World

111 Art and Architecture—General Interest BARD GRADUATE CENTER

The Life and Death of Buildings on Photography and Time

Joel Smith

A visually striking meditation on buildings and photographs as embodiments of social memory

Buildings inhabit and symbolize time, giving form to history and making public space an index of the past. Photographs are made of time; they are liter-ally projections of past states of their subjects. This visually striking meditation on architecture in pho-tography, indirectly marking the tenth anniversary of September 11, explores the intersection between these two ways of embodying the past, by contemplating photographs of buildings as simultaneously the agents, vehicles, and cargo of social memory.

The Life and Death of Buildings features images by such renowned photographers as Edouard-Denis Baldus, Bernd and Hilla Becher, Laura Gilpin, Lewis W. Hine, and William Henry Fox Talbot alongside those by ama-teurs, architects, propagandists, and even insurance adjusters. Rather than examine these photographers’ aims in isolation, the author considers how their images refl ect and infl ect the passage of time. Much as a build-ing’s shifting function and circumstances substantially alter its signifi cance, a photograph studied in the con-text of its subsequent history grows layers of meaning to which its maker had no access.

JoEL SMITH is curator of photography at the Princeton University Art Museum. His previous publications include Edward Steichen: The Early Years.

eXhibition scheDule: Princeton University Art Museum07/23/11–11/06/11

Distributed for the Princeton University Art Museum

July Photography/Architecture PB-with Flaps 978-0-300-17435-9 $40.00 104 pp. 8 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄2 80 color illus. World

112 PRINCETON UNIVERSITY ART MUSEUM Art and Architecture—General Interest

Dubuffet as Architect Daniel Abadie

The fi rst book to examine the monumental architectural works of the pioneering artist Jean Dubuffet

As the champion of “Art Brut,” the artist Jean Dubuffet (1901–1985) is remembered foremost as a painter. yet his creative instinct extended far beyond the param-eters of paint. Later in his life, in 1965, his interest in architecture was sparked by a commission for two large-scale paintings for the University of Nanterre in Paris. Although he ultimately abandoned that project, he became intrigued by the idea of producing large works in a more enduring format, capable of withstanding the elements. He experimented with different media in search of a solution, producing works in ceramic, con-crete, and eventually plastic resin.

The large size and relief surface of his 1967 Mur Bleu (Blue Wall) catapulted his painting into the third dimension in a big way. Many commissions followed, and today Dubuffet’s massive architectural forms grace several cities across the globe. The artist did not intend for these structures to be mere supports for his paint-ings; he meant for them to give his work architectural space. His efforts in this area earned him the medal of the American Institute of Architects in 1982. These stunningly inventive and playful works stand as a tes-tament to Dubuffet’s desire to expand his practice through new materials and techniques—and even into new dimensions. Dubuffet as Architect is the fi rst published account of this little-known aspect of this artist’s work.

DANIEL ABADIE’s former positions have included curator at the French Musée National d’Art Moderne and director of the Musée du Jeu de Paume in Paris.

eXhibition scheDule: Henie Onstad Foundation, Oslo03/10/11–05/29/11Skissernas Museum, Lund06/30/11–09/01/11Musée d’Ixelles, Brussels10/20/11–01/22/12

Distributed for Editions Hazan, Paris

August Architecture/Art PB-with Flaps 978-0-300-17661-2 $40.00 192 pp. 9 1⁄4 x 11 160 color illus. World

113 Art and Architecture—General Interest

eXhibition scheDule: National Museum of Singapore06/23/11–08/14/11

Distributed for Editions Hazan, Paris

August Decorative Arts Cloth 978-0-300-17856-2 $60.00 204 pp. 9 1⁄2 x 11 200 color illus. World

Treasures of vacheron Constantin A Legacy of Watchmaking since 1755 Julien Marchenoir This sumptuous book brings to life the rich past and the landmark cre-ations of one of the world’s great watchmakers. Founded in the Swiss city of Geneva in 1755 by the gifted craftsman and businessman Jean-Marc vacheron, vacheron Constantin is the oldest watch manufacturer in the world with an uninterrupted history. Its phenomenal rise to an interna-tional reputation of the highest standing in turn throws light on the global success of the great Swiss watchmaking tradition.

The book traces the principal milestones in the company’s history: its founding during the Age of Enlightenment; the successive generations of the vacheron family; the association in 1819 with François Constantin, who opened up the North American market to the company; the transfor-mational relationship with the inventor Georges-Auguste Leschot; and the company’s subsequent international recognition and expansion. Through an array of glorious illustrations, it presents vacheron Constantin’s his-torical collections, while highlighting the creations of the craftsmen who contribute to the technical excellence of its timepieces—the master-watchmakers—and the artisans who transform them into genuine objets d’art—the master engravers, guillocheurs, jewelers and enamelers.

JULIEN MARCHENoIR is Head of Marketing and Communication at vacheronConstantin.

Published by National Gallery Company/Distributed by Yale University Press

September Art/Religion Paper over Board 978-1-85709-531-9 $25.00 120 pp. 6 x 7 3⁄4 47 color illus. World

The Art of Worship Paintings, Prayers, and Readings for Meditation Nicholas Holtam With a foreword by Richard Chartres

In this beautifully illustrated book, the Reverend Nicholas Holtam–vicar of London’s internationally renowned church St. Martin-in-the-Fields–pres-ents his favorite paintings from the National Gallery, London, alongside religious commentary, Bible quotes, prayers, and poetry. The selected illustrations encourage the reader to think about how art can sometimes be a surprising doorway into our own spirituality. Holtam’s often highly per-sonal observations inspire private prayer, meditation, and contemplation.

Many works in the National Gallery feature Christian subjects, but Reverend Holtam has chosen paintings from a wide range of artists. His more surprising picture choices include Edgar Degas’s Miss La La at the Cirque Fernando, vincent van Gogh’s Long Grass with Butterfl ies, and J. M. W. Turner’s The Fighting Temeraire.

NICHoLAS HoLTAM has been vicar of St. Martin-in-the-Fields and the National Gallery London’s parish priest since 1995. RICHARD CHARTRES is the Bishop of London.

114 Art and Architecture—General Interest

Windows on the War Soviet TASS Posters at Home and Abroad, 1941–1945

Edited by Peter kort zegers and Douglas W. Druick With essays by konstantin Akinsha, Robert Bird, Jill Bugajski, Adam Jolles, and Peter kort zegers

A fascinating look at the aesthetic means and political ends of the graphically bold posters of the Soviet Union’s TASS News Agency during WWII

Windows on the War is a groundbreaking publication—the fi rst in English to focus on posters designed by the Soviet Union’s TASS News Agency to bolster support for the Soviet war effort. TASS posters were created by a large collective of Soviet writers, printers, and art-ists, including such notables as Mikhail Cheremnykh, Nikolai Denisovskii, the kukryniksy, and Pavel Sokolov-Skalia. often six feet tall and always striking and bold, these stenciled posters were printed and placed daily in windows for the public to see. They were also sent abroad to serve as international cultural “ambassadors,” rallying Allied and neutral nations to the Soviet cause. Drawn from the Art Institute of Chicago’s collection, as well as other private and public holdings, these TASS posters have not been seen since World War II.

An international team of scholars presents the TASS posters both as unique historical objects and as art-works that reveal how preeminent artists of the day used unconventional technical and visual means to contribute to the war effort, marking a major chapter in the history of design and propaganda. Generously illustrated, the book presents photographs, docu-mentary materials, and memorabilia in meaningful juxtapositions with images of the TASS posters. Also included are documents illuminating the expression of Russian cultural life in the United States during the war, opening a fascinating window onto the war along the Eastern Front.

PETER koRT zEGERS is the Rothman Family Research Curator, Department of Prints and Drawings, and DoUGLAS W. DRUICk is Chair and Searle Curator of Medieval to Modern European Painting and Sculpture, and Chair and Prince Trust Curator of Prints and Drawings, both at the Art Institute of Chicago.

eXhibition scheDule: The Art Institute of Chicago07/31/11–10/23/11

Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago

August Art/History/Graphic Design Cloth 978-0-300-17023-8 $65.00 400 pp. 9 3⁄4 x 12 3⁄4 300 color + 140 b/w illus. World

115 Art and Architecture—General Interest THE ART INSTITUTE OF CHICAGO

eXhibition scheDule: Harvard Art Museums09/06/11–12/10/11Mary and Leigh Block Museum of Art, Northwestern University01/17/12–04/08/12

Distributed for Harvard Art Museums

September Art/History of Science Paper 978-0-300-17107-5 $60.00 440 pp. 9 x 11 1⁄2 276 color illus. World

Prints and the Pursuit of knowledge in Early Modern Europe Edited by Susan Dackerman With essays by Susan Dackerman, Lorraine Daston, katharine Park, Suzanne karr Schmidt, and Claudia Swan

An unusual collaboration among distinguished art historians and histori-ans of science, this book demonstrates how printmakers of the Northern Renaissance, far from merely illustrating the ideas of others, contributed to scientifi c investigations of their time. Hans Holbein, for instance, worked with cosmographers and instrument makers on some of the earliest sundial manuals published; Albrecht Dürer produced the fi rst printed maps of the constellations, which astronomers copied for over a century; and Hendrick Goltzius’s depiction of the muscle-bound Hercules served as a study aid for students of anatomy.

Prints and the Pursuit of Knowledge in Early Modern Europe features fascinating reproductions of woodcuts, engravings, and etchings; maps, globe gores, and globes; multilayered anatomical “fl ap” prints; and paper scientifi c instruments used for observation and measurement. Among the “do-it-yourself” paper instruments were sundials and astrolabes, and the book incorporates a facsimile of globe gores for the reader to cut out and assemble.

SUSAN DACkERMAN is Carl A. Weyerhaeuser Curator of Prints, Harvard Art Museums.

Johan Zoffany, Queen Charlotte with her two eldest sons, ca. 1765, oil on canvas, 44 1⁄8 x 50 1⁄2 in (112.2 x 128.3 cm). The Royal Collection, Her Majesty Queen Elizabeth II.

eXhibition scheDule: Yale Center for British Art10/27/11–02/12/12Royal Academy03/10/12–06/10/12

Published for the Yale Center for British Art and the Royal Academy

October Art Cloth 978-0-300-17604-9 $75.00 320 pp. 9 1⁄2 x 11 1⁄2 225 color + 5 b/w illus. World

Johan zoffany RA Society observed Edited by Martin Postle The 18th-century painter Johan zoffany (1733–1810) was an astute observer of the many social circles in which he functioned as an artist over the course of his long career. This catalogue investigates his sharp wit, shrewd political appraisal, and perceptive social commentary (including subtle allusions to illicit relationships)—all achieved while presenting his subjects as delight-ful and sophisticated members of polite society.

A skilled networker, zoffany established himself at the court of George III and Queen Charlotte soon after his arrival in England from his native Germany. At the same time, he befriended the leading actor David Garrick and through him became the foremost portrayer of Georgian theater. His brilliant effects and deft style were well suited to theatricality of all sorts, enabling him to secure patronage in England and on the continent. Following a prolonged visit to Italy he travelled to India, where he quickly became a popular and established member within the circle of Warren Hastings, the governor-general. zoffany’s Indian paintings are among his most spectacular and allowed him to return to England enriched and warmly welcomed. This volume provides a sparkling overview of his fi nest works.

MARTIN PoSTLE is assistant director for academic activities at the Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in British Art. He was formerly a curator at Tate Britain.

116 Art and Architecture—General Interest

100 Shoes The Costume Institute / The Metropolitan Museum of Art

Edited by Harold koda With an introduction by Sarah Jessica Parker

An exclusive look at one hundred fabulous shoes from the renowned Costume Institute at The Metropolitan Museum of Art

In a brilliant follow-up to 100 Dresses, published in 2010, the Costume Institute of the Metropolitan Museum once again opens the vaults of its heralded permanent collection to introduce readers to the rich diversity of shoes within its holdings. A hundred pairs of shoes, from the 16th to the 21st century, paint a vivid picture of how styles have changed—sometimes radically—over the years. They also reveal how some trends have reappeared throughout the ages. For instance, platform shoes were worn by fashionable venetian women from the 15th to the 17th century and by Manchu Chinese women in the 1800s. In the late 1930s, Salvatore Ferragamo introduced a modern version of the plat-form shoe, and updated versions appeared in the 1970s and 1990s.

Beautifully designed and produced, 100 Shoes pres-ents examples of fashionable footwear in a range of styles, from fl ats to stilettos and everything in between. Among them are shoes designed by Manolo Blahnik, Christian Louboutin, Roger vivier, and vivienne Westwood. Images of the shoes are accompanied by informative text and enhanced by works of art, contem-porary photos, and portraits of designers. Sure to spark the imaginations of anyone interested in fashion and design, 100 Shoes details how women have used these essential fashion accessories to elevate their style, stature, and status throughout the centuries. An introduction by fashion-forward actress Sarah Jessica Parker adds to the accessibility and appeal of this delightful volume.

HARoLD koDA is curator in charge at the Costume Institute at The Metropolitan Museum of Art. Actress SARAH JESSICA PARkER is known for her unique sense of fashion and her love of shoes.

Published in association with The MetropolitanMuseum of Art

Also AvAilAble:100 DressesThe Costume Institute / The Metropolitan Museum of ArtPB-Flexibound 978-0-300-16655-2 $24.95

October Fashion PB-Flexibound 978-0-300-17240-9 $24.95 232 pp. 10 x 7 194 color + 16 b/w illus. World

117 Art and Architecture—General Interest THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART

Picasso’s Drawings, 1890–1921 Reinventing Tradition

Susan Grace Galassi and Marilyn McCully

A fresh perspective on the importance of Picasso’s drawing practice and how he used his materials and graphic techniques to reinterpret past traditions and invigorate his art

Pablo Picasso (1881–1973) is acknowledged as one of the greatest draftsmen of the 20th century. Picasso’s Drawings, 1890–1921 follows the dazzling development of his drawing practice from the precocious academic exercises of his youth to his renewal of classicism in his virtuoso output of the early 1920s. A selection of more than seventy works on paper, with extended entries, highlights his stylistic experiments and techniques dur-ing this roughly thirty-year period, which begins and ends in a classical mode and encompasses his most radical innovations.

An essay by Susan Grace Galassi provides a detailed study of Picasso’s drawing practice and explores his interest in the old Masters, and an essay by Marilyn McCully considers the early critical responses to Picasso’s drawings. These discussions of Picasso’s style, sources, and techniques demonstrate how drawing served as an essential means of invention and discov-ery for the artist. This book brings to the fore Picasso’s engagement with artists of the past and the ways in which he perpetuated, competed with, and ultimately reinvented the practices of his artistic mentors on his own terms. Through emulation, allusion, dissec-tion, and outright hijacking, Picasso continued the grand tradition of drawing in a revitalized form. This study reveals the extent to which the artist relied on drawing as a means of synthesizing past and present, tradition and innovation, to give his own art a bold and vigorous expression.

SUSAN GRACE GALASSI is senior curator at The Frick Collection, New york. MARILyN McCULLy is an independent scholar who specializes in the work of Picasso.

eXhibition scheDule: The Frick Collection, New York10/04/11–01/08/12National Gallery of Art, Washington02/05/12–05/06/12

Published in associaton with The Frick Collection

October Art Cloth 978-0-300-17073-3 $60.00 224 pp. 9 x 11 200 color illus. World

118 Art and Architecture—General Interest

Ron Mueck David Hurlston With essays by Lisa Baldissera, Nicholas Chambers, James Fox, kelly Gellatly, Ted Gott, Susanna Greeves, Philip Long, Angela Ndalianis, Justin Paton, Craig Raine, and Angus Trumble

The fi rst-ever comprehensive look at internationally known artist Ron Mueck’s hyperrealist fi gurative sculpture

Ron Mueck (b. 1958) is known for his extraordinarily lifelike sculptures of people in fragile, naked states: a postpartum woman, a crouching, cornered man, and, perhaps most famously, the body of his dead father. Mueck plays dramatically with scale; a newborn baby, with traces of afterbirth and blood, looms impressively over viewers, measuring sixteen feet from crown to foot, while a spooning half-clothed couple would fi t easily on a coffee table. In each case, the amount of detail—individual pores and dimples, hairs and blem-ishes—is uncanny. The fi gures are disconcerting and yet impossible to resist. Mueck’s obsessive attention to detail and craft has its beginnings in his early days as a model maker and puppeteer for fi lms like Jim Henson’s Labyrinth. It was in 1997, when noted dealer Charles Saatchi discovered Mueck’s work and included his sculpture Dead Dad in the groundbreaking Sensation show, that Mueck began to attract international atten-tion. Today, the artist’s sculptures are some of the most widely acclaimed, prominent, and identifi able works of contemporary art.

Produced in close collaboration with the artist, this beautifully illustrated book is the fi rst to provide a comprehensive look at Mueck’s work to date. The book offers detailed insight into the artist’s ideas and meth-ods and features a catalogue raisonné. Essays by leading scholars highlight the depth of his practice and further affi rm Mueck’s importance.

DAvID HURLSToN is Curator of Australian Art at the National Gallery of victoria.

Published in association with the National Gallery of Victoria

October Art PB-Flexibound 978-0-300-17683-4 $30.00 192 pp. 6 3⁄4 x 8 3⁄4 75 color + 2 b/w illus. World, except for Australia and New Zealand

119 Art and Architecture—General Interest

Infi nite Jest Caricature and Satire from Leonardo to Levine

Constance C. McPhee and Nadine M. orenstein

An entertaining and informative book—the fi rst to feature signifi cant caricatures and satirical works dating from 1500 to the present, selected from the vast collection in the Metropolitan Museum

From Leonardo’s drawings of grotesque heads to con-temporary prints lampooning American politicians, the Metropolitan Museum has a vast and largely unknown collection of caricatures and satirical works. This hand-some volume offers 160 examples dating from about 1500 to the present—many of them previously unpub-lished—that refl ect the age-old tradition of employing exaggeration and humor to convey personal, social, or political meaning.

Stressing the continuity of certain artistic approaches, Infi nite Jest examines the development of the genre across a broad expanse of centuries and cultures. The basic visual components of caricature are discussed and illustrated, as are signifi cant themes such as physical types, people as animals or objects, social satire (food, fashion, and foreigners), and politics (British, French, and American). Artists as well known as Pieter Bruegel the Elder, Gian Lorenzo Bernini, William Hogarth, Francisco de Goya, Thomas Rowlandson, Eugène Delacroix, Honoré Daumier, and David Levine con-tribute their distinctive talents to this fascinating and very amusing compilation.

CoNSTANCE C. McPHEE is associate curator and NADINE M. oRENSTEIN is curator, both in the Department of Drawings and Prints at The Metropolitan Museum of Art.

eXhibition scheDule: The Metropolitan Museum of Art09/13/11–04/04/12

Published by The Metropolitan Museum of Art/Distributed by Yale University Press

October Art Cloth 978-0-300-17581-3 $45.00 224 pp. 9 x 10 212 color illus. World

120 THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART Art and Architecture—General Interest

Duncan Phyfe Master Cabinetmaker in New york

Peter M. kenny and Michael k. Brown, with Frances F. Bretter and Matthew A. Thurlow

A beautifully illustrated reassessment of thework of Duncan Phyfe, America’s best-knowncabinetmaker

Duncan Phyfe (1768–1854), known during his life-time as the “United States Rage,” to this day remains America’s best-known cabinetmaker. Establishing his reputation as a purveyor of luxury by designing high-quality furniture for New york’s moneyed elite, Phyfe would come to count among his clients some of the nation’s wealthiest and most storied families.

This richly illustrated volume covers the full chrono-logical sweep of the craftsman’s distinguished career, from his earliest furniture—which bore the infl uence of his 18th-century predecessors George Hepplewhite and Thomas Sheraton—to the elaborately embellished Grecian pieces that were entirely his own. More than sixty works by Phyfe and his workshop are highlighted, including rarely seen pieces from private collections and several newly discovered documented works. Additionally, essays by leading scholars bring to light new information on Phyfe’s life, his workshop produc-tion, and his roster of illustrious patrons. What unfolds is the story of Phyfe’s remarkable transformation from a young immigrant craftsman to an accomplished master cabinetmaker and an American icon.

PETER M. kENNy is Ruth Bigelow Wriston Curator of American Decorative Arts and Administrator, The American Wing, The Metropolitan Museum of Art. MICHAEL k. BRoWN is cura-tor, Bayou Bend Collection, Museum of Fine Arts, Houston. FRANCES F. BRETTER, an independent scholar, was formerly research associate, The American Wing, The Metropolitan Museum of Art. MATTHEW A. THURLoW, formerly research associate, The American Wing, The Metropolitan Museum of Art, is on the staff of the Winterthur Museum.

D.Phyfe & Son. Couch, 184135 3⁄8 x 73 1⁄4 x 22 7⁄8 in.Collection of Richard Hampton Jenrette

eXhibition scheDule: The Metropolitan Museum of Art12/20/11–05/06/12Museum of Fine Arts, Houston06/20/12–09/11/12

Published by The Metropolitan Museum of Art/Distributed by Yale University Press

October Decorative Arts/Art Cloth 978-0-300-15511-2 $65.00 352 pp. 9 1⁄2 x 12 350 color illus. World

121 Art and Architecture—General Interest THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART

Facing Beauty Painted Women and Cosmetic Art

Aileen Ribeiro

This wide-ranging survey, spanning four centuries, illuminates shifting perceptions of female beauty through works of art and the evolution of cosmetics

Throughout the history of the Western world, countless attempts have been made to defi ne beauty in art and life, especially with regard to women’s bodies and faces. Facing Beauty examines concepts of female beauty in terms of the ideal and the real, investigating paradigms of beauty as represented in art and literature and how beauty has been enhanced by cosmetics and hairstyles.

This thought-provoking book discusses the shifting per-ceptions of female beauty, concentrating on the period from about 1540 to 1940. It begins with the Renaissance, when a renewed emphasis on the individual was refl ected in the celebration of beauty in the portraits of the day. The fl uid, sensual lines of the Baroque period initiated a shift toward a more “natural” look, giving way in the 18th century to a more stylized and artifi cial face, a mask of ideal beauty. By the late 19th century, commercial beauty preparations had become more readily available, leading to new technological developments within the beauty industry in the early 20th century. Beauty salons and the wider availability of cosmetics revolutionized the way women saw them-selves. Ravishing images of some of the most beautiful women in history, both real and ideal, accompanied by illustrations from costume books, fashion plates, advertisements, caricatures, and cosmetics, bring the evolving story of beauty to life on these pages.

AILEEN RIBEIRo is Professor Emeritus in the history of art at the Courtauld Institute of Art, London.

October Art/Fashion Cloth 978-0-300-12486-6 $45.00 256 pp. 9 x 11 100 color + 50 b/w illus. World

122 Art and Architecture—General Interest

Daphne Guinness valerie Steele and Daphne Guinness

A spectacular showcase of the inimitable style and haute couture collection of fashion icon Daphne Guinness

“She is one of the—if not the—most stylish women living,” says designer and fi lm director Tom Ford, speak-ing of Daphne Guinness, the subject and co-author of this extraordinary book. From her platinum-and-black striped hair to her towering 10-inch heels, her to-die-for couture collection and amazing diamond jewelry, Daphne Guinness embodies the rarifi ed, personal style of a true fashion icon. A designer, editor, model, muse, and stylist, Ms. Guinness is renowned for the way she uses fashion to transform herself. As her friend, the art historian John Richardson puts it: “She is the object of her own creativity. Her persona is her own masterpiece.”

karl Lagerfeld of Chanel, valentino, Azzedine Alaia, and the late Alexander McQueen are among the many great fashion designers whose spectacular garments form part of Daphne Guinness’s personal collection of haute couture. But Ms. Guinness is far more than a great couture client, she is also an inspiration to design-ers because of her fearless personal style. In an extended interview with the curator and fashion historian valerie Steele, Daphne Guinness explains the origins and characteristics of her style. She also discusses her friend-ships and collaborations with other creative fashion personalities from the late Isabella Blow to the pho-tographer Steven klein and the jeweler Shaun Leane. Sumptuously illustrated with both high-fashion photo-graphs and paparazzi shots, the book is a spectacular showcase for the world of Daphne Guinness.

vALERIE STEELE is director and chief curator of The Museum at FIT, New york. DAPHNE GUINNESS is prominent in the fashion world as a fashion icon, journalist and collector of haute couture.

eXhibition scheDule: The Fashion Institute of Technology09/01/11–01/31/12

Published in association with The Fashion Institute of Technology, New York

October Fashion Cloth 978-0-300-17663-6 $45.00 192 pp. 9 x 11 100 color illus. World

123 Art and Architecture—General Interest

Samurai Armor from the Ann and Gabriel Barbier-Mueller Museum Essays by L. John Anderson, Sachiko Hori, Morihiro ogawa, Thom Richardson, John Stevenson, and Stephen Turnbull

This exclusive overview of one of the world’s largest and most important collections of samurai armor offers an exciting glimpse into the world of the samurai warrior

This extraordinary publication presents, for the fi rst time, the samurai armor collection of the Ann and Gabriel Barbier-Mueller Museum in Dallas. The Barbier-Mueller has selectively amassed these pieces of armor over the past twenty-fi ve years, ultimately forming one of the largest and most important collec-tions of its kind in the world. It is composed of nearly three hundred objects, several of which are considered masterpieces, including suits of armor, helmets, masks, horse armor, and weaponry. The objects date from the 12th to the 19th century, with a particularly strong focus on Edo-period armor.

offering an exciting look into the world of the samu-rai warrior, the book begins with an introduction by Morihiro ogawa. Essays by prominent scholars in the fi eld highlight topics such as the phenomenon of the warrior in Japan, the development of the samurai hel-met, castle architecture, women in samurai culture, and Japanese horse armor. The book’s fi nal section consists of an extensive catalogue of objects, concentrating on 120 signifi cant works in the collection. Lavishly illus-trated in full color, each object is accompanied by an entry written by a scholar of Japanese armor.

L. JoHN ANDERSoN is an independent scholar and collector of sam-urai armor. SACHIko HoRI is vice president of Sotheby’s Japanese Works of Art department in New york. MoRIHIRo oGAWA is special consultant for Japanese arms and armor in the Department of Arms and Armor at The Metropolitan Museum of Art. THoM RICHARDSoN is keeper of armour and oriental collections at the Royal Armouries in Leeds. JoHN STEvENSoN is lecturer on Japanese art and history at the University of Washington. STEPHEN TURNBULL is visiting lecturer in South East Asian religious studies at the University of Leeds.

eXhibition scheDule: Musée du quai Branly, Paris11/08/11–01/29/12

Published in association with the Ann and Gabriel Barbier-Mueller Museum

October Art/Decorative Arts/History Cloth 978-0-300-17636-0 $65.00 320 pp. 10 x 12 300 color illus. World

124 Art and Architecture—General Interest

Wonder of the Age Master Painters of India, 1100–1900

John Guy and Jorrit Britschgi

Dispelling the long-held view of the anonymity of Indian artists, this fascinating publication identifi es over forty painters of masterpieces spanning eight centuries

Traditionally, Indian paintings have been classifi ed according to regional styles or dynastic periods, with an emphasis on subject matter and narrative content. This fascinating publication counters the long-held view of the anonymity of Indian art, emphasizing the combined tools of connoisseurship and inscription evi-dence to reveal the identities of individual artists and their oeuvres through an analysis of style. Enchanting color illustrations highlight over one hundred works spanning eight centuries.

The introduction outlines the origins of early Indian painting in the fi rst millennium, which set the scene for the development of the art of the book. The chapters that follow examine manuscript painting as it devel-oped from palm leaf to paper; the Sultanate and North Indian Hindu tradition; the Mughal school under the patronage of emperors Akbar, Jahangir, and Shah Jahan; the renaissance of the Hindu courts from 1650 to 1730; the later styles of the Punjab Hill and Rajasthani courts; Company School painting; and the coming of photog-raphy. Each chapter features a summary of the period and biographical essays of specifi c artists followed by a selection of their works. The eminent artists chosen are among the greatest in the history of Indian paint-ing. Each could lay claim to the honorifi c bestowed by emperors on their favorite painters: Nadirai-i-zaman,

“the wonder of the age.”

JoHN GUy is curator of South and Southeast Asian Art, Department of Asian Art, The Metropolitan Museum of Art. JoRRIT BRITSCHGI is curator of Indian Painting, Museum Rietberg zürich.

eXhibition scheDule: Museum Rietberg Zürich, Switzerland05/01/11–08/21/11The Metropolitan Museum of Art09/28/11–01/08/12

Published by The Metropolitan Museum of Art/Distributed by Yale University Press

October Art Cloth 978-0-300-17582-0 $45.00 224 pp. 9 1⁄4 x 10 1⁄2 143 color illus. World

125 Art and Architecture—General Interest THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART

El Anatsui (Ghanaian, born 1944), Intermittent Signals, 2009. Found aluminum and copper wire, 11 x 35 ft. The Broad Art Foundation, Santa Monica (Courtesy of the artist and Jack Shainman Gallery, NY)

eXhibition scheDule: Sterling and Francine Clark Art Institute06/12/11–10/16/11

Distributed for the Sterling and Francine Clark Art Institute

August Art Paper 978-0-300-17575-2 $14.95 48 pp. 9 1⁄4 x 9 32 color illus. World

El Anatsui Introduction by Alisa LaGamma Conversation with El Anatsui by Chika okeke-Agulu

The Ghanaian-born sculptor El Anatsui (b. 1944) is one of the most sig-nifi cant artistic innovators of our time, merging personal, local, and global concerns in his visual creations. By weaving together discarded aluminum tops from Nigerian liquor bottles, Anatsui creates large-scale sculptures called gawu (“metal” or “fashioned cloth” in Anatsui’s native language) that demonstrate a fascinating interplay of color, shape, and fl uidity.

In an illustrated essay, Alisa LaGamma provides a brief history of El Anatsui’s career and an analysis of his practice. The catalogue also includes a never-before-published conversation between noted artist and curator Chika okeke-Agulu and Anatsui, as they discuss the themes of history, economy, sustainability, and identity explored within Anatsui’s work. Dramatic photographs of the installations at the Clark provide a unique look at these immersive sculptures, including Intermittent Signals (2009) and Delta (2010), in the contemplative spaces of Stone Hill Center.

ALISA LAGAMMA is curator in the Department of the Arts of Africa, oceania, and the Americas at The Metropolitan Museum of Art. CHIkA okEkE-AGULU is Assistant Professor in the Art and Archaeology Department at Princeton University.

Published by National Gallery Company/Distributed by Yale University Press

October Art/Religion Paper 978-1-85709-292-9 $25.00 224 pp. 9 3⁄4 x 9 3⁄4 182 color illus. World

The Image of Christ Gabriele Finaldi With an introduction by Neil MacGregor and contributionsby Susanna Avery-Quash, Xavier Bray, Erika Langmuir, Neil MacGregor, and Alexander Sturgis

Rather than presenting a life of Christ in art, this beautiful book explores the challenges facing artists when representing Jesus—God who became a man. It traces how the image of Christ that we recognize today evolved over two millennia, from the earliest metaphorical symbols of the Shepherd, the Lamb, and the vine to the emergence of a “true likeness.”

The book elegantly describes how artists have conveyed the paradox of Christ’s dual nature—human and divine, weak and powerful—in portray-als of his infancy, and it also shows how images of his suffering convey a cosmic, as well as personal, signifi cance. The moments of Christ’s life become, through art, archetypes of all human experience: Christ nursed by the virgin expresses the feelings of love every mother has for her child; Christ mocked is innocence beset by violence.

A reissue of a successful book (fi rst published in 2000), The Image of Christ is an essential volume for anyone seeking a deeper understanding of European art, in which Christian subjects have featured so prominently.

GABRIELE FINALDI is deputy director of the Prado Museum, Madrid, and a former curator at the National Gallery, London. NEIL MAcGREGoR is director of the British Museum and former director of the National Gallery, London.

126 Art and Architecture—General Interest

Bertrand Goldberg Architecture of Invention

Edited by zoë Ryan With essays by Alison Fisher, zoë Ryan, Elizabeth Smith, and Sarah Whiting

A groundbreaking exploration of the life, work, and legacy of visionary architect Bertrand Goldberg

Bertrand Goldberg (1913–1997) was a visionary Chicago architect whose designs for housing, urban planning, and industrial design made a distinctive mark in the modern era. This handsome publication, the fi rst to focus in-depth on the entirety of Goldberg’s life and work, traces his development from his early Bauhaus training to his notable architectural achieve-ments. Featuring previously unpublished material, it also includes Goldberg’s plans for unrealized projects as well as his collaborations with other prominent mod-ern architects, such as Ludwig Mies van der Rohe and Buckminster Fuller.

Goldberg’s interest in the social dimension of architec-ture was refl ected in many of his cutting-edge designs. In 1959, he conceived the plan for his most iconic structure, the sixty-story Marina City residential tow-ers, in the heart of downtown Chicago. He created a number of hospitals that offered a new paradigm for how patients and staff interacted within the space. Goldberg’s progressive designs also extended to schools, prefabricated structures, and furniture.

ALISoN FISHER is the Harold and Margot Schiff Assistant Curator of Architecture and zoË RyAN is acting chair of the Department of Architecture and Design and Neville Bryan Curator of Design, both at the Art Institute of Chicago. ELIzABETH SMITH is executive director of curatorial affairs at the Art Gallery of ontario. SARAH WHITING is dean of the Rice University School of Architecture.

Bertrand Goldberg Associates, Marina City, Chicago, 1959–1967.

eXhibition scheDule: The Art Insitute of Chicago09/07/11–02/12/12

Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago

October Architecture Cloth 978-0-300-16704-7 $60.00 192 pp. 8 x 11 1⁄2 140 color + 75 b/w illus. World

127 Art and Architecture—General Interest THE ART INSTITUTE OF CHICAGO

Hilaire-Germain-Edgar Degas, Dancers at the Barre, c. 1900. Oil on canvas 51 1⁄4 x 38 1⁄2 in. Acquired 1944, The Phillips Collection, Washington, D.C.

eXhibition scheDule: The Phillips Collection10/01/11–01/08/12

Distributed for The Phillips Collection

October Art Cloth 978-0-300-17632-2 $45.00 144 pp. 9 1⁄2 x 10 1⁄2 50 color + 20 b/w illus. World

Degas’s Dancers at the Barre Point and Counterpoint Eliza Rathbone and Elizabeth Steele Edgar Degas (1834–1917) was fascinated with ballet dancers, whom he depicted with great frequency in many media throughout his career. Degas’s Dancers at the Barre (The Phillips Collection) is one of the crowning achievements of the artist’s career and the cornerstone of this insightful publication.

Bringing together carefully chosen drawings, pastels, prints, paintings, and mixed media, which relate to the Phillips’s masterpiece, the authors build on recent scholarship about Degas’s approach to work, his technique, and the subject matter. This book also features fascinating results from recent conservation of the work, the fi rst campaign since the painting was acquired in 1944, which brought to light important new facts about its sources, dat-ing, and complicated history.

ELIzA RATHBoNE is chief curator, The Phillips Collection. ELIzABETH STEELE is head of conservation, The Phillips Collection.

eXhibition scheDule: The Jewish Museum, New York09/09/11–01/29/12The Eric Carle Museum of Picture Book Art06/26/12–10/14/12Contemporary Jewish Museum, San Francisco11/15/12–02/24/13

Published in association with The Jewish Museum, New York October Art

Cloth 978-0-300-17022-1 $27.50 104 pp. 7 x 10 80 color + 3 b/w illus. World

The Snowy Day and the Art of Ezra Jack keats Claudia J. Nahson With an essay by Maurice Berger

In 1962, Ezra Jack keats’s picture book The Snowy Day introduced readers to young Peter, the fi rst African American protagonist in a full-color chil-dren’s book, who traipsed alone through the snowy, wondrous sidewalks of New york City. The book was a runaway success, capturing the Caldecott Medal and selling more than two million copies. In The Snowy Day and subsequent books, keats’s awareness of the city, its daily hum, and the role of its children are deeply felt and delicately rendered in words and bright collages and paintings. He made a prominent place for characters and places that had not been represented in children’s books, saying about Peter,

“My book would have him there simply because he should have been there all along.”

Coinciding with The Snowy Day’s 50th anniversary, the current publica-tion features more than 75 illustrations alongside essays by Claudia Nahson and Maurice Berger, who discuss keats’s Jewish background, his advocacy of civil rights, his inventive art, and his wide-ranging infl uence.

CLAUDIA J. NAHSoN is curator at The Jewish Museum, New york. She is the author of The Art of William Steig. MAURICE BERGER is senior research scholar at the Center for Art, Design, and visual Culture, University of Maryland, Baltimore County, and senior fellow at the vera List Center for Art and Politics of The New School.

128 Art and Architecture—General Interest

Leonardo da vinci Painter at the Court of Milan

Luke Syson With an essay by Larry keith and contributionsby Antonio Mazzotta, Minna Moore Ede, Scott Nethersole, Arturo Galansino, and Per Rumberg

A new examination of Leonardo’s career that illuminates his time as court painter to the Duke of Milan, an experience that fundamentally changed his outlook and his legacy

The reputation of Leonardo da vinci (1452–1519) as an inventor and scientist, and his complex personality, have sometimes almost overshadowed the importance of his aims and techniques as a painter. This exqui-site book focuses on a crucial period in the 1480s and 90s when, as a salaried court artist to Duke Ludovico Sforza in the city-state of Milan—freed from the pres-sures of making a living in the commercially minded Florentine republic—Leonardo produced some of the most celebrated and infl uential works of his career. The Last Supper, his two versions of The Virgin of the Rocks, and The Lady with an Ermine (a beautiful portrait of Cecilia Gallerani, Ludovico’s mistress) were paintings that set a new standard for his Milanese contemporaries. Leonardo’s style was magnifi ed, through collaboration and imitation, to become the visual language of the regime, and by the time he returned to Florence in 1500, his status had been utterly transformed.

This new examination of Leonardo’s painting career and his lasting impact on Italian Renaissance style features works from U.S., British, and European col-lections. Collectively, they represent the diverse range of his artistic output, from drawings in chalk, ink, and metalpoint to full-scale oil paintings. Together with the authors’ meticulous research and detailed analysis, they demonstrate Leonardo’s consummate skill and extraor-dinary ambition as a painter.

LUkE SySoN is curator of Italian paintings before 1500 and head of research at the National Gallery, London. His previous books include Renaissance Siena and Pisanello. LARRy kEITH is director of conser-vation, The National Gallery, London.

eXhibition scheDule: National Gallery, London11/07/11–02/05/12

Published by National Gallery Company/Distributed by Yale University Press

November Art Cloth 978-1-85709-491-6 $65.00 304 pp. 9 1⁄2 x 12 3⁄4 190 color illus. World

129 Art and Architecture—General Interest NATIONAL GALLERY, LONDON

LEFT • WILLY RIZZO 1960 ABOVE • PAOLO ROVERSI 1994 67

Chanel_FOR_YALE.QXD:Chanel 14/3/11 12:55 Page 144

LEFT • GIOVANNI GASTEL 1991 ABOVE • LACHLAN BAILEY 2007

145

Chanel A vocabulary of Style

Jérôme Gautier

A luxurious book that showcases the spirit and essence of Chanel’s iconic style through the medium of fashion photography

Gabrielle Bonheur “Coco” Chanel (1883–1971) was undoubtedly the most infl uential fashion designer of the 20th century. Her clothes and accessories have remained perennially chic, and her legendary fashion house continues to exert a powerful sway over today’s designers. Jérôme Gautier tells the story of Chanel’s iconic style through hundreds of images, many taken by the leading lights of fashion photography, includ-ing Richard Avedon, Patrick Demarchelier, Jean-Paul Goude, David LaChapelle, Horst P. Horst, Steven Meisel, Sarah Moon, Man Ray, and Ellen von Unwerth. This innovative volume pairs classic and contemporary photographs, placing fashion plates from Chanel’s time alongside those by the house’s designer-in-chief, karl Lagerfeld. For instance, Cecil Beaton’s portrait of Chanel appears alongside Lagerfeld’s image of Cate Blanchett emulating her, and a classic plate by Henry Clarke fl anks an arresting shot by Juergen Teller.

Through these dazzling photographs, Chanel: A Vocabulary of Style identifi es key elements that have defi ned Chanel’s style for generations, such as jersey and tweed, formerly considered menswear fabrics, and the little black dress, which transformed a hue previously reserved for mourning into a statement of elegance. Pearls were her staple, and she often embellished outfi ts with her signature camellia. Twelve chapters compare the original forms of these enduring trademarks with their later expressions over the years and to the pres-ent day, letting the vocabulary of Chanel’s style speak for itself.

JÉRÔME GAUTIER is a journalist and fashion historian. A passionate collector of fashion magazines, he lives and works in Paris.

November Fashion/Photography Hardcover with Slipcase 978-0-300-17566-0 $100.00 288 pp. 9 1⁄2 x 12 5⁄8 230 color + b/w illus. For sale in the U.S. and Canada only

130 Art and Architecture—General Interest

LEFT • WILLY RIZZO 1960 ABOVE • PAOLO ROVERSI 1994 67

Chanel_FOR_YALE.QXD:Chanel 14/3/11 12:55 Page 144

LEFT • GIOVANNI GASTEL 1991 ABOVE • LACHLAN BAILEY 2007

145

Chanel A vocabulary of Style

Jérôme Gautier

A luxurious book that showcases the spirit and essence of Chanel’s iconic style through the medium of fashion photography

Gabrielle Bonheur “Coco” Chanel (1883–1971) was undoubtedly the most infl uential fashion designer of the 20th century. Her clothes and accessories have remained perennially chic, and her legendary fashion house continues to exert a powerful sway over today’s designers. Jérôme Gautier tells the story of Chanel’s iconic style through hundreds of images, many taken by the leading lights of fashion photography, includ-ing Richard Avedon, Patrick Demarchelier, Jean-Paul Goude, David LaChapelle, Horst P. Horst, Steven Meisel, Sarah Moon, Man Ray, and Ellen von Unwerth. This innovative volume pairs classic and contemporary photographs, placing fashion plates from Chanel’s time alongside those by the house’s designer-in-chief, karl Lagerfeld. For instance, Cecil Beaton’s portrait of Chanel appears alongside Lagerfeld’s image of Cate Blanchett emulating her, and a classic plate by Henry Clarke fl anks an arresting shot by Juergen Teller.

Through these dazzling photographs, Chanel: A Vocabulary of Style identifi es key elements that have defi ned Chanel’s style for generations, such as jersey and tweed, formerly considered menswear fabrics, and the little black dress, which transformed a hue previously reserved for mourning into a statement of elegance. Pearls were her staple, and she often embellished outfi ts with her signature camellia. Twelve chapters compare the original forms of these enduring trademarks with their later expressions over the years and to the pres-ent day, letting the vocabulary of Chanel’s style speak for itself.

JÉRÔME GAUTIER is a journalist and fashion historian. A passionate collector of fashion magazines, he lives and works in Paris.

November Fashion/Photography Hardcover with Slipcase 978-0-300-17566-0 $100.00 288 pp. 9 1⁄2 x 12 5⁄8 230 color + b/w illus. For sale in the U.S. and Canada only

131 Art and Architecture—General Interest

Snapshot Painter/Photographers from Bonnard to vuillard

Edited by Elizabeth W. Easton With contributions by Clément Chéroux, Michel Frizot, Todd Gustavson, Françoise Heilbrun, Ellen W. Lee, Anne McCauley, Saskia ooms, katia Poletti, Eliza Rathbone, and Hans Rooseboom

A fascinating look at how snapshots by seven Post-Impressionist artists infl uenced their work and the history of photography

The advent of the kodak camera in 1888 made photography accessible to amateurs as well as to profes-sionals. Artists were not immune to its allure, and many began experimenting with the camera as a means of capturing images as studies for fi nal works and of observing the world and the people in it. Snapshot investigates seven Post-Impressionist painters and print-makers: Pierre Bonnard, George Hendrik Breitner, Maurice Denis, Henri Evenepoel, Henri Rivière, Félix vallotton, and Edouard vuillard. Although cel-ebrated for their works on canvas and paper, these artists also made many personal and informal snap-shots. Depicting interiors, city streets, nudes, and portraits, these photographs were kept private and never exhibited. As a result, most have never been published.

Juxtaposing personal photographs with the related paintings and prints by these Post-Impressionist artists, Snapshot offers a new perspective on early photography and on the synthesis of painting and photography at the end of the 19th century.

ELIzABETH W. EASToN is the cofounder and director of the Center for Curatorial Leadership. CLÉMENT CHÉRoUX is a photographic historian and curator of the photographic collection at the Centre Pompidou in Paris. MICHEL FRIzoT is professor of the history of photography at the Ecole du Louvre, Paris. ToDD GUSTAvSoN is curator of technology at the George Eastman House in Rochester, Ny. FRANÇoISE HEILBRUN is the head curator of photography at the Musée d’orsay. ELLEN W. LEE is chief curator at the Indianapolis Museum of Art. ANNE McCAULEy is David Hunter McAlpin Professor of the History of Photography and Modern Art at Princeton University. SASkIA ooMS works at Netwerk, a center for contempo-rary Art in Belgium. kATIA PoLETTI is conservator at the Fondation Félix vallotton. ELIzA RATHBoNE is chief curator of the Phillips Collection in Washington, D.C. HANS RooSEBooM is curator of photography at the Rijksmuseum in Amsterdam.

Pierre Bonnard, Ker-Xavier Roussel and Edouard Vuillard, Venice, 1899. Modern print from original negative, negative: 1 3⁄8 x 2 in. (3.5 x 5 cm). Musée d’Orsay, Paris. Gift of the children of Charles Terrasse (PHO 1987–27-6)

eXhibition scheDule: The Van Gogh Museum10/14/11–01/08/12The Phillips Collection02/04/12–05/06/12The Indianapolis Museum of Art06/08/12–09/02/12

Published in association with the Phillips Collection, the Van Gogh Museum, and the Indianapolis Museum of Art

November Photography/Art Cloth 978-0-300-17236-2 $50.00 248 pp. 9 1⁄2 x 11 1⁄2 285 color illus. World

132 Art and Architecture—General Interest

The Three Graces Snapshots of Twentieth-Century Women

Michal Raz-Russo

Featuring an amazing treasure trove of unpublished images, this intriguing and entertaining book looks at how women explored their identity through popular photography in the 20th century

Snapshots preserve more than individual likeness and memory. Photographs of celebrations, vacations, and gatherings of family and friends are collected with the aim of constructing and preserving a personal identity for future generations. What happens, however, when a snapshot is subsequently discarded or displaced and becomes merely an “anonymous” image? This and many other questions are discussed in this fascinat-ing selection of anonymous images depicting three women. Presumably all taken by nonprofessionals, these snapshots were acquired over time by a pri-vate collector interested in their eclectic yet familiar details, who named the grouping after the iconic Greco-Roman motif.

In traditional western iconography, the Three Graces personify beauty, charm, and grace in both nature and humanity. In the 150 snapshots assembled here, the remarkable consistency of confi dence and poise projected by the trios of women—in varied set-tings, in various states of dress/undress, and over a period of more than fi fty years—reveals the formal and behavioral conventions that evolved as photogra-phy’s popularity skyrocketed among amateurs. To this end, the iconography of The Three Graces provides a framework for understanding the generational dif-ferences and cultural infl uences that shaped women’s self-presentation in front of the camera in the fi rst half of the 20th century.

MICHAL RAz-RUSSo is curatorial assistant for exhibitions in the Department of Photography at the Art Institute of Chicago.

eXhibition scheDule: The Art Institute of Chicago10/29/11–01/22/12

Published in association with the Art Institute of Chicago

November Photography Paper over Board 978-0-300-17734-3 $26.50 160 pp. 6 x 8 1⁄4 142 color illus. World

133 Art and Architecture—General Interest THE ART INSTITUTE OF CHICAGO

vermeer’s Women Secrets and Silence

Marjorie E. Wieseman, Wayne E. Franits, and H. Perry Chapman

A visually stunning and seductive book that celebrates the mysterious and enigmatic world created by Vermeer in some of the best-loved and most characteristic works from late in his career.

Focusing on the extraordinary Lacemaker from the Musée du Louvre, this beautiful book investigates the subtle and enigmatic paintings by Johannes vermeer that celebrate the intimacy of the Dutch household. Moments frozen in paint that reveal young women sewing, reading or play-ing musical instruments, captured in vermeer’s uniquely luminous style, recreate a silent and often mysterious domestic realm, closed to the outside world, and inhabited almost exclusively by women and children.

Three internationally recognized experts in the fi eld explain why women engaged in mundane domestic tasks, or in pleasurable pastimes such as music making, writing letters, or adjusting their toilette, comprise some of the most popular Dutch paintings of the seventeenth century. Men are rarely featured in these images; when they are, it is usually in a subsidiary role or as conspicuous intruders into a quiet domestic world. Among the most intriguing of these compositions are those that consciously avoid any engagement with the viewer. Rather than acknowledging our presence, fi gures avert their gazes or turn their backs upon us; they stare moodily into space or focus intently on the activities at hand. In viewing these paintings, we have the impression that we have stumbled upon a private world kept hidden from casual regard.

The ravishingly beautiful paintings of vermeer are per-haps the most poetic evocations of this secretive world, but other 17th-century Dutch painters sought to imbue simple domestic scenes with an air of silent mystery, and the book features also works by some of the most important masters of 17th-century Dutch genre paint-ing, among them Gerard ter Borch, Gerrit Dou, Pieter de Hooch, Nicolaes Maes, and Jan Steen.

eXhibition scheDule: Fitzwilliam Museum, Cambridge10/05/11–01/15/12

Published in association with the Fitzwilliam Museum, Cambridge

MARJoRIE E. WIESEMAN is Curator of Dutch Paintings 1600–1800 at the National Gallery, London. WAyNE E. FRANITS is professor and chair of the Department of Fine Arts, Syracuse University. H. PERRy CHAPMAN is professor of art history at the University of Delaware.

November Art Cloth 978-0-300-17899-9 $35.00 224 pp. 7 1⁄2 x 10 60 color illus. World

134 Art and Architecture—General Interest

In the Picture Self-Portraits, 1958–2011

Lee Friedlander With an afterword by Richard Benson

A magnifi cent review of Lee Friedlander’s life and career, shown through his self-portraiture

Lee Friedlander (b. 1934) has been tackling the chal-lenge of self-portraiture throughout his prolifi c career. What began as an unorthodox investigation of the genre has become a masterful engagement spanning fi ve decades. In this extraordinary compilation, which includes hundreds of previously unpublished pictures, we follow the famous photographer through the years as his personal and creative lives unfold and intertwine.

Produced to the highest production standards and featuring over 400 duotone images—from his fi rst self-portraits, taken with cable release in hand, to recent images of the photographer with his family and extended network of friends—In the Picture explores Friedlander’s various guises throughout a rich and colorful life.

LEE FRIEDLANDER is a photographer based in New york City. RICHARD BENSoN is a photographer and former dean of the yale University School of Art.

Published in association with the Yale University Art Gallery

November Photography Paper over Board 978-0-300-17729-9 $75.00 468 pp. 9 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄2 450 duotone illus. World

135 Art and Architecture—General Interest YALE UNIVERSITY ART GALLERY

Stieglitz and His Artists Matisse to o’keeffe

Edited by Lisa Mintz Messinger Essays and entries by Magdalena Dabrowski, Cristel Hollevoet-Force, Lisa Mintz Messinger, Cora Michael, Jessica Murphy, Sabine Rewald, Samantha Rippner, and Thayer Tolles

“It’s not money or painting between us. But something above both.”—Stieglitz to artist Stanton Macdonald-Wright (1918)

A master photographer, Alfred Stieglitz was also a vision-ary promoter and avid collector of modern American and European art from the fi rst half of the 20th century. This publication is the fi rst fully illustrated catalogue of works in the unparalleled Alfred Stieglitz Collection, which was given to the Metropolitan Museum after Stieglitz’s death.

operating a succession of infl uential New york galleries between 1905 and 1946, Stieglitz exhibited many of the most important artists of the era, including Constantin Brancusi, Charles Demuth, Arthur Dove, Marsden Hartley, vasily kandinsky, John Marin, Henri Matisse, Georgia o’keeffe, Pablo Picasso, and Gino Severini. He assembled a vast collection of exceptional breadth and depth that has since become the cornerstone of the Metropolitan Museum’s holdings of modern art, con-taining such masterworks as Brancusi’s Sleeping Muse, Demuth’s I Saw the Figure 5 in Gold, Hartley’s Portrait of a German Offi cer, kandinsky’s Improvisation 27 (Garden of Love II), o’keeffe’s Black Iris and Picasso’s Woman Ironing and Standing Female Nude.

More than four hundred paintings, sculptures, draw-ings, and prints are presented in this catalogue, many of them published here for the fi rst time. Informative essays, augmented by archival photographs and let-ters, new scholarship, and technical analysis, bring this fascinating period to life by focusing on the relation-ships these artists developed with Stieglitz and with one another.

LISA MINTz MESSINGER is associate curator in the Department of Nineteenth-Century, Modern, and Contemporary Art at The Metropolitan Museum of Art.

Unidentifi ed photographer. Artists at Mount Kisco, 1912. Black-and-white print, 4 3⁄4 x 6 1⁄4 in. (12 x 16 cm). Property of Walkowitz family. Abraham Walkowitz Papers, Archives of American Art, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. From left to right: Paul Haviland, Abraham Walkowitz, Katharine N. Rhoades, Mrs. Alfred Stieglitz, Agnes Ernst (Mrs. Eugene Meyer), Alfred Stieglitz, J. B. Kerfoot, John Marin

eXhibition scheDule: The Metropolitan Museum of Art10/13/11–01/02/12

Published by The Metropolitan Museum of Art/Distributed by Yale University Press

November Art Cloth 978-0-300-17588-2 $65.00 352 pp. 9 x 10 760 color illus. World

136 THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART Art and Architecture—General Interest

Sol LeWitt Structures, 1965–2005

Edited by Nicholas Baume With essays by Nicholas Baume, Rachel Haidu, Anna Lovatt, Joe Madura, and kirsten SwensonForeword by Susan k. Freedman

A fascinating look at LeWitt’s deceptively simple geometric sculptures, which epitomize the artist’s aim “to recreate art” by starting

“from square one”

Sol LeWitt (1928–2007), renowned for his role in estab-lishing Conceptualism and Minimalism as dominant art movements in the postwar era, is perhaps best known for his masterful and brilliantly colored wall drawings. Throughout his career, however, LeWitt also created many remarkable three-dimensional works suitable for display in outdoor settings. In this handsome publication, which accompanies the fi rst major career survey of LeWitt’s “structures,” the artist’s modular works are traced from their simplest mani-festation in a single large-scale cube through multiple variations, with examples from the 1960s through the 1990s. Works from the 1980s onward explore the three-dimensional possibilities of diverse geometric forms, such as stars, and the introduction of new materials, including concrete block and fi berglass, stimulating experimentation with non-geometric, irregular forms on an increasing scale.

The book includes an essay by Nicholas Baume and Joe Madura that provides a historical and critical context for the structures. Additional essays by Rachel Haidu, Anna Lovatt, and kirsten Swenson provide fresh art-historical commentary, ranging from the problematic of site for LeWitt’s initial structures to the integral rela-tionship between his drawings and three-dimensional works. Stunning color plates record the works on dis-play in New york’s City Hall Park, supplemented by archival and historical documentation.

NICHoLAS BAUME is director and chief curator, Public Art Fund.

Sol LeWitt, Splotch #15 (2005). Acrylic on fi berglass, 12 ft. x 8 ft. 4 in. x 6 ft. 8 in. View from “Sol LeWitt on the Roof: Splotches, Whirls, and Twirls” (April 26–October 30, 2005), The Iris and B. Gerald Cantor Roof Garden. Image © The Metropolitan Museum of Art

eXhibition scheDule:City Hall Park, New York05/24/11–12/02/11

Distributed for the Public Art Fund, New York City

November Art Cloth 978-0-300-17861-6 $50.00 226 pp. 10 x 12 150 color illus. World

137 Art and Architecture—General Interest

Heavenly Lake and Flying Waterfall, 1961. Hanging scroll, ink and color on paper, 105.6 x 60 cm. Nanjing Museum

eXhibition scheDule: Cleveland Museum of Art10/16/11–01/08/12The Metropolitan Museum of Art01/30/12–04/29/12

Published in association with the Cleveland Museum of Art

November Art PB-Flexibound 978-0-300-16974-4 $50.00 256 pp. 9 x 11 115 color + 30 b/w illus. World

Chinese Art in an Age of Revolution Fu Baoshi (1904–1965) Edited by Anita Chung With contributions by Julia F. Andrews, Tamaki Maeda, kuiyi Shen, and Aida yuen Wong

one of the preeminent fi gures in 20th-century Chinese art, Fu Baoshi (1904–1965) revolutionized the tradition of Chinese ink painting, opening the door to innovations by subsequent generations. As both an art historian and a painter, he directed his work toward protecting cultural heritage in times of war and revolution. From traditional-style landscape and fi gure painting to political artwork manifesting state ideology during the Mao era, Fu’s work demonstrates his search for a unique artistic language that speaks for the self and the nation. Using native tradition as an essential element, Fu’s artistic modernity defi ned Chinese art as a discipline distinct from Western and international socialist art of the time.

Chinese Art in an Age of Revolution is the fi rst comprehensive retrospective of Fu’s work to be published in the West. The book includes more than 100 artworks that demonstrate his stylistic transformation across several decades. Insightful essays offer the latest scholarship on Fu’s life and art, Japan’s impact on modern Chinese art, and art and politics in China’s tur-bulent 20th century.

ANITA CHUNG is curator of Chinese art at the Cleveland Museum of Art.

Attributed to Abd al-Aziz, The Shah’s Wise Men Approve Zal’s Marriage: From the Shahnama (Book of Kings) of Shah Tahmasp, ca. 1525–30. The Metropolitan Museum of Art. Gift of Arthur A. Houghton Jr., 190 (1970.301.13)

Published by The MetropolitanMuseum of Art/Distributed by Yale University Press

November Art Hardcover with Slipcase 978-0-300-17586-8 $200.00 sc 300 pp. 12 1⁄2 x 17 1⁄4 300 color illus. World

The Shahnama of Shah Tahmasp The Persian Book of kings Introduction by Sheila R. Canby one of the most voluminous epics of world literature, the Shahnama (or

“Book of kings”) narrates the history of the ancient kings of Iran, from their mythical beginnings to the Arab conquest in 651 A.D. Although illustrated copies of the poem were commissioned by numerous Iranian kings, the Shahnama of Shah Tahmasp (r. 1524–1576) is arguably the most important and beautifully illustrated version ever produced. It was created by two gen-erations of the most renowned early-16th-century artists at the royal atelier in Tabriz, the fi rst capital of the Safavid dynasty. Characterized by calligra-phy, painting, and illuminations of exquisite quality and artistic originality, the volume is considered one of the highest achievements in the arts of the book.

After its creation, the Shahnama of Shah Tahmasp traveled through sev-eral royal collections until it was broken up and dispersed in the 20th century. Now, for the fi rst time, all 258 illuminated pages of this famous volume are reproduced in color and close to their original size in this sumptuous publication.

SHEILA R. CANBy is the Patti Cadby Birch Curator in Charge of the Department of Islamic Art at The Metropolitan Museum of Art.

138 Art and Architecture—General Interest

Neither East nor West Masterpieces from the Department of Islamic Art in The Metropolitan Museum of Art

Maryam Ekhtiar, Priscilla Soucek, Sheila R. Canby, and Navina Najat Haidar Introduction by Sheila R. Canby

An in-depth and comprehensive study of art from the Islamic world based on the preeminent collection in the Metropolitan Museum

This lavish and informative book explores the great diversity and range of Islamic culture through one of the fi nest collections in the world. Published to coin-cide with the historic reopening of the galleries of the Metropolitan Museum’s Islamic Art Department, it presents nearly three hundred masterworks created in the rich tradition of the Islamic faith and culture.

The Metropolitan’s renowned holdings range chrono-logically from the origins of Islam in the 7th century through the 19th century, and geographically from as far west as Spain to as far east as Southeast Asia. A wide variety of media is also represented: miniature paintings and illuminated manuscripts, ceramics, tex-tiles, carpets, glass, and metalwork. While some of the highlighted objects were originally intended solely for use during worship, others—created as domestic and luxury objects—refl ect the mutual infl uence of artistic practice in the sacred and secular realms. Many dis-play the rich traditions of calligraphy, arabesque, and geometric patterning that distinguish the arts of the Islamic world.

With seven informative essays and almost three hun-dred illustrated catalogue entries—supplemented by a history of the collection, a glossary, a bibliography, and an index—this comprehensive overview engages both the general reader and the specialist.

SHEILA R. CANBy is the Patti Cadby Birch Curator in Charge of the Department of Islamic Art at The Metropolitan Museum of Art. MARyAM EkHTIAR is senior research associate, NAvINA NAJAT HAIDAR is associate curator and administrator, and PRISCILLA SoUCEk is senior consultant, all in the Department of Islamic Art, The Metropolitan Museum of Art, New york.

Chapter 8, Shah Jahan Album, India (ca. 1645). Ink, colors, and gold on paper. Purchase, Rogers Fund and The Kevorkian Foundation Gift, 1955

Published by The Metropolitan Museum of Art/Distributed by Yale University Press

November Art Cloth 978-0-300-17585-1 $65.00 400 pp. 9 x 11 450 color illus. World

139 Art and Architecture—General Interest THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART

Storytelling in Japanese Painting Masako Watanabe

Exquisite and rarely-seen paintings illustrating classic Japanese stories animate this engaging and accessible publication

Nearly as old as humanity itself is the impulse to tell and illustrate stories. In Japan, the narrative drive has been expressed both in sweeping literary sagas (such as the celebrated Tale of Genji) and in long, detailed, stun-ningly beautiful handscrolls. Storytelling in Japanese Painting presents seventeen classic Japanese stories—tales romantic and horrifying, epic and meditative—as told through 30 remarkable scrolls, ranging from the 13th to 19th centuries. Among them are the supernat-ural Great Woven Cap; the story of the valiant Peach Boy and his battle against the ogres; the 11th-century psychological novel The Tale of Genji; and the politi-cal allegory Tale of a Strange Marriage. Each scroll is accompanied by a brief relation of the tale being illustrated, while the book’s introduction discusses the history and tradition of storytelling in Japanese art. A series of multiple gatefolds allows many of these scrolls to be appreciated in detail, while preserving the sweep and grandeur of these complex, colorful, evocative works of visual and narrative wonder.

MASAko WATANABE is senior research associate in the department of Asian art at The Metropolitan Museum of Art.

Ukita Ikkei (1795–1859), Tale of a Strange Marriage, Edo Period (1615–1868); Handscroll; ink and color on paper; 11 ¾ in. x 25 ft. 6 in. (29.8 x 777.2 cm);57.156.7

eXhibition scheDule: The Metropolitan Museum of Art11/19/11–05/06/12

Published by The Metropolitan Museum of Art/Distributed by Yale University Press

December Art PB-with Flaps 978-0-300-17590-5 $25.00 128 pp. 9 x 8 40 color illus. World

140 THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART Art and Architecture—General Interest

The Renaissance Portrait From Donatello to Bellini

Edited by keith Christiansen and Stefan Weppelmann With essays by Patricia Lee Rubin, Beverly Louise Brown, Peter Humfrey, and Rudolf PreimesbergerContributions by Andrea Bayer, Francesco Caglioti, Eleonara Luciano, and Stephen k. Scher

Accompanying a major international exhibition, this catalogue features outstanding portraits in a variety of media, and provides a comprehensive study of Italy’s great age of portraiture

In the words of the historian Jacob Burkhardt, 15th-century Italy was “the place where the notion of the individual was born.” In keeping with this notion, early Renaissance Italy also hosted the fi rst great age of por-traiture in Europe. Artists working in Florence, venice, and the courts of Italy created magnifi cent portrayals of the people around them—heads of state and church, patrons, scholars, poets, artists—concentrating for the fi rst time on producing recognizable likenesses and expressions of personality.

Written by a team of international scholars, TheRenaissance Portrait provides new research and insight into the early history of portraiture. Unlike most surveys of Renaissance art, it introduces and studies in detail the three major Italian art centers of the 15th century, exploring how the rapid development of portraiture was closely linked to Renaissance society and politics, ideals of the individual, and concepts of beauty. Close to 190 works, in media ranging from painting and manuscript illumination to marble sculpture and bronze med-als, created by artists that include Donatello, Filippo Lippi, Botticelli, verrocchio, Ghirlandaio, Pisanello, Mantegna, Giovanni Bellini, and Antonello da Messina, are illustrated and extensively discussed.

kEITH CHRISTIANSEN is John Pope-Hennessy Chairman of European Paintings at The Metropolitan Museum of Art. STEFAN WEPPELMANN is curator of early Italian and Spanish painting at the Gemäldegalerie in Berlin.

eXhibition scheDule: Bode Museum, Berlin08/25/11–11/20/11The Metropolitan Museum of Art12/21/11–03/18/12

Published by The Metropolitan Museum of Art/Distributed by Yale University Press

November Art Cloth 978-0-300-17591-2 $65.00 440 pp. 9 x 11 275 color illus. World

141 Art and Architecture—General Interest THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART

Contested visions in the Spanish Colonial World Edited by Ilona katzew

An absorbing discussion of the myriad depictions of the indigenous people of Mexico and Peru in colonial times

Contested Visions offers a comparative view of the two principal viceroyalties of Spanish America: Mexico and Peru. Spanning developments from the 15th to the 19th century, this ambitious book looks at the many ways and contexts in which indigenous peoples were repre-sented in art of the early modern period—by colonial artists, European artists, and themselves. More than two hundred works of art, including paintings, sculp-tures, illustrated books, maps, codices, manuscripts, and other materials such as textiles, keros, and feather works, are reproduced in full-color illustrations, dem-onstrating the rich variety of these artistic approaches.

A collection of essays by an international team of dis-tinguished scholars in the fi eld uncovers the different meanings and purposes behind these depictions of native populations of the Americas. These experts explore the role of the visual arts in negotiating a sense of place in late pre-Columbian and colonial Latin America. They address a range of important topics, such as the construct of the Indian as a good Christian; how Amerindians drew on their pre-Columbian past to stake out a place within the Spanish body politic; their participation in festive rites; and their role as art-ists. Lavishly illustrated, this ambitious book provides a compelling and original framework by which to understand the intersection of vision and power in the Spanish colonial world.

ILoNA kATzEW is curator and Co-Department Head of Latin American art at the Los Angeles County Museum of Art.

Our Lady of Cocharcas under the Baldaquin, 18th century, private collection.

eXhibition scheDule: Los Angeles County Museum of Art11/06/11–01/29/12

Distributed for the Los Angeles County Museum of Art

November Art Cloth 978-0-300-17664-3 $70.00 320 pp. 10 x 12 220 color illus. World

142 Art and Architecture—General Interest

Heroic Africans Legendary Leaders, Iconic Sculptures

Alisa LaGamma

Challenging conventional understanding of key masterpieces of African sculpture, this important book acknowledges the eminent fi gures who inspired the works and the cultural values that informed them

over the centuries, artists across sub-Saharan Africa have memorialized eminent fi gures in their societies using an astonishingly diverse repertoire of naturalistic and abstract sculptural idioms. The arrival of Europeans as traders, then as colonizers, led to the isolation of many of these sculptures from their original sites, as well as from the contexts in which they were conceived; thus, today, they are seen primarily as timeless representa-tions of generic archetypes. This extensively illustrated publication reexamines major landmarks of African art in terms of the individuals who inspired them and the cultural values that informed them, providing insight into the hidden meaning and inspiration behind these great artistic achievements.

Heroic Africans considers the landmark sculptural traditions of the kingdom of Benin and the Ife civi-lization in Nigeria; the Akan peoples of Ghana; the Bangwa, kom, and related chiefdoms of the Cameroon Grassfi elds; the Chokwe of Angola and zambia; and the Luluwa, Hemba, and kuba of the Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC). Some 106 masterpieces created between the 12th and the early 20th century—complemented by maps, drawings, and excavation and documentary photographs—reveal the religious and aesthetic conventions that defi ned distinct regional genres of representation.

ALISA LAGAMMA is Curator in the Department of the Arts of Africa, oceania, and the Americas at The Metropolitan Museum of Art.

eXhibition scheDule: The Metropolitan Museum of Art09/20/11–01/29/12Rietberg Museum, ZürichFebruary 2012–April 2012

Published by The Metropolitan Museum of Art/Distributed by Yale University Press

November Art Cloth 978-0-300-17584-4 $60.00 320 pp. 8 1⁄2 x 11 1⁄2 200 color + 80 b/w illus. World

143 Art and Architecture—General Interest THE METROPOLITAN MUSEUM OF ART

Machiko Agano (b. 1953), Untitled, 2011. Five pieces, inkjet-printed mirror sheet.

eXhibition scheDule: Tama Art University MuseumJune 2011Japan Society Gallery09/16/11–12/18/11

Distributed for Japan Society

October Art/Decorative Arts PB-with Flaps 978-0-300-17576-9 $35.00 126 pp. 9 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄2 50 color illus. World

Fiber Futures Japan’s Textile Pioneers Joe Earle and Hiroko Watanabe Japan is a world leader in fi ber arts, with practitioners whose deep under-standing of inherited materials and techniques has given them freedom to move beyond traditional utility to create innovative and beautiful works of art. Fiber Futures features some twenty-fi ve artists, from seasoned veterans to relative newcomers. It examines such topics as the relationship between traditional and contemporary practice; the role of creators with a “fi ne-art” orientation in appropriating, and sometimes helping to preserve, traditional craft technologies; the challenges and opportunities for handcraft technol-ogies in an age of mass production; and issues of Japanese “authenticity” versus globalism.

This handsome book shows how the medium has advanced and diversifi ed dramatically over the past decade and focuses on sculptural and installation works. The remarkable pieces are made of materials ranging from ethereal silk gauze through banana-bark and handmade paper to fi ne steel thread, synthetics, and glass fi ber, using methods that are sometimes deeply tra-ditional, but sometimes employ the latest weaving and dyeing technology.

JoE EARLE is vice-President and Director, Japan Society Gallery. HIRoko WATANABE is Professor Emerita of Tama Art University and President of International Textile Network Japan.

eXhibition scheDule: The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston11/13/11–02/05/12

Distributed for the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston

November Decorative Arts/Design Cloth 978-0-300-16996-6 $75.00 320 pp. 9 5⁄8 x 12 364 color illus. World

New Formations Czech Avant-Garde Art and Modern Glass from the Roy and Mary Cullen Collection karel Srp and Lenka Bydžovská With Jan Mergl and Alison de Lima Greene

Houston collectors Mary and Roy Cullen visited Czechoslovakia just after the velvet Revolution in 1989 and became captivated by Czech art. They began collecting 20th-century modernist and avant-garde works in a vari-ety of media, including paintings, photography, collages, drawings, artists’ books, and glass. This generously illustrated catalogue is the fi rst to detail their extensive collection.

An interview with the Cullens traces the evolution of their collection, and noted Czech scholars karel Srp and Lenka Bydžovská delve into their in-depth holdings of landmark journals and artists’ books, which include works by prominent artists such as Toyen, Josef Šíma, karel Teige, and Jindrich Štyrský. The publication presents original texts by artists and writers of the period, many of which have been translated into English for the fi rst time. Another focus of the book is the tradition of Czech glass art and its technical and artistic innovations, described in detail by glass expert Jan Mergl. New Formations brings these various facets of Czech artistic output together to demonstrate the rich contributions of Czech artists in the 20th century.

kAREL SRP is a curator at the City Gallery Prague. LENkA ByDŽovSkÁ is a researcher at the Institute of Art History of the Czech Academy of Sciences, Prague.

144 Art and Architecture—General Interest

eXhibition scheDule: The Menil Collection10/21/11–03/04/12

Distributed for the Menil Collection

November Art Cloth 978-0-300-16968-3 $50.00 160 pp. 8 3⁄4 x 11 85 color illus. World

Imprinting the Divine Byzantine and Russian Icons from The Menil Collection Annemarie Weyl Carr, Bertrand Davezac, and Clare Elliott The Menil houses one of the most important collections of Byzantine and Russian icons in the United States—a collection that spans over one thou-sand years, from the 7th to the 18th century. Understanding the power of this art form, seldom recognized outside of Russia and Greece, Dominique de Menil assembled the collection in the 1980s. Imprinting the Divine pres-ents sixty of these exquisite works in full color, many of which have never been published, accompanied by essays that explore the history and artistry of these precious images.

Christian orthodoxy developed in the Near East during the Byzantine Empire and eventually spread to the surrounding regions of Greece, Russia, Serbia, and Bulgaria. Along with the practices of the faith came the tradi-tion of icons, which varied stylistically by region. Most often painted on wooden panels, these icons are more than just depictions of holy people; they are, in effect, holy images that transcend time and place. These works had to be recognizable and true to their subjects, but they also blended familiar elements to generate new messages.

ANNEMARIE WEyL CARR is a university distinguished professor emerita of art his-tory at Southern Methodist University. BERTRAND DAvEzAC is a scholar of early medieval art and a former curator at The Menil Collection. CLARE ELLIoTT is assistant curator at The Menil Collection.

Kem Weber, designer, LC-52-A Lounge Chair, 1935. Chromium-plated steel, birch plywood, and velour, 29 1⁄2 x 25 x 39 1⁄2 in. (74.9 x 63.5 x 100.3 cm). Yale University Art Gallery. Purchased with the Friends of American Arts Acquisition and John P. Axelrod, B.A. 1968, Funds, 2007.40.1

Published in association with the Yale University Art Gallery

December Art/Design/Decorative Arts Cloth 978-0-300-15301-9 $75.00 432 pp. 9 x 12 329 color + 19 b/w illus. World

A Modern World American Design from the yale University Art Gallery,1920–1950 John Stuart Gordon With an introduction by Sandy Isenstadt and contributionsby keely orgeman, Emily M. orr, Pan Wendt, Justin Woo, and Diane C. Wright

The yale University Art Gallery is home to an amazing collection of American decorative arts. A Modern World provides a comprehensive look at the Gallery’s holdings of modernist design made in America or for the American market. The catalogue features a mix of high-style decorative arts, industrial design, and everyday objects, including furniture by Paul T. Frankl, handwrought sterling silver, Ruth Reeves textiles, mass-produced Revere housewares, and costume jewelry. The authors consider modern-ism broadly, establishing a context for the objects within larger international developments in painting, sculpture, decorative arts, and architecture. Entries are arranged in a series of chronological, thematic groups, offer-ing new and compelling juxtapositions. Each group is introduced by an essay that presents the social, ideological, and aesthetic themes that unify the objects.

JoHN STUART GoRDoN is Benjamin Attmore Hewitt Assistant Curator of American Decorative Arts at the yale University Art Gallery.

145 Art and Architecture—General Interest

Sherrie Levine: MAyHEM Johanna Burton With contributions by Thomas Crow, David Joselit, Maria H. Loh, Howard Singerman, Carrie Springer, Elisabeth Sussman, and Adam D. Weinberg

This wonderful and much-anticipated survey presents an overview of Levine’s photographs, works on paper, paintings, and sculptures from the 1970s to the present

Although the American artist and conceptual photog-rapher Sherrie Levine (b. 1947) has been the subject of much critical discourse for the past thirty years, she has not been the subject of a comprehensive survey–until now. This handsome volume, created in close collabora-tion with the artist, contains 100 color images that cover the full range of Levine’s practice, from classic photo-graphic works and sculptures to lesser-known drawings, paintings, and objects. A selection of writings by the artist and several essays by distinguished art historians augment the artworks.

While much of Levine’s art has a historical basis—drawing on existing imagery from both high and low culture—her early and continued engagement with dig-ital technology places her fi rmly within a contemporary context, in which the borrowing, reframing, and repro-duction of imagery have become second nature. This book acknowledges the central role Levine has played in the history of appropriation, and also draws attention to her practice of using repetition, serial images, and the pairing of objects, thereby highlighting conceptual threads that run through her work. Above all, however, the publication focuses on the materiality of Levine’s art, emphasizing its powerfully seductive nature.

JoHANNA BURToN is director of the graduate program, Center for Curatorial Studies, Bard College.

Sherrie Levine, La Fortune (After Man Ray), 1990. Felt, mahogany, and resin. 33 x 110 x 60 in. (83.8 x 279.4 x 152.4 cm) overall. © Sherrie Levine

eXhibition scheDule: Whitney Museum of American Art11/10/11–mid-February 2012

Distributed for the Whitney Museum of American Art

December Art Cloth over Board 978-0-300-17596-7 $60.00 272 pp. 9 3⁄8 x 11 3⁄4 150 color illus. World

146 WHITNEY MUSEUM OF AMERICAN ART Art and Architecture—General Interest

The Radical Camera New york’s Photo League, 1936–1951

Mason klein and Catherine Evans

An in-depth look at the infl uential Photo League, whose blend of aesthetics and social activism advanced modern photography

Artists in the Photo League, active from 1936 to 1951, were known for capturing sharply revealing, compel-ling moments from everyday life. Their focus centered on New york City and its vibrant streets—a newsboy at work, a brass band on a bustling corner, a crowded beach at Coney Island. Though beautiful, the images harbor strong social commentary on issues of class, child labor, and opportunity. The Radical Camera explores the fascinating blend of aesthetics and social activism at the heart of the Photo League, tracing the group’s left-leaning roots and idealism to the worker-photography movement in Europe. Infl uenced by mentors Lewis Hine, Berenice Abbott, and Paul Strand, artists in the Photo League worked within a unique complex com-prising a school, a darkroom, a gallery, and a salon, in which photography was discussed as both a means for social change and an art form. The infl uence of the Photo League artists on modern photography was enor-mous, ushering in the New york School.

Presenting 150 works of the members of the Photo League alongside complementary essays that offer new interpretations of the League’s work, ideas, and pedagogy, this beautifully illustrated book features art-ists including Margaret Bourke-White, Sid Grossman, Morris Engel, Lisette Model, Ruth orkin, Walter Rosenblum, Aaron Siskind, W. Eugene Smith, and Weegee, among many others.

MASoN kLEIN is curator at The Jewish Museum, New york. He is the author of Modigliani: Beyond the Myth and Alias Man Ray. CATHERINE EvANS is the William and Sarah Ross Soter Curator of Photography at the Columbus Museum of Art.

eXhibition scheDule: The Jewish Museum11/06/11–03/25/12Columbus Museum of Art04/20/12–08/26/12Contemporary Jewish Museum10/11/12–01/21/13Norton Museum of Art, Palm Beach01/12/13–04/14/13

Published in association with The Jewish Museum, New York

December Photography Cloth 978-0-300-14687-5 $50.00 224 pp. 9 3⁄8 x 11 150 duotone + 76 b/w illus. World

147 Art and Architecture—General Interest THE JEWISH MUSEUM

Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago

December Art Cloth 978-0-300-17574-5 $50.00 160 pp. 9 1⁄2 x 12 110 color illus. World

The Age of American Impressionism Edited by Judith A. Barter With contributions by Judith A. Barter, Sarah E. kelly, Denise Mahoney, and Ellen E. Roberts

Although renowned for its holdings of works by French Impressionists, the Art Institute of Chicago also houses a wealth of superb examples by American proponents of this distinctive style. The collection includes works by such notable artists as Cecilia Beaux, George Bellows, Mary Cassatt, William Merritt Chase, Childe Hassam, Winslow Homer, George Inness, Maurice Prendergast, John Singer Sargent, John Twachtman, and James McNeill Whistler, as well as by lesser-known artists who worked within the Impressionist vein.

This beautiful volume features around ninety objects—paintings, water-colors, pastels, and prints—several of which have never been published, and others that have recently been restored to their original glory. In addition to tracing the development of Impressionism in America, this engaging book also tells the story of Sara Tyson Hallowell, a collector and art agent whose efforts to promote Impressionism through exhibitions in Chicago in the 1880s helped establish the emergent style in the United States.

JUDITH A. BARTER is chair and Field-McCormick Curator of American Art; SARAH E. kELLy is the Henry and Gilda Buchbinder Family Associate Curator of American Art; DENISE MAHoNEy is collection manager and research assistant in the Department of American Art; and ELLEN E. RoBERTS is associate curator of American art, all at the Art Institute of Chicago.

Dan Graham (American, born 1942), Binocular Zoom (Parallax or Distance between the Eyes), 1969–70.Gelatin silver print and text on board, 57.5 x 101.8 x 2.5 (frame), Private collection.

eXhibition scheDule: The Art Institute of Chicago12/11/11–03/11/12

Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago January Art/Photography

Cloth 978-0-300-15971-4 $60.00 288 pp. 9 1⁄2 x 12 75 color + 125 b/w illus. World

Light years Conceptual Art and the Photograph, 1964–1977 Edited by Matthew S. Witkovsky Essays by Mark Godfrey, Robin kelsey, Anne Rorimer, Giuliano Sergio, Joshua Shannon, and Matthew S. Witkovsky

Photography played a critical role in conceptual art of the 1960s and 1970s, as artists turned to photography as both medium and subject matter. Light Years offers the fi rst major survey of the key artists of this period who used photography to new and inventive ends. Whereas some employed pho-tographic images to create slide projections, photographic canvases, and artists’ books, others integrated them into sculptural assemblages and multimedia installations. This book highlights the work of acclaimed inter-national artists such as vito Acconci, John Baldessari, Mel Bochner, Sol LeWitt, Bruce Nauman, Giuseppe Penone, and Ed Ruscha.

Matthew Witkovsky’s essay provides the larger context for photography within conceptual art, a theme that is further elaborated in texts by Mark Godfrey, Anne Rorimer, and Joshua Shannon. An essay by Robin kelsey focuses on the pioneering work of John Baldessari in which he explored the element of chance, and an essay by Giuliano Sergio illuminates the lesser-known work of Arte Povera, an Italian movement that sought to dismantle established conventions in both the making and presentation of art.

MATTHEW S. WITkovSky is chair and curator of photography at The Art Institute of Chicago.

148 Art and Architecture—General Interest

American vanguards Graham, Davis, Gorky, de kooning, and Their Circle, 1927–1942

William C. Agee, Irving Sandler, and karen Wilkin

A new examination of the art and infl uence of artist John Graham and his circle, whose works and ideas contributed to the advancement of American modernism in the interwar period

The enigmatic and charismatic John Graham (1886–1961) was an important infl uence on his fellow New york artists in the 1920s through 1940s. Graham and his circle, which included Stuart Davis, Arshile Gorky, and Willem de kooning, helped redefi ne ideas of what painting and sculpture could be. They, along with others in Graham’s orbit, such as Jackson Pollock and David Smith, played a critical role in developing and defi ning American modernism. American Vanguards showcases about eighty-seven works of art from this vital period that demonstrate the interconnections, common sources, and shared stimuli among the mem-bers of Graham’s circle.

Three essays by notable scholars investigate the complex relationships among Graham and his New york artist-colleagues during this formative period. William C. Agee positions Graham and his circle within the movement of New Classicism, which drew upon classical and Renaissance examples in an attempt to overcome the devastation of World War I. Irving Sandler focuses on the social, political, and intellec-tual dynamics among Davis, Gorky, Graham, and de kooning in the mid-1930s. karen Wilkin discusses the circumstances that brought these artists together, their common commitment to modernism, and the fascinat-ing artistic cross-fertilization evident in their work. This critical reconsideration sheds new light on the New york School, Abstract Expressionism, and the vitality of American modernism between the two world wars.

WILLIAM C. AGEE is Evelyn kranes kossak Professor of Art History at Hunter College. IRvING SANDLER and kAREN WILkIN are dis-tinguished independent curators, scholars, and critics.

eXhibition scheDule: Neuberger Museum of Art01/29/12–04/28/12Amon Carter Museum06/09/12–08/19/12Addison Gallery of American Art09/21/12–12/31/12San Jose Museum of Art02/01/13–06/02/13

Published in association with the Addison Gallery of American Art

December Art Cloth 978-0-300-12167-4 $65.00 256 pp. 9 x 11 123 color + 11 b/w illus. World

149 Art and Architecture—General Interest ADDISON GALLERY OF AMERICAN ART

Seated Dainichi Nyorai. Important Cultural Property. Heian period, 11th century. Lacquered wood. Tokyo National Museum.

eXhibition scheDule: The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston02/17/12–05/06/12

Distributed for the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston

January Art Hardcover with Slipcase 978-0-300-17593-6 $45.00 144 pp. 7 1⁄8 x 9 1⁄2 35 color illus. World

Elegant Perfection Masterpieces of Courtly and Religious Art from the Tokyo National Museum Tokyo National Museum staff With contributions by Melissa McCormick

As the oldest and largest museum in Japan, the Tokyo National Museum houses a vast collection of culturally important artworks. Elegant Perfection highlights twenty-six masterpieces from this esteemed collection, and together these objects tell the story of the country’s artistic development from the prehistoric Jo-mon era through the 19th century. Essays by experts at the Tokyo National Museum offer insights into how Buddhist art evolved in Japan, and how the aesthetics valued by Japanese courtly society, initially infl uenced by Chinese Tang culture, gradually became more distinctly Japanese. Melissa McCormick contributes an essay that demonstrates the connections between the realms of courtly and religious art in Japan.

The featured works include exquisite examples of painting, sculpture, calligraphy, metalwork, ceramics, and lacquerware. Among them are an 11th-century inscribed poetry compilation, lacquered musical instruments, Edo-period ceramics produced for tea ceremonies, and Buddhist sculpture, painting, and ritual objects. This publication offers a rare opportunity to discover the history and signifi cance of these treasured works of art.

MELISSA McCoRMICk is professor of Japanese art and culture at Harvard University.

Published in association with the Art Institute of Chicago

May Art Paper 978-0-300-17724-4 $50.00 Cloth 978-0-300-15527-3 S ’10 $65.00 368 pp. 9 3⁄4 x 12 3⁄4 515 color + 138 b/w illus. World

Recently published in paper

Matisse Radical Invention, 1913–1917 Stephanie D’Alessandro and John Elderfi eld The works that Henri Matisse (1869–1954) executed between late 1913 and 1917 are among his most demanding, experimental, and enigmatic. often sharply composed, heavily reworked, and dominated by the colors black and gray, these compositions are rigorously abstracted and purged of nearly all descriptive detail. This handsome book represents the fi rst sustained examination of Matisse’s output from this important period, revealing fascinating information about his working method, experimental techniques, and compositional choices uncovered through extensive new historical, technical, and scientifi c research. It features in-depth studies of individual works such as Bathers by a River and The Moroccans, which Matisse himself counted as among the most pivotal of his career, and facili-tates a greater understanding of the artist’s innovative process and radical stylistic evolution.

STEPHANIE D’ALESSANDRo is the Gary C. and Frances Comer Curator of Modern Art at the Art Institute of Chicago. JoHN ELDERFIELD is the Chief Curator Emeritus of Painting and Sculpture at the Museum of Modern Art.

150 Art and Architecture—General Interest

Distributed for the Sterling and Francine Clark Art Institute

February Art Cloth 978-0-300-17564-6 $60.00 sc 160 pp. 9 1⁄2 x 11 78 color illus. World

Recently published

Eye to Eye European Portraits, 1450–1850 Richard Rand and kathleen M. Morris With an essay by David Ekserdjian

Portraiture is an enduring genre that has captivated artists and viewers for hundreds of years. From the late 15th through the early 19th century, art-ists continued to fi nd new ways of approaching the portrait by exploring a range of styles, strategies, and themes. In this beautiful book, noted scholars discuss these various approaches and explain how they apply to specifi c examples, focusing on thirty superb portraits drawn from a distinguished private collection.

Although many of these portraits are by renowned artists such as Lucas Cranach the Elder, Jacques-Louis David, Jean-Baptiste Greuze, Hans Memling, and Anthony van Dyck, others testify to the talents of lesser-known artists who are equally deserving of attention. Moreover, several of the featured paintings are previously unpublished, including works by Giovanni Battista Moroni, Parmigianino, Jusepe de Ribera, and Peter Paul Rubens.

RICHARD RAND is the Robert and Martha Berman Lipp Senior Curator, and kATHLEEN M. MoRRIS is the Sylvia and Leonard Marx Director of Collections and Exhibitions at the Sterling and Francine Clark Art Institute.

Published for the Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in British Art

August Art Cloth 978-0-300-17568-4 $80.00 sc 304 pp. 7 1⁄2 x 10 40 color + 100 b/w illus. World

Empire to Nation Art, History and the visualization of Maritime Britain,1768–1829 Geoff Quilley Empire to Nation offers a new consideration of the image of the sea in British visual culture during a critical period for both the rise of the visual arts in Britain and the expansion of the nation’s imperial power. It argues that maritime imagery was central to cultivating a sense of nationhood in relation to rapidly expanding geographical knowledge and burgeoning imperial ambition. At the same time, the growth of the maritime empire presented new opportunities for artistic enterprise.

Taking as its starting point the year 1768, which marks the foundation of the Royal Academy and the launch of Captain Cook’s fi rst circumnavigation, it asserts that this was not just an interesting coincidence but symptomatic of the relationship between art and empire. This relationship was offi -cially sanctioned in the establishment of the Naval Gallery at Greenwich Hospital and the installation there of J. M. W. Turner’s great Battle of Trafalgar in 1829, the year that closes this study. Between these two poles, the book traces a changing historical discourse that informed visual repre-sentation of maritime subjects

GEoFF QUILLEy is senior lecturer in art history at the University of Sussex. He was formerly curator of fi ne art at the National Maritime Museum, Greenwich, London.

151 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles

Published for the Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in British Art

August History/Art Cloth 978-0-300-17382-6 $95.00 sc 400 pp. 9 x 11 80 color + 200 b/w illus. World

vauxhall Gardens A History David E. Coke and Alan Borg From their early beginnings in the Restoration until the fi nal closure in Queen victoria’s reign, vauxhall Gardens developed from a rural tavern and place of assignation into a dream-world fi lled with visual arts and music, and fi nally into a commercial site of mass entertainment. By the 18th cen-tury, vauxhall was crucial to the cultural and fashionable life of the country, patronized by all levels of society, from royal dukes to penurious servants.

In the fi rst book on the subject for over fi fty years, Alan Borg and David E. Coke reveal the teeming life, the spectacular art and the ever-present music of vauxhall in fascinating detail. Borg and Coke’s historical exposi-tion of the entire history of the gardens makes a major contribution to the study of London entertainments, art, music, sculpture, class and ideology. It reveals how vauxhall linked high and popular culture in ways that look forward to the manner in which both art and entertainment have evolved in modern times.

DAvID E. CokE was formerly the Curator of Gainsborough’s House Trust, Sudbury, Suffolk, and Director of Pallant House Gallery Trust, Chichester. ALAN BoRG is a former Director of two of Britain’s national museums, the victoria and Albert Museum and the Imperial War Museum. He lives in London.

eXhibition scheDule: The National Gallery, London06/22/11–09/18/11

Published by National Gallery Company/Distributed by Yale University Press

August Art Paper 978-1-85709-523-4 $18.00 sc 96 pp. 8 1⁄4 x 8 1⁄4 100 color illus. World

Forests, Rocks, Torrents Norwegian and Swiss Landscape Paintings Christopher Riopelle With contributions by Sarah Herring

Forests, Rocks, Torrents brings together an array of Norway and Switzerland’s most talented 19th-century artists, who shared an interest in capturing their native dramatic alpine landscapes. This richly illustrated book also examines the differences that climate, character, and political regimes have imposed on artistic practices.

Distinct social and political situations in Norway and Switzerland yielded fundamental differences in the two countries’ painting traditions. As Norway endured a long struggle for freedom, Switzerland remained proudly independent. While Norway was poor, isolated, and dependent for survival on its natural resources, the Swiss enjoyed prosperity, a cos-mopolitan society, and prestige as an early center of industry. The authors examine how this was manifested in the landscape paintings of such promi-nent artists as Johan Christian Dahl, Thomas Fearnley, Peder Balke, and Alexandra Calame. The book also supplies a helpful chronology and brief artist biographies.

CHRISToPHER RIoPELLE is curator of post-1800 Paintings, National Gallery, London. SARAH HERRING is Isaiah Berlin Assistant Curator of Post-1800 Painting, National Gallery, London.

152 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles

Frans Hals (1582/83–1666), Merrymakers at Shrovetide, ca. 1616–17. Oil on canvas. Bequest of Benjamin Altman, 1913, 14.40.605

eXhibition scheDule: The Metropolitan Museum of Art07/26/11–10/10/11

Published by The MetropolitanMuseum of Art/Distributed by Yale University Press

August Art Paper 978-0-300-16982-9 $14.95 sc 48 pp. 8 1⁄2 x 11 50 color illus. World

Frans Hals Style and Substance Walter Liedtke Portraits and genre scenes by the great Dutch painter Frans Hals (1582/83–1666) are celebrated for their immediacy and dazzling brushwork. His dramatic compositions and bold technique brought his subjects to life in an unprecedented way. This book focuses upon eleven major works by Hals from the Metropolitan Museum’s collection, supplemented by two Hals paintings from private collections and a selection of other Dutch paintings and prints.

The pictures included here span forty years of Hals’s career, from the early Merrymakers at Shrovetide of about 1616 to engaging portraits he painted in Haarlem during his later years. The author discusses the formation of Hals’s style, emphasizing his stay in Antwerp in 1616 and his knowledge of Flemish masters and of contemporary critical thinking. For the fi rst time, Hals’s work is considered in the context of broader European trends, in particular the Early Baroque movement that fl ourished in Antwerp during the 1600s.

WALTER LIEDTkE is curator of European paintings at The Metropolitan Museum of Art. He is the author of Vermeer and the Delft School as well as many other books on Dutch and Flemish art.

eXhibition scheDule: Bruce Museum, Greenwich, CT09/24/11–01/08/12

Published in association with the Bruce Museum, Greenwich, CT

September Art Cloth 978-0-300-17606-3 $65.00 sc 208 pp. 9 x 12 175 color illus. World

Drawings by Rembrandt, His Students, and Circle from the Maida and George Abrams Collection Peter Sutton With William W. Robinson

George and Maida Abrams amassed perhaps the fi nest private collection of Dutch old Master drawings in the world. This catalogue presents a selec-tion of these superb works, and explores the role of drawing in the creative process in Rembrandt’s studio and wider circle.

The artists featured include Ferdinand Bol, Govert Flinck, Samuel van Hoogstraten, Jan Lievens, and Nicolas Maes: the key fi gures in Rembrandt’s circle, who at times were deeply infl uenced by his remarkable style and on other occasions explored different approaches. Their works range from fi gure studies to landscapes, from narrative and biblical scenes to lively genre scenes. At the heart of the catalogue are ten exceptional drawings by Rembrandt, including two highly fi nished landscape drawings and a variety of fi gure studies. The accompanying text is written by two leading scholars of Dutch art, both of whom have worked closely with the Abrams collection.

PETER C. SUTToN is Executive Director of the Bruce Museum, Greenwich, CT. WILLIAM W. RoBINSoN is Maida and George Abrams Curator of Drawings at the Fogg Art Museum, Harvard University.

153 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles

eXhibition scheDule: National Gallery, London07/27/11–10/30/11

Published by National Gallery Company/Distributed by Yale University Press

September Art/Biography Cloth 978-1-85709-507-4 $45.00 sc 304 pp. 6 x 9 28 color + 14 b/w illus. World

Art for the Nation The Eastlakes and the victorian Art World Susanna Avery-Quash and Julie Sheldon As prominent members of the victorian cultural and artistic world, Sir Charles and Lady Elizabeth Eastlake, along with their nephew Charles Locke Eastlake, enjoyed the friendship and support of infl uential fi gures including Prince Albert, Sir Thomas Lawrence, J. M. W. Turner, and Sir Robert Peel. This fascinating original biography brings the unique person-ality of each of the Eastlakes into sharp focus while also exploring their important contributions during the early days of the National Gallery.

Charles Eastlake, an artist and connoisseur, was chosen to be not only the President of the Royal Academy from 1850, but also the National Gallery’s fi rst Director in 1855. With his capable wife, a literary critic and art histo-rian in her own right, he traveled throughout Europe acquiring signifi cant paintings for the Gallery and implementing important changes to their dis-play and description. Nephew Charles, an architect and popularizer of the Arts and Crafts style, was keeper at the National Gallery from 1878 to 1898. Art for the Nation tells the remarkable story of the Eastlake family’s devotion to art and to the National Gallery during its crucial formative years.

SUSANNA AvERy-QUASH is Research Curator in the History of Collecting at the National Gallery, London. JULIE SHELDoN is Reader in Art History at Liverpool John Moores University.

Published for the Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in British Art

September Art Cloth 978-0-300-17567-7 $85.00 sc 400 pp. 9 1⁄2 x 11 1⁄4 200 color + 150 b/w illus. World

The New Painting of the 1860s Between the Pre-Raphaelites and the Aesthetic Movement Allen Staley This handsome volume is the fi rst authoritative survey of one of the most intriguing periods of British art—the radically innovative decade of the 1860s. The book explores new developments in English painting of this period, focusing on the early work of Edward Burne-Jones, Frederic Leighton, Albert Moore, Edward Poynter, Simeon Solomon, and James McNeill Whistler, as well as on paintings by Frederick Sandys and the older G. F. Watts, and by Dante Gabriel Rossetti and his Pre-Raphaelite colleagues Holman Hunt and John Everett Millais.

Allen Staley argues that engagement in the decorative arts, particularly by Burne-Jones, Moore, and Poynter at the outset of their careers, led to a transcending of traditional expectations of painting, making abstract formal qualities, or beauty for beauty’s sake, the main goal. Rather than being about what it depicts, the painting itself becomes its own subject. The New Painting of the 1860s examines the interplay among the artists and the shared ambitions underlying their works, giving impetus to what would soon come to be known as the Aesthetic Movement.

ALLEN STALEy is professor emeritus of art history, Columbia University.

154 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles

“The fi rst and only attempt I know to explore both the idea of Jewish architecture and its contemporary practice, informed by questions of Holocaust memory, Jewish identity, and the various schools and movements of post-World War II architecture. . . . It makes a huge contribution to the fi elds of Jewish cultural studies and architectural history.”—James E. young, author of At Memory’s Edge: After-images of the Holocaust in Contemporary Art and Architecture

October Architecture/Jewish Studies Cloth 978-0-300-16914-0 $50.00 sc 440 pp. 7 1⁄2 x 10 25 color + 150 b/w illus. World

Building After Auschwitz Jewish Architecture and the Memory of the Holocaust Gavriel D. Rosenfeld Since the end of World War II, Jewish architects have risen to unprece-dented international prominence. Whether as modernists, postmodernists, or deconstructivists, architects such as Peter Eisenman, Frank Gehry, Louis I. kahn, Daniel Libeskind, Richard Meier, Moshe Safdie, Robert A.M. Stern, and Stanley Tigerman have made pivotal contributions to postwar architecture. They have also decisively shaped Jewish architectural history, as many of their designs are infl uenced by Jewish themes, ideas, and imag-ery. Building After Auschwitz is the fi rst major study to examine the origins of this “new Jewish architecture.”

Historian Gavriel D. Rosenfeld describes this cultural development as the result of important shifts in Jewish memory and identity since the Holocaust, and cites the rise of postmodernism, multiculturalism, and Holocaust consciousness as a catalyst. In showing how Jewish architects responded to the Nazi genocide in their work, Rosenfeld’s study sheds new light on the evolution of Holocaust memory.

GAvRIEL D. RoSENFELD is associate professor of history at Fairfi eld University. His books include Munich and Memory: Architecture, Monuments, and the Legacy of the Third Reich and The World Hitler Never Made: Alternate History and the Memory of Nazism.

STANFoRD ANDERSoN is professor and former head of the Department of Architecture at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology. GAIL FENSkE is professor of architecture at Roger Williams University. DAvID FIXLER is an architect with EyP in Boston.

October Architecture/Design Cloth 978-0-300-17600-1 $75.00 sc 320 pp. 8 1⁄2 x 10 150 color + 100 b/w illus. World

Aalto and America Edited by Stanford Anderson, Gail Fenske, and David Fixler The internationally renowned Finnish architect and designer Alvar Aalto (1898–1976) created several landmarks of modern design in the United States. The fi rst, the Finland Pavilion at the New york World’s Fair in 1939, introduced his pioneering style to the country and established his reputation among his American peers. Subsequent designs produced in the United States marked major turning points in his evolving position as an architect. His commissioned project for the Massachusetts Institute of Technology’s Baker House dormitory (completed 1949) features an undu-lating facade of red brick, a material that references the building’s Boston surroundings. Aalto’s fan-shaped plan for the Mount Angel Abbey Library (completed 1970) in St. Benedict, oregon, his consummate exploration of the library type, capitalizes on the local terrain and the use of natural light.

Aalto’s designs had a lasting impact on American modernism, but his experi-ences in America also profoundly infl uenced his own stylistic development. Aalto and America is a detailed survey of this benefi cial relationship, with contributions by fi fteen international experts who explore these key designs in relation to larger themes in international politics, architectural culture, housing research, and modern criticism and design.

155 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles

Published for the Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in British Art

September Architecture Cloth 978-0-300-14149-8 $70.00 sc 336 pp. 7 1⁄2 x 10 100 color + 130 b/w illus. World

Inigo Jones The Architect of kings vaughan Hart Inigo Jones (1573–1652) is widely acknowledged to have been England’s most important architect. As court designer to the Stuart kings James I and Charles I, he is credited with introducing the classical language of architecture to the country. He famously traveled to Italy and studied fi rst-hand the buildings of the Italian masters, particularly admiring those by Andrea Palladio.

Much less well-known is the profound infl uence of native British arts and crafts on Jones’s architecture. Likewise, his hostility to the more opulent forms of Italian architecture he saw on his travels has largely gone unnoted. This book examines both of these overlooked issues. vaughan Hart iden-tifi es well-established links between the classical column and the crown prior to Jones, in early Stuart masques, processions, heraldry, paintings, and poems. He goes on to discuss Jones’s preference for a “masculine and unaffected” architecture, demonstrating that this plain style was consis-tent with the Puritan artistic sensitivities of Stuart England. For the fi rst time, the work of Inigo Jones is understood in its national religious and political context.

vAUGHAN HART is professor of architecture in the Department of Architecture and Civil Engineering, Bath University.

October Religion/Art Cloth 978-0-300-16280-6 $45.00 sc 264 pp. 6 3⁄4 x 9 1⁄2 44 color + 27 b/w illus. World

Earthly visions Theology and the Challenges of Art T. J. Gorringe This stimulating book argues that great art can function as a “secular par-able”—that is, like the parables of Jesus, art can lead viewers to refl ect on the reality and presence of God in the world. T. J. Gorringe examines represen-tative secular paintings of the most signifi cant types (mythological themes, genre painting, portraiture, landscape, still life, abstract art), showing how each type can point toward God, whether by envisaging an alternative future, creating aesthetic delight, or teaching us to see things differently. His provocative study challenges the notion that art since the 15th century has become increasingly secularized.

Gorringe gives careful consideration to each work’s historical background and artistic context, as well as to art historical and critical appraisals. With an ecumenical approach, he then provides an insightful argument for how each piece can be read theologically. Although readers may sometimes dis-agree with his theological stance or his interpretation of specifi c works, his engaging commentary provokes refl ection and challenges deeper question-ing and awareness.

T. J. GoRRINGE is St. Luke’s Professor of Theological Studies at the University of Exeter.

156 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles

Also AvAilAble:Expressions of Innocence and EloquenceSelections from the Jane Katcher Collection of Americana, Volume ICloth 978-0-300-11965-7 $75.00sc

October Art/Decorative Arts Cloth 978-0-300-17580-6 $75.00 sc 432 pp. 10 1⁄2 x 11 470 color illus. World

Expressions of Innocence and Eloquence Selections from the Jane katcher Collection of Americana, volume II Edited by Jane katcher, David A. Schorsch, and Ruth Wolfe This handsome book, the second volume of selections from the Jane katcher Collection, presents a superlative group of American folk and decorative arts created primarily in New England, New york, and Pennsylvania in the 18th and 19th centuries. It contains more than one hundred recent acquisi-tions, including a masterpiece of American basketry woven in Nevada by the renowned Louise keyser (also known as Dat So La Lee) in 1913.

Familiar categories of Americana—portraits, quilts, weathervanes, boxes, trade signs, miniature portraits, schoolgirl art, furniture, and Shaker objects—are joined here by new directions in collecting, represented by objects such as love tokens, friendship albums, and rewards of merit. Noted scholars discuss the historical, economic, and social context in which the objects were created, as well as their aesthetic qualities and their makers’ craft methods. Lavishly illustrated with 470 color illustrations, this book, like its companion volume, is essential for anyone interested in American folk art, Shaker craft, early American furniture, and Native American artistry.

JANE kATCHER is a retired pediatric radiologist and distinguished arts patron. DAvID A. SCHoRSCH is a specialist in fi ne American antiques and folk art. RUTH WoLFE is an editor and writer in the fi eld of American folk art.

◆◆ the bienniAl hAMAD bin khAliFA syMPosiuM on islAMic Art

Published in association with The Qatar Foundation, Virginia Commonwealth University, and Virginia Commonwealth University School of the Arts in Qatar

Also by JonAthAn M. blooM AnD sheilA s. blAir:The Art and Architecture of Islam, 1250–1800Paper 978-0-300-06465-0 $40.00tx October Art

Cloth 978-0-300-17572-1 $85.00 sc 408 pp. 9 x 11 1⁄2 265 color + 5 b/w illus. World

And Diverse Are Their Hues Color in Islamic Art and Culture Edited by Jonathan M. Bloom and Sheila S. Blair The koran uses the phrase “and diverse are their hues” to describe the glorious chromatic variety of God’s creation. Color has always been an important signifi er in Islamic art, and its uses have encompassed the practi-cal as well as the mystical and poetic. This comprehensive volume is the fi rst to analyze the use of color in Islamic art and architecture from a range of artistic and cultural perspectives.

A prestigious team of international scholars discusses the applications and implications of color in Islamic cultures from medieval to modern times and from Central Asia to Spain and beyond. They look at art, architecture, literature, philosophy, mysticism, optics, and conservation studies. Amply and vividly illustrated, And Diverse Are Their Hues is also a remarkable visual resource for Islamic carpets, ceramic tiles, manuscripts, gardens, and buildings.

JoNATHAN M. BLooM and SHEILA S. BLAIR share the Hamad bin khalifa Endowed Chair of Islamic Art at virginia Commonwealth University and the Norma Jean Calderwood University Professorship in Islamic and Asian Art at Boston College.

157 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles

October Art Cloth 978-0-300-14875-6 $60.00 sc 288 pp. 7 1⁄2 x 10 70 color + 120 b/w illus. World

Alighiero e Boetti Mark Godfrey Alighiero e Boetti (1940–1994) has emerged as one of the most signifi cant fi gures of postwar European art whose practice is having an unfolding impact on younger artists. His powerful infl uence can be attributed to the material diversity of his work, its conceptual ingenuity, and his politi-cal sensibility. His work, though usually associated with the Italian Arte Povera group and Conceptual Art, has never quite fi t into these contexts. Boetti ceased making Arte Povera–type objects in 1969 after a few years of association with the group, and his later choice of materials (embroidery, calligraphy, mosaic, kilims) put a gulf between his work and that of most artists of the 1970s and 1980s.

Boetti had an idiosyncratic style of working, and he often collaborated with or commissioned others to execute his ideas, including his celebrated maps of the world, colorfully embroidered by women in Afghanistan and Pakistan. He tended to create several divergent bodies of work at once in series that he continued throughout his life. Alighiero e Boetti is the fi rst monograph covering the whole career of this crucial artist to be published in English. Rather than present a linear account of the artist’s creative prac-tice, the book contains linked chapters that expound on the key subjects of Boetti’s art and position this work in relation to that of his European and American contemporaries.

MARk GoDFREy is a curator at Tate Modern in London and a former lecturer at the Slade School of Art, University College London.

eXhibition scheDule: Bard Graduate Center09/28/11–12/30/11

Distributed for the Bard Graduate Center

October Art Paper 978-0-300-17687-2 $40.00 sc 320 pp. 7 x 8 3⁄4 250 color illus. World

The American Christmas Card kenneth L. Ames The power of Christmas derives from the appeal of its repeated rituals, the presumed antiquity of its traditions, and its ability to adapt to changing cul-tural conditions. Christmas cards seemed inevitable and ubiquitous, but in recent years the genre has been visibly in decline. It is now evident that the Christmas card was a culturally specifi c artifact, a distinctive way in which a fundamental human gesture could be expressed within a commercial, materialistic, and rapidly changing society.

This stylish book explores the imagery, graphic forms, subject matter, and signifi cance of Christmas cards in their chronological timeframe to reveal an important area of American material culture. There is much to surprise and delight.

kENNETH L. AMES is professor of American decorative arts at the Bard Graduate Center. He is the author of Beyond Necessity: Art in the Folk Tradition and Death in the Dining Room and Other Tales of Victorian Culture, and editor of Victorian Furniture.

158 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles

◆ kiMbell MAsterPiece series

Distributed for the Kimbell Art Museum

October Art PB-with Flaps 978-0-300-17577-6 $16.95 sc 94 pp. 7 1⁄2 x 9 1⁄4 40 color + 15 b/w illus. World

A Time and a Place “Near Sydenham Hill” by Camille Pissarro kathleen Adler Camille Pissarro (1830–1903) is best known as one of the founders of the Impressionist movement. Although he received his artistic training in Paris, a seven-month stay in London, beginning in December of 1870, had a last-ing impact on his artistic development. Fleeing Paris during the upheavals of the Franco-Prussian War, Pissarro settled in the South London suburb of Norwood. From there, he explored his new environs, reveling in the city’s galleries and museums, where he admired the works of John Constable and J. M. W. Turner.

Pissarro produced a number of paintings inspired by his surroundings, including Near Sydenham Hill, which depicts a view of Norwood bordered by fi elds and fl anked by trees. The loose brushstrokes and atmospheric effects of this painting are early indicators of the Impressionist style that Pissarro would pursue in the years after his return to France. kathleen Adler analyzes this pivotal work in detail and uses it as a launching point for a larger discussion of the artist’s life, circumstances, and artistic trajectory.

kATHLEEN ADLER is the former director of education at the National Gallery, London, and author of numerous publications on Impressionism.

Franz Kline, Wanamaker Block, 1955. Oil on canvas, 78 1⁄2 x 71 in. (199.4 x 180.3 cm). Yale University Art Gallery, New Haven, Conn., Gift of Richard Brown Baker, B.A. 1935, 1994.91.1

Distributed for the Yale University Art Gallery

October Art Paper over Board 978-0-300-15302-6 $50.00 sc 261 pp. 9 x 11 185 color + 35 b/w illus. World

Get There First, Decide Promptly The Richard Brown Baker Collection of Postwar Art Jennifer Farrell With essays by Thomas Crow, Serge Guilbaut, Jan Howard, Robert Storr, and Judith Tannenbaum

Richard Brown Baker (1912–2002) began collecting works by emerging artists in the 1940s, becoming one of the fi rst collectors to embrace both Abstract Expressionism and Pop Art. He eventually amassed a collection of more than 1,600 works from the postwar period, including works by such groundbreaking American artists as Jean-Michel Basquiat, Chuck Close, Roy Lichtenstein, Robert Morris, Jackson Pollock, Robert Rauschenberg, and James Rosenquist, as well as European and Asian artists such as Alberto Burri, Jean Dubuffet, Georges Mathieu, and kurt Schwitters.

Baker bequeathed the majority of his collection to the yale University Art Gallery, and the balance to the Museum of Art, Rhode Island School of Design. Highlighting 130 works, this is the fi rst complete history of Baker’s important collection. Essays by renowned art historians contextualize each of the fi ve decades of Baker’s collecting efforts, while entries on individual artists illustrate the remarkable scope of Baker’s holdings. Throughout the publication, fi rsthand accounts from Baker’s extensive personal journals describe his collecting activities within the dynamic New york art scene of the day.

JENNIFER FARRELL is a former assistant curator at the yale University Art Gallery.

159 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles

Published in association with Centro de Estudios Europa Hispánica, Madrid

Also by JonAthAn brown:VelázquezPainter and CourtierPaper 978-0-300-03894-1 $45.00scVelázquezThe Technique of GeniusCloth 978-0-300-07293-8 $60.00scPainting in Spain, 1500–1700Paper 978-0-300-06474-2 $40.00tx

November Art Cloth 978-0-300-17570-7 $75.00 sc 320 pp. 9 x 11 100 color + 100 b/w illus. World

Murillo virtuoso Draftsman Jonathan Brown known primarily as a great painter, Bartolomé Esteban Murillo (1617–1682) was also one of the best draftsmen of the 17th century. Although his devotional paintings seem to have been created effortlessly, they are the result of careful thought and study, a process that comes alive in the preparatory drawings. Murillo used a variety of techniques, favoring pen and ink and brown wash and red-and-black chalk. Like painters schooled in Italian Renaissance practice, the Spaniard developed his paintings in stages, starting with sketches of the full composition and then focusing on details that posed specifi c problems. occasionally, Murillo used drawings as a medium for original compositions; these are highly fi nished pieces, usually enhanced by the use of wash and unmistakably stamped with the artist’s personality.

This sumptuous book is a thoroughly revised edition of the 1976 pub-lication Murillo & His Drawings. Twenty sheets have been added to the catalogue of authentic works, the bibliography has been brought up to date, and the entries have been revised.

JoNATHAN BRoWN has been Carroll and Milton Petrie Professor of Fine Arts at the Institute of Fine Arts, New york University, since 1973. He is recognized as the leading scholar of 17th-century Spanish painting and is the author of numerous books on the subject.

Published for the Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in British Art

November Architecture Cloth 978-0-300-17569-1 $85.00 sc 288 pp. 8 1⁄2 x 11 50 color + 100 b/w illus. World

Canterbury Cathedral Priory in the Age of Becket Peter Fergusson This fascinating book recounts the extensive building program that took place at Canterbury Cathedral Priory, England, from 1153 to 1167, dur-ing the time when Thomas Becket served as Royal Chancellor and then as archbishop of Canterbury. Masterminded by Prior Wibert, the renewal included the physical expansion of the cathedral’s precinct, the construc-tion of new buildings, and the installation of a pioneering pressurized water system. This ambitious undertaking utilized a Late Romanesque style, lav-ish materials, and sculpture, and drew on the optimism and creative energy of the young Angevin rulers of England, Henry II and his queen, Eleanor of Aquitaine.

Canterbury Cathedral Priory in the Age of Becket reassesses the surviving remains and relates them to important changes in Benedictine monasti-cism concerned with hospitality, hygiene, the administration of law, liturgy, and the care of the sick. It also restores to history a neglected major patron of unusual breadth and accomplishments. Peter Fergusson sheds fresh light on the social and cultural history of the mid-12th century.

PETER FERGUSSoN is emeritus professor of art history at Wellesley College.

160 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles

Published in association with the Yale School of Architecture

November Architecture Cloth 978-0-300-17541-7 $45.00 sc 192 pp. 6 x 9 16 color + 39 b/w illus. World

Schlepping Through Ambivalence Essays on an American Architectural Condition Stanley Tigerman Edited by Emmanuel Petit

Chicago architect and iconoclast Stanley Tigerman has been called a “design maven who can spit venom like a snake.” Though he is at times sharply critical, his ability to cut to the core of architectural discourse has opened this insular world to a broader audience. His words and theories are appealing for their candor and are backed by his long-standing archi-tectural practice. Since 1964 Tigerman has made an indelible mark on his hometown and on cities across the globe, with projects ranging from the Five Polytechnic Institutes in Bangladesh to the Holocaust Memorial Foundation Museum in Skokie, Illinois.

This collection of essays, most previously unpublished, spans the course of Tigerman’s career. Included are writings on the history of Chicago architecture, architectural theory, and commentary on contemporaries. Tigerman’s engaging words, at times humorous and humble, at times bit-ing and cantankerous, will captivate students and scholars as well as the general reader.

STANLEy TIGERMAN is an American architect, theorist, and designer and the for-mer director of the School of Architecture at the University of Illinois at Chicago. He is the author of Versus: An American Architect’s Alternatives and The Architecture of Exile. EMMANUEL PETIT is associate professor at the yale School of Architecture.

Distributed for Editions Hazan, Paris

November Art Paper over Board 978-0-300-17665-0 $65.00 sc 180 pp. 9 x 11 3⁄4 100 color + 30 b/w illus. World

kosta Alex Florian Rodari The Greek-American artist kosta Alex (1925–2005) initially trained in fi g-ure sculpture in Manhattan. In 1947 he moved to Paris, where he mingled with and exhibited alongside the avant-garde artists of his day. His interest in the fl attening of forms led him to create his fi rst series of decoupage-collages in about 1950. Like many other artists of the time, he was drawn to using humble, utilitarian materials such as corrugated cardboard, packag-ing, newspapers, magazines, wallpaper, timetables, lists, maps, and other scraps culled from daily urban life. He integrated these elements into his art in an often poetic and humorous manner, using screws, nuts, staples, rope, string, and glue to connect them into a cohesive whole.

Alex also drew inspiration from classical sculpture, primitive art, and Islamic art, and employed repetitive themes and rhythmic arrangements in his compositions. In the late 1960s and early 1970s he produced ground-breaking collage-reliefs in expanded polystyrene, which Man Ray praised for breaking “the two-dimensional barrier.” Handsomely illustrated, Kosta Alex is the fi rst monograph on this intriguing artist.

FLoRIAN RoDARI is the former director of the Musée de l’Elysée in Lausanne (1979–83), curator of the Fondation William Cuendet & Atelier de Saint-Prex, and cura-tor of the Fondation Jean et Suzanne Planque at the Musée Granet d’Aix-en-Provence.

161 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles

November Art/History of Science Cloth 978-0-300-11104-0 $65.00 sc 424 pp. 9 1⁄2 x 12 325 color illus. World

knowing Nature Art and Science in Philadelphia, 1740–1840 Edited by Amy R. W. Meyers With the assistance of Lisa L. Ford

Philadelphia developed the most active scientifi c community in early America, fostering an infl uential group of naturalist-artists, including William Bartram, Charles Willson Peale, Alexander Wilson, and John James Audubon, whose work has been addressed by many monographic studies. However, as the groundbreaking essays in Knowing Nature dem-onstrate, the examination of nature stimulated not only forms of artistic production traditionally associated with scientifi c practice of the day, but processes of making not ordinarily linked to science. The often surprisingly intimate connections between and among these creative activities and the objects they engendered are explored through the essays in this book, chal-lenging the hierarchy that is generally assumed to have been at play in the study of nature, from the natural sciences through the fi ne and decorative arts, and, ultimately, popular and material culture. Indeed, the many ways in which the means of knowing nature were reversed—in which artistic and artisanal culture informed scientifi c interpretations of the natural world—forms a central theme of this pioneering publication.

AMy R. W. MEyERS is Director of the yale Center for British Art. LISA L. FoRD is Associate Head of Research at the yale Center for British Art.

“Steeped in detail of every kind, this book conveys an exhilaratingly rich tableau of the viennese world within which Adolf Loos operated, and makes a very valuable contribution to the study of a building already widely acknowledged as among the most important early 20th-century additions to the architecture of vienna, a key site in the evolution of early Modernism.”—Elizabeth Clegg, author of Art, Design, and Architecture in Central Europe 1890–1920

December Architecture Cloth 978-0-300-17453-3 $50.00 sc 256 pp. 6 x 9 36 color + 101 b/w illus. World

The Looshaus Christopher Long When it was completed in 1911, the Goldman & Salatsch Building in vienna, commonly known as the Looshaus, incited controversy for its aus-terity and plainness. It represented a stark rejection of the contemporary preference for ornamentation, though its architect, Adolf Loos (1870–1933), had intended it to preserve viennese tradition within a new modernist lan-guage. The heated debate that ensued among critics and the public set the project apart, distinguishing it as one of the most important and conten-tious buildings of the early 20th century.

In celebration of the Looshaus’s centennial year, Christopher Long, a lead-ing authority on viennese architectural history, brings to light extensive new research and careful analysis that dispel long-held myths about Loos, his building, and its critical reception. The book, which features new color photography and a vast array of archival materials in print for the fi rst time, tells the remarkable story of the Looshaus’s design and construction, the political and social restlessness it refl ected, and the building’s fundamental role in defi ning the look of modernism.

CHRISToPHER LoNG is professor and chair of history/theory at University of Texas at Austin School of Architecture. He is the author of Paul T. Frankl and Modern American Design (yale).

162 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles

Published for the Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in British Art

November Art Cloth 978-0-300-17045-0 $85.00 sc 156 pp. 9 3⁄4 x 13 400 b/w illus. World

Richard Parkes Bonington The Complete Drawings Patrick Noon By the time of Richard Parkes Bonington’s tragic death from tuberculo-sis in 1828, the 25-year-old artist, who was born in England and moved to France as a teenager, was already a seminal fi gure in the development of modernism in 19th-century French painting. This catalogue raisonné of his drawings serves as a companion to Patrick Noon’s Richard Parkes Bonington: The Complete Paintings and represents the next stage in his objective to present the artist’s complete known oeuvre. Drawing on more than 25 years of research, Noon catalogues, analyzes, and reproduces more than 400 drawings now indisputably attributed to Bonington. This is the fi rst time many of these exquisite works are appearing in print, among them drawings composed during an 1826 trip through Switzerland and northern Italy.

PATRICk NooN is Patrick and Aimee Butler Chair of Paintings, Minneapolis Institute of Arts. He was previously Curator of Prints, Drawings and Rare Books at the yale Center for British Art.

Ornament Depicting a Fanged Earth God. Chavín, Peru. 900–200 B.C. The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston, gift of Alfred C. Glassell, Jr.

Distributed for the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston

November Art Cloth 978-0-300-17595-0 $60.00 sc 224 pp. 9 x 12 208 color illus. World

Masterworks of Pre-Columbian, Indonesian, and African Gold The Glassell Collections of the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston Frances Marzio one of the world’s top hundred art collectors, Alfred C. Glassell, Jr. (1913–2008), was fascinated by gold, but not for its monetary value. Glassell valued instead the spiritual signifi cance that gold held in many ancient cultures, particularly those of Africa, South America, and Indonesia. over the years, he acquired an astonishing number of artworks, assembling the largest pri-vately held collection of Pre-Columbian gold. From 1997 to 2004, Glassell donated works of African and Indonesian gold to the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston. Upon his death in 2008, he bequeathed his collection of Pre-Columbian gold to the museum.

Masterworks of Pre-Columbian, Indonesian, and African Gold explores two hundred of these dazzling works, many published here for the fi rst time. Spanning from 2000 b.c. to A.D. 1600, these precious objects refl ect a vari-ety of cultures, such as the Calima, Quimbaya, Sicán, Moché, and Coclé, and a range of geographic locations, from Mexico to Argentina and from Africa to Indonesia. The book offers fresh insights into the enduring appeal of gold and its artistic manifestations in diverse cultures.

FRANCES MARzIo is curator of the Glassell Collections of The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston.

163 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles

Published by The MetropolitanMuseum of Art/Distributed by Yale University Press

November Art Cloth 978-0-300-17589-9 $65.00 sc 292 pp. 8 1⁄2 x 12 200 color + 45 b/w illus. World

European Sculpture, 1400–1900 in The Metropolitan Museum of Art Ian Wardropper This stunning volume features masterpieces of sculpture from the Renaissance through the 19th century. Well-known works by the great European sculptors—including Luca and Andrea della Robbia, Juan Martínez Montañés, Gianlorenzo Bernini, François Girardon, Jean-Antoine Houdon, Bertel Thorvaldsen, Antoine-Louis Barye, Jean-Baptiste Carpeaux, and Auguste Rodin—are joined by recent additions to the col-lection, notably Franz Xaver Messerschmidt’s mesmerizing psychological study of an introspective man.

The ninety-two selected examples are diverse in media (marble, bronze, stucco, wood, terracotta, ivory) and size—ranging from a tiny oil lamp fantastically conceived and decorated by the Renaissance bronze sculp-tor Riccio to Antonio Canova’s eight-foot-high Perseus with the Head of Medusa, executed in the heroic Neoclassical style. Incorporating informa-tion from recent conservation studies and the latest scholarly research, Ian Wardropper discusses the history and signifi cance of the highlighted works, each reproduced with glorious new photography.

IAN WARDRoPPER is the Iris and B. Gerald Cantor Chairman of the Department of European Sculpture and Decorative Arts, The Metropolitan Museum of Art.

Published by National Gallery Company/Distributed by Yale University Press

November Art Paper 978-1-85709-530-2 $70.00 sc 128 pp. 8 1⁄4 x 11 3⁄4 100 color illus. World

National Gallery Technical Bulletin volume 32: Leonardo da vinci: Pupil, Painter, and Master Ashok Roy, Series Editor With contributions by Rachel Billinge, Jill Dunkerton, Larry keith, Antonio Mazzotta, Rachel Morrison, David Peggie, Ashok Roy, Peter Schade, and Marika Spring

Published to accompany the highly anticipated exhibition Leonardo da Vinci: Painter at the Court of Milan at the National Gallery, London, this extended volume of the Technical Bulletin documents new research undertaken on the life and work of Leonardo. It includes an analysis of his time in verrocchio’s workshop, where he adopted the new technique of oil painting; an article on the recent conservation and redisplay of the London version of The Virgin of the Rocks; and examples of Leonardo’s painting practice and infl uence while he was court painter to the Duke of Milan, Ludovico Sforza.

ASHok Roy, RACHEL MoRRISoN, DAvID PEGGIE, and MARIkA SPRING are all staff members of the National Gallery Scientifi c Department; RACHEL BILLINGE, JILL DUNkERToN, and LARRy kEITH are all staff members of the National Gallery Conservation Department; PETER SCHADE is staff member of the National Gallery Framing Department; ANToNIo MAzzoTTA was formerly cura-torial assistant at the National Gallery.

164 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles

Resisting Categories:Latin American and/or Latino? volume 1

Mari Carmen Ramírez, Héctor olea, and Tomás ybarra-Frausto

The fi rst volume in a groundbreaking new series, publishing essential primary sources for Latin American art and culture

The terms “Latin American” and “Latino” have been used broadly to describe artists from a number of differ-ent countries, races, and cultures. yet these reductive terms fail to clearly defi ne these artists, who ultimately resist categorization. This comprehensive volume brings to light more than 170 crucial texts written by infl uential artists and critics who explore what it means to be “Latin American” or “Latino.”

Among the many topics discussed are notions of pan–Latin Americanism, the emergence of collections and exhibitions devoted specifi cally to “Latin American art,” and multicultural critiques of Latin American essen-tialism. The selected writings, many of which have never before been published in English, span from the late 19th century to the present day, and include texts by such luminaries as David Alfaro Siqueiros, Joaquín Torres-García, Jorge Luis Borges, Marta Traba, and Luis Camnitzer.

MARI CARMEN RAMÍREz is the Wortham Curator of Latin American Art and director of the International Center for the Arts of the Americas at The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston. HÉCToR oLEA is an independent scholar and curator specializing in Latin American modern art. ToMÁS yBARRA-FRAUSTo was the associate director for creativity and culture at the Rockefeller Foundation in New york.

◆◆ criticAl DocuMents

Critical Documents of 20th-Century Latin American and Latino Art is the cornerstone of the International Center for the Arts of the Americas (ICAA), a landmark research center at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston. This 13-volume series publishes essential primary sources on Latin American art and culture and serves as an indispensable reference tool on the subject.

Distributed for the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston

December Art Paper over Board 978-0-300-14697-4 $50.00 sc 608 pp. 5 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄2 8 color illus. World

165 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles THE MUSEUM OF FINE ARTS, HOUSTON

DEBoRAH HoWARD is professor of archi-tectural history, University of Cambridge, and fellow of St John’s College, Cambridge.

October Architecture Cloth 978-0-300-17685-8 $65.00 sc 320 pp. 9 1⁄2 x 11 1⁄4 120 color + 120 b/w illus. World

venice Disputed Marc’Antonio Barbaro and venetian Architecture, 1550–1600 Deborah Howard In the councils and magistracies of the venetian Republic, politicians argued intently over civic building projects in a manner curiously reminis-cent of a modern democracy, taking advice from architects, engineers, and the public. Written by a leading authority on venetian architecture, the book explores the complex dialectic between theory and practice; utopia and reality; and design and technology that infused these disputes.

The bitterly contested debates are seen through the experiences of one particular venetian nobleman, Marc’Antonio Barbaro (1518–1595). Recognized as a gifted stuccoist and draftsman, Barbaro played a prom-inent role in the discussions about major state building projects such as Palladio’s church of the Redentore, the restoration of the Doge’s Palace, and the erection of the Rialto Bridge. He was a distinguished statesman and orator, but his idealistic views about the rhetorical power of classicism frequently clashed with local technological expertise. Venice Disputed recounts not only his public role but also his private life, centered on the now-famous family villa that he and his brother commissioned. Barbaro’s compelling story thus weaves together politics, architectural history, and private life in early modern venice.

Published by National Gallery Company/Distributed by Yale University Press

December Art Paper 978-1-85709-534-0 $15.00 sc 96 pp. 5 3⁄4 x 8 1⁄2 80 color illus. World

A Closer Look Techniques of Painting Jo kirby Materials and working practices infl uence a painter just as much as contem-porary intellectual and cultural developments. Techniques of Painting aims to help readers develop a painterly eye by learning to recognize different materials and methods of application and to appreciate how these features contribute to how a painting looks. Like all Closer Look volumes, this is a “how-to-look” guide, rather than a “how-to-do” guide, enabling readers to identify different painting techniques in all collections. The pictures illustrated range from 13th-century panel paintings in egg tempera to 19th-century oils on canvas, all from the National Gallery, London.

Jo kIRBy works in the Scientifi c Department of the National Gallery, London, and is a world-renowned expert in pigments and paint materials.

166 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles

Emanuel Leutze, American (1816–1868), Washington Crossing the Delaware, 1851. Oil on canvas. Gift of John Stewart Kennedy, 1897 (97.34)

Published by The MetropolitanMuseum of Art/Distributed by Yale University Press

December Art Paper 978-0-300-17642-1 $14.95 sc 48 pp. 8 1⁄2 x 11 55 color + 10 b/w illus. World

Washington Crossing the Delaware Restoring an American Masterpiece Carrie Rebora Barratt, Lance Mayer and Gay Myers, Suzanne Smeaton, and Eli Wilner Emanuel Leutze’s life-size Washington Crossing the Delaware commem-orates the critical moment in the American Revolution when George Washington led a surprise attack against troops supporting the British forces in Trenton. When Leutze created the painting in 1850, after he had returned from America to his native Germany, he was hoping to rally sup-port for the revolutionary movements then sweeping Europe. He sent the work to New york in 1851, and within four months 50,000 people had paid to see it. Today the painting is an icon of American visual culture and one of the most beloved objects in The Metropolitan Museum of Art.

In 2007, Leutze’s masterpiece became the focus of the most ambitious conservation and reframing project in the museum’s history. This book is a behind-the-scenes report on that project, prefaced by an account of the history of the painting’s acquisition and display at the museum.

CARRIE REBoRA BARRATT is associate director for collections and administration at The Metropolitan Museum of Art. LANCE MAyER and GAy MyERS, of the New London, Connecticut, art conservation fi rm Mayer & Myers, undertook the treatment of the painting. SUzANNE SMEAToN and ELI WILNER oversaw the design and carving of its new frame at Eli Wilner & Company, New york.

Published by The MetropolitanMuseum of Art/Distributed by Yale University Press

December Art Paper 978-0-300-17587-5 $50.00 sc 392 pp. 7 3⁄4 x 10 233 color and 228 b/w illus. World

Sultans of the South Arts of India’s Deccan Courts, 1323–1687 Edited by Navina Najat Haidar and Marika Sardar Between the 14th and the 17th century, the Deccan plateau of south- central India was home to a series of important and highly cultured Muslim courts. Subtly blending elements from Iran, West Asia, southern India, and north-ern India, the arts produced under these sultanates are markedly different from those of the rest of India and especially from those produced under Mughal patronage. This publication, a result of a 2008 symposium held at The Metropolitan Museum of Art, investigates the arts of Deccan and the unique output in the fi elds of painting, literature, architecture, arms, textiles, and carpets.

Special features of the book are the illustration of all thirty-four paintings from a 16th-century copy of the poem the Pem Nem, images of several paintings and textiles that have only recently been discovered or identifi ed, and new photographs of the Ibrahim Rauza monument in Bijapur, with a full transcription and translation of the tomb’s inscriptions.

NAvINA NAJAT HAIDAR is associate curator and MARIkA SARDAR is a research associate, both in the Department of Islamic Art at The Metropolitan Museum of Art.

167 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles

◆◆ conteMPorAry collecting

eXhibition scheDule: The Art Institute of Chicago11/19/11–02/26/12

Distributed for the Art Institute of Chicago

December Art Cloth 978-0-300-17573-8 $35.00 sc 160 pp. 9 1⁄2 x 9 1⁄2 150 color illus. World

Contemporary Drawings from the Irving Stenn Jr. Collection Mark Pascale This handsome volume offers a rare and exclusive look at important hold-ings of a private collection in Chicago, showcasing 120 drawings by some of the leading artists of the postwar period. Among the featured artists are Roy Lichtenstein, Barnett Newman, Robert Rauschenberg, and Frank Stella. Also illustrated are thirteen early drawings by Mel Bochner; works on paper by Sol LeWitt and Brice Marden; and individual sheets by Jasper Johns, Donald Judd, Ellsworth kelly, Agnes Martin, Bruce Nauman, Bridget Riley, Ed Ruscha, and Robert Ryman.

Mark Pascale discusses specifi c drawings by these artists and their rela-tionship to Minimalist and Post-Minimalist styles. He also investigates the importance of drawings produced by sculptors, which offer fascinat-ing glimpses into their creative processes. An interview with the collector reveals the inspiration behind his holdings and the ways in which his col-lection has grown over the years, and a full-color plate section and complete checklist of the collection round out this compelling book.

MARk PASCALE is curator in the Department of Prints and Drawings at the Art Institute of Chicago.

◆◆ stuDies in british Art

Distributed for the Yale Center for British Art and the Paul Mellon Centre for Studies in British Art

January Art Cloth 978-0-300-17608-7 $75.00 sc 330 pp. 7 x 10 110 color + 20 b/w illus. World

The Anglo-Florentine Renaissance Art for the Early Tudors Edited by Cinzia Maria Sicca and Louis Waldman With a foreword by Brian Allen and Joseph Connors

Under the rule of Henry vII (r. 1485–1509) England became a powerful nation. The Tudor court sought to express its worldliness and political clout through major artistic commissions, employing Florentine sculptors and painters to create lavish new interiors, suitable for entertaining foreign dig-nitaries, for its royal palaces. These were exemplifi ed by Henry vIII’s palace of Nonsuch, so named because no other palace could match its magnifi -cence. Italian sculpture, painting, and tapestries of the day refl ected an interest in portraiture and dynastic monuments, epitomized in England by the royal tomb projects created by Baccio Bandinelli, Benedetto da Rovezzano, and Pietro Torrigiani.

Generously illustrated throughout, The Anglo-Florentine Renaissance traces the artistic links between Medicean Florence and Tudor England through essays by an international team of scholars and explores how the language of Florentine art effectively expressed England’s political aspira-tions and rose to prominence as a new international courtly style.

CINzIA MARIA SICCA is professor and director of the art history doctoral program in the Department of Art History at the Università di Pisa, Italy. LoUIS WALDMAN is an associate professor of art history at The University of Texas at Austin.

168 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles

Gego (Gertrud Goldschmidt), Reticulárea, 1975. Stainless steel wire,82 11⁄16 x 102 3⁄8 x 7 7⁄8 in. (210 x 260 x 20 cm). The Museum of Fine Arts, Houston, gift of AT&T. © Fundación Gego

Distributed for the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston, and Fundación Gego

January Art Cloth 978-0-300-16613-2 $50.00 sc 304 pp. 10 x 10 1⁄2 27 color + 40 b/w illus. World

Experiencing Gego’s Reticulárea A Critical Anthology of Response Edited by María Elena Huizi and Ester Crespín Introduction by Mari Carmen Ramírez

one of the most infl uential Latin American artists of her day, Gego (1912–1994) pioneered a new direction in art with her innovative sculptures of the 1960s and 1970s. Born in Germany as Gertrude Goldschmidt, Gego fl ed the Nazi regime and moved to Caracas, venezuela. There, during the postwar years, she absorbed modernist trends such as kinetic and geomet-ric abstract art but ultimately forged her own artistic path. Exploring the concept of the line, space, and time, she linked pieces of metal to create weblike geometric forms, which she called “drawings in space.” These experiments culminated in Reticulárea, a massive netlike sculptural instal-lation fi rst presented at the Museo de Bellas Artes, Caracas, in 1969. This groundbreaking work had major repercussions in the art world and marked a turning point in Gego’s career. Centered on the various iterations of this work and its artistic impact, this anthology brings together images as well as documentary materials and primary texts in English and Spanish by artists, writers, and Gego.

MARÍA ELENA HUIzI is a poet, essayist, and art writer in Caracas, venezuela. ESTER CRESPÍN is a scholar and curator involved with the Fundación Gego in Caracas. MARI CARMEN RAMÍREz is the Wortham Curator of Latin American Art and the director of the International Center for the Arts of the Americas at the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston.

Horse and Man Armors, 1507 and c. 1505 respectively, Germany, Philadelphia Museum of Art: Gift of Athena and Nicholas Karabots and The Karabots Foundation, 2009–117-1,2.

Published in association with the Philadelphia Museum of Art

February Art/Decorative Arts PB-with Flaps 978-0-300-17631-5 $18.00 sc 60 pp. 8 1⁄2 x 11 40 color + 15 b/w illus. World

Princely Armor in the Age of Dürer A Renaissance Masterpiece in the Philadelphia Museum of Art Pierre Terjanian This striking publication examines two masterful armors for man and horse recently acquired by the Philadelphia Museum of Art. Among the earliest complete European examples in existence, these German works demonstrate the superior design and craftsmanship of princely armor in the early 16th century. The celebrated master Wilhelm von Worms the Elder (d. 1538) of Nuremberg made the luxurious, exquisitely decorated steel horse armor for Duke Ulrich of Württemberg (1487–1550). The man armor was crafted by Matthes Deutsch (last documented c. 1505) of Landshut, another distinguished armorer patronized by German princes; it is his latest and most sumptuous work.

Princely Armor in the Age of Dürer discusses the function, design, deco-ration, and manufacture of these masterpieces and situates them within German art, culture, and politics, and within the development of European armor in the late Middle Ages and Renaissance.

PIERRE TERJANIAN is the J. J. Medveckis Associate Curator of Arms and Armor at the Philadelphia Museum of Art.

169 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles

New in paper

Traditional Buildings of Cumbria R. W. Brunskill

Many people who live in and visit the Lake District are charmed by the traditional buildings that enhance the landscape. This book introduces the traditional houses, barns, watermills, and chapels of the Lake District and the surrounding hills and valleys that make up the county of Cumbria. With the aid of hundreds of photographs, drawings, and diagrams, the author explains how the building types have developed over the centuries and how the indigenous building materials of stone, clay, brick, and slate have been used to create works of vernacular architecture that seem to grow out of the surrounding landscape.

R. W. BRUNSkILL has recently retired as professor at De Montfort University, Leicester, and was formerly reader in architecture at the University of Manchester.

August Architecture Paper 978-0-300-17059-7 $45.00 tx Cloth 978-0-304-35773-4 S ’02 $65.00 tx 224 pp. 7 1⁄4 x 9 3⁄4 82 b/w illus. + diagrams World

New in paper

Traditional Buildings of Cumbria R. W. Brunskill

Somerset: North and Bristol The Buildings of England Andrew Foyle and Nikolaus Pevsner

◆◆ Pevsner ArchitecturAl

guiDes

This fully revised survey is the essential companion to the architecture of one of England’s most rewarding regions. The Georgian spa of Bath and the medieval cathedral city of Wells are deservedly famous, each the fi nest of its kind in the country. A separate section covers the port of Bristol, with its rich and confi -dent buildings of every period and type. other highlights include John Nash’s picturesque masterpiece of Blaise Hamlet, a noble inheritance of Gothic Revival churches, and some of the greatest structures designed by Isambard kingdom Brunel.

ANDREW FoyLE is a freelance architectural historian and author of our Pevsner city guide to Bristol.

October Architecture Cloth 978-0-300-12658-7 $85.00 tx Cloth 978-0-300-09640-8 S ’1958 $65.00 tx 800 pp. 4 3⁄4 x 8 1⁄2 120 color illus. World

Cheshire The Buildings of England Clare Hartwell, Matthew Hyde, Nikolaus Pevsner

◆◆ Pevsner

ArchitecturAl

guiDes

A comprehensive guide to the buildings of Cheshire in all their variety, from Pennine villages to coastal plains and seaside resorts. Chester, the regional capital and cathedral city, is famous for its Roman walls and black-and-white timber architecture, its noble Neoclassical monuments, and its unique medieval shopping

“rows” with their upper walkways. But Cheshire is also a major industrial county, with spectacular and internationally signifi -cant mills and canal structures. Specialist settlements include the famous railway borough of Crewe, the salt towns of Nantwich, Northwich and Middlewich, and Lord Leverhulme’s celebrated garden suburb at Port Sunlight.

CLARE HARTWELL is an architectural historian based in Manchester. Her previous work for the Buildings of England includes the City Guide to Manchester (2001) and Lancashire: North (2009). MATTHEW HyDE lives in Macclesfi eld and has written extensively on the architecture and history of the region. For this series he is the author of Cumbria (2010), and co-author with Clare Hartwell of Lancashire: Manchester and the South East (2004).

October Architecture Cloth 978-0-300-17043-6 $85.00 tx 800 pp. 4 3⁄4 x 8 1⁄2 120 color illus. World

170 Art and Architecture—Scholarly Titles

100 Shoes, Parker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Aalto and America, Anderson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Abadie, Dubuffet as Architect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Abandoned to Ourselves, Meyers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Acting White, Buck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Adam Smith, Phillipson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Adler, A Time and a Place . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Age of American Impressionism, The, Barter . . . . . . . . . . . 148Agee, American Vanguards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Alexander McQueen, Bolton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Alighiero e Boetti, Godfrey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158American Caesars, Hamilton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98American Christmas Card, The, Ames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158American Vanguards, Agee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Ames, The American Christmas Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158And Diverse Are Their Hues, Bloom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Anderson, Aalto and America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Anderson, Samurai Armor from the Ann and

Gabriel Barbier-Mueller Museum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124Anglo-Florentine Renaissance, The, Sicca . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Anthology of Rap, The, Bradley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Antony and Cleopatra, Goldsworthy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91“Apologia Pro Vita Sua” and Six Sermons, Newman . . . . . . 107Apuleius, The Golden Ass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Art for the Nation, Avery-Quash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Art of Worship, The, Holtam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Artist and the Warrior, The, Rabb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Ashford, Technology, Globalization, and

Sustainable Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Avery-Quash, Art for the Nation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Barnard, Listen . Write . Present . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Barratt, Washington Crossing the Delaware . . . . . . . . . . . 167Barter, The Age of American Impressionism . . . . . . . . . . . 148Battle of Marathon, The, Krentz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Baume, Sol LeWitt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Belarus, Wilson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Berthoz, Simplexity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Bertrand Goldberg, Ryan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Beyond the Tower, Marriott . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Blair, Too Much to Know . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Bloom, And Diverse Are Their Hues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Bloom, The Shadow of a Great Rock . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10–11blu, Grise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Bok, Exploring Happiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Bolton, Alexander McQueen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Bonnefoy, Second Simplicity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Book in the Renaissance, The, Pettegree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Boss, The Spirit of Mary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Bradley, Ralph Ellison in Progress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Bradley, The Anthology of Rap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Branch, Kenya . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Brandenberger, Propaganda State in Crisis . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Brown, Murillo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Brunner, Moon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Brunskill, Traditional Buildings of Cumbria . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Buck, Acting White . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Building After Auschwitz, Rosenfeld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Burma Campaign, The, McLynn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27Burton, Sherrie Levine: MAYHEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Campbell, The Romans and Their World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Canby, Neither East nor West . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Canby, The Shahnama of Shah Tahmasp . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138Canterbury Cathedral Priory in the Age of Becket,

Fergusson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160

Capturing the Essence, Cooper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Carlton, This Seat of Mars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Carp, Defiance of the Patriots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Carr, Imprinting the Divine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Chanel, Gautier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130–131Cheshire, Hartwell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Childism, Young-Bruehl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48–49Chinese Art in an Age of Revolution, Chung . . . . . . . . . . . 138Christiansen, The Renaissance Portrait . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Chung, Chinese Art in an Age of Revolution . . . . . . . . . . . 138Churchill’s Bunker, Holmes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Clapp, Lawtalk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Closer Look, A, Kirby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Cohen, Configuring the Networked Self . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Cohen, Notes from the Ground . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Coke, Vauxhall Gardens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Complicated Man, A, Takiff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Configuring the Networked Self, Cohen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Constitutional Cliffhangers, Kalt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Contemporary Drawings from the

Irving Stenn Jr . Collection, Pascale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Contested Visions in the Spanish Colonial World, Katzew . . 142Conversion of Scandinavia, The, Winroth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Conversions, Harline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Cooper, Capturing the Essence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Cuban Fiestas, González Echevarría . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106D’Alessandro, Matisse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150D’Annunzio, Notturno . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Dackerman, Prints and the Pursuit of Knowledge in

Early Modern Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Daily You, The, Turow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Dakers, A Genius for Money . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Dallal, Islam, Science, and the Challenge of History . . . . . 101Daphne Guinness, Steele . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Dazzled and Deceived, Forbes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103December 1941, Mawdsley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Defiance of the Patriots, Carp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Defying the Odds, Frank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Degas’s Dancers at the Barre, Rathbone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Democracy, Expertise, and Academic Freedom, Post . . . . . . 72Dignity, Hicks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Diski, What I Don’t Know About Animals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13Dolidon, Tu sais quoi?! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Dostoevsky, The Meek One . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Drawings by Rembrandt, His Students, and Circle from

the Maida and George Abrams Collection, Sutton . . . . 153Dubuffet as Architect, Abadie . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113Duffy, Ten Popes Who Shook the World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Dumas, The Peacekeeping Economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Duncan Phyfe, Kenny . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Duncan, How Intelligence Happens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Earle, Fiber Futures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Earthly Visions, Gorringe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Easton, Snapshot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Edward II, Phillips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Edward III, Ormrod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Edwards, Why the Electoral College Is Bad for America . . . . 78Edwards, Mary I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Egypt on the Brink, Osman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89El Anatsui, LaGamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Eleanor of Aquitaine, Turner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Elegant Perfection, McCormick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Eliot, The Letters of T .S . Eliot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Elizabeth and Hazel, Margolick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–3

171Index

Elizabethan Club of Yale University and Its Library, The, Parks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84

Emma Goldman, Gornick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Empire to Nation, Quilley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Encounters, Ning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76–77End of Race?, The, Kinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Euro, The, Marsh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85European Sculpture, 1400–1900, Wardropper . . . . . . . . 164Evans, The Radical Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Every Twelve Seconds, Pachirat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Experiencing Gego’s Reticulárea, Huizi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Explorers of the Nile, Jeal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16–17Exploring Happiness, Bok . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Expressions of Innocence and Eloquence, Katcher . . . . . . . 157Eye to Eye, Rand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Facing Beauty, Ribeiro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Facts Are Subversive, Garton Ash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Fandom Unbound, Ito . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Farrell, Get There First, Decide Promptly . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Feduccia, Riddle of the Feathered Dragons . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Fergusson, Canterbury Cathedral Priory

in the Age of Becket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Fiber Futures, Earle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Field Guide to the Southeast Coast and

Gulf of Mexico, A, Proctor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Finaldi, The Image of Christ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Findley, Turkey, Islam, Nationalism, and Modernity . . . . . . 101Finkin, For the Common Good . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Flanagan, The Perilous Life of Symphony Orchestras . . . . . . 83Flavell, When London Was Capital of America . . . . . . . . . 94For the Common Good, Finkin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Forbes, Dazzled and Deceived . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Ford, The Trouble with City Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Forests, Rocks, Torrents, Riopelle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Foyle, Somerset: North and Bristol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170France, Perilous Glory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Francis, Fruitlands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Frank, Defying the Odds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Franklin, The Papers of Benjamin Franklin . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84Frans Hals, Liedtke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Frieden, Winning the Silicon Sweepstakes . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Friedlander, In the Picture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Fruitlands, Francis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Fundamentos teóricos y practicos de historia

de la lengua española, Núñez Méndez . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Galassi, Picasso’s Drawings, 1890–1921 . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Garton Ash, Facts Are Subversive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Gautier, Chanel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130–131Geiger, Subverting Exclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Genius for Money, A, Dakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63German Generation, A, Kohut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Gerwarth, Hitler’s Hangman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Get There First, Decide Promptly, Farrell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Gilbert, In Ishmael’s House . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Glaurdic, The Hour of Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Godfrey, Alighiero e Boetti . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Golden Ass, The, Apuleius . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Goldsworthy, Antony and Cleopatra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Gombrich, A Little History of the World . . . . . . . . . . . . 34–35González Echevarría, Cuban Fiestas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106González Echevarría, Love and the Law in Cervantes . . . . 107Gordon, A Modern World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Gornick, Emma Goldman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Gorringe, Earthly Visions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Greenberg, Turbulence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Greenfield, The Myth of Choice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Grise, blu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14Guy, Wonder of the Age . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125HaCohen, The Music Libel Against the Jews . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Haidar, Sultans of the South . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Hamilton, American Caesars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Harline, Conversions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Harline, Miracles at the Jesus Oak . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Harline, Sunday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Harris-Perry, Sister Citizen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–7Harshav, Three Thousand Years of Hebrew Verse . . . . . . . . 83Hart, Inigo Jones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Hartwell, Cheshire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Havana Habit, The, Pérez Firmat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Hayton, Vietnam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Heroic Africans, LaGamma . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Hicks, Dignity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Hitler’s Hangman, Gerwarth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Hobsbawm, How to Change the World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Hollywood Westerns and American Myth, Pippin . . . . . . . . 102Holmes, Churchill’s Bunker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Holtam, The Art of Worship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Hornblum, The Invisible Harry Gold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Hour of Europe, The, Glaurdic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75How Intelligence Happens, Duncan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103How to Change the World, Hobsbawm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4Howard, Venice Disputed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Huizi, Experiencing Gego’s Reticulárea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Hurlston, Ron Mueck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Ida, Stein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60“I Am Not Master of Events”, Neal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Image of Christ, The, Finaldi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Imprinting the Divine, Carr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145In Ishmael’s House, Gilbert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92In the Picture, Friedlander . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Inazu, Liberty’s Refuge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Infinite Jest, McPhee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Inigo Jones, Hart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156Invisible Harry Gold, The, Hornblum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Iron Way, The, Thomas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Islam, Science, and the Challenge of History, Dallal . . . . . . 101Israel, Rubin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79It Was a Long Time Ago, and It Never

Happened Anyway, Satter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Ito, Fandom Unbound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Iversen, Women, Work, and Politics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Jackson Pollock, Toynton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Jeal, Explorers of the Nile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16–17Joe Louis, Roberts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Johan Zoffany RA, Postle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Josipovici, What Ever Happened to Modernism? . . . . . . . . 96Kalt, Constitutional Cliffhangers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72Katcher, Expressions of Innocence and Eloquence . . . . . . . 157Katzew, Contested Visions in the Spanish Colonial World . . 142Keller, Learn to Read Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Kenny, Duncan Phyfe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Kenya, Branch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33Kinder, The End of Race? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Kirby, A Closer Look . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Kirsch, Why Trilling Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Knoll Textiles, 1945–2010, Martin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Knowing Nature, Meyers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Kohut, A German Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Kosta Alex, Rodari . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

172 Index

Krentz, The Battle of Marathon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Kunterbunt und kurz geschrieben, Pfrehm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80LaGamma, El Anatsui . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126LaGamma, Heroic Africans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Lastowka, Virtual Justice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Lawtalk, Clapp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Learn to Read Greek, Keller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Ledbetter, Unwarranted Influence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Ledwidge, Losing Small Wars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Lemert, Why Niebuhr Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Leon Trotsky, Rubenstein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Leonardo da Vinci, Syson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Letters of T .S . Eliot, The, Eliot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Liberty’s Refuge, Inazu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Liedtke, Frans Hals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Life and Death of Buildings, The, Smith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Light Years, Witkovsky . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Listen . Write . Present ., Barnard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Little History of Philosophy, A, Warburton . . . . . . . . . . . 24–25Little History of the World, A, Gombrich . . . . . . . . . . . 34–35Long, The Looshaus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Looshaus, The, Long . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Losing It, Miller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Losing Small Wars, Ledwidge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Love and the Law in Cervantes, González Echevarría . . . . . 107Mabanckou, Yale French Studies, Volume 120 . . . . . . . . . . 84Making of the English Gardener, The, Willes . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Marchenoir, Treasures of Vacheron Constantin . . . . . . . . . 114Margolick, Elizabeth and Hazel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2–3Marriott, Beyond the Tower . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Marsh, The Euro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85Martin, Knoll Textiles, 1945–2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Mary I, Edwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Marzio, Masterworks of Pre-Columbian, Indonesian,

and African Gold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Masterworks of Pre-Columbian, Indonesian,

and African Gold, Marzio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Matisse, D’Alessandro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Mawdsley, December 1941 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44McCormick, Elegant Perfection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150McLynn, The Burma Campaign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27McPhee, Infinite Jest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Meek One, The Dostoevsky . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Messinger, Stieglitz and His Artists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Meyers, Abandoned to Ourselves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Meyers, Knowing Nature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162Miller, Losing It . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23Miller, The Problem of Slavery as History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Miracles at the Jesus Oak, Harline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Modern World, A, Gordon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Monter, The Rise of Female Kings in Europe, 1300–1800 . . 67Moon, Brunner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Murillo, Brown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160Music and Sentiment, Rosen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Music Libel Against the Jews, The, HaCohen . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Myth of Choice, The, Greenfield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Núñez-Méndez, Fundamentos teóricos y

practicos de historia de la lengua española . . . . . . . . . 80Nahson, The Snowy Day and the Art of Ezra Jack Keats . . . 128National Gallery Technical Bulletin, Roy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Neal, “I Am Not Master of Events” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Neither East nor West, Canby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139New Formations, Srp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144New Painting of the 1860s, The, Staley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Newman, “Apologia Pro Vita Sua” and Six Sermons . . . . . 107Ning, Encounters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76–77Noon, Richard Parkes Bonington . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Notes from the Ground, Cohen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Notturno, D’Annunzio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Núñez Méndez, Fundamentos teóricos y practicos de historia

de la lengua española . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Octavia, Daughter of God, Shaw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Ormrod, Edward III . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Osman, Egypt on the Brink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Ozment, The Serpent and the Lamb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Pachirat, Every Twelve Seconds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Papers of Benjamin Franklin, The, Franklin . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84Parker, 100 Shoes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Parks, The Elizabethan Club of Yale University

and Its Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84Pascale, Contemporary Drawings from the

Irving Stenn Jr . Collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Peacekeeping Economy, The, Dumas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Pérez Firmat, The Havana Habit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Perilous Glory, France . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Perilous Life of Symphony Orchestras, The, Flanagan . . . . . . 83Petersburg Fin de Siècle, Steinberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Pettegree, The Book in the Renaissance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92Pfrehm, Kunterbunt und kurz geschrieben . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80Phillips, Edward II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Phillipson, Adam Smith . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Picasso’s Drawings, 1890–1921, Galassi . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Pippin, Hollywood Westerns and American Myth . . . . . . . 102Pivotal Decade, Stein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Plamper, The Stalin Cult . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Plotkin, The Political Ideas of Thorstein Veblen . . . . . . . . . . . 74Political Ideas of Thorstein Veblen, The, Plotkin . . . . . . . . . . . 74Polkinghorne, Science and Religion in Quest of Truth . . . . . . 12Post, Democracy, Expertise, and Academic Freedom . . . . . . 72Postle, Johan Zoffany RA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Price, Unpacking My Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Princely Armor in the Age of Dürer, Terjanian . . . . . . . . . . . 169Prints and the Pursuit of Knowledge in

Early Modern Europe, Dackerman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116Problem of Slavery as History, The, Miller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Proctor, A Field Guide to the Southeast Coast and

Gulf of Mexico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Propaganda State in Crisis, Brandenberger . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Quilley, Empire to Nation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Rabb, The Artist and the Warrior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Radical Camera, The, Evans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147Ralph Ellison in Progress, Bradley . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Ralph Tailor’s Summer, Wrightson . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Ramírez, Resisting Categories:

Latin American and/or Latino? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165Rand, Eye to Eye . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151Rathbone, Degas’s Dancers at the Barre . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Raz-Russo, The Three Graces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Realeconomik, Yavlinsky . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Remedy and Reaction, Starr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20–21Renaissance Portrait, The, Christiansen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Renegade, Turner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Resisting Categories:

Latin American and/or Latino?, Ramírez . . . . . . . . . . . 165Ribeiro, Facing Beauty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122Richard Parkes Bonington, Noon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Riddle of the Feathered Dragons, Feduccia . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Riopelle, Forests, Rocks, Torrents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Rise of Female Kings in Europe, 1300–1800, The, Monter . . 67

173Index

Roberts, Joe Louis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Rodari, Kosta Alex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161Romans and Their World, The, Campbell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64Rome and Rhetoric, Wills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Ron Mueck, Hurlston . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119Roof at the Bottom of the World, The, Stump . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Rosen, Music and Sentiment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Rosenfeld, Building After Auschwitz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Roy, National Gallery Technical Bulletin . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Rubenstein, Leon Trotsky . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Rubin, Israel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Ryan, Bertrand Goldberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127Sacco-Vanzetti Affair, The, Temkin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Samurai Armor from the Ann and

Gabriel Barbier-Mueller Museum, Anderson . . . . . . . . 124Satter, It Was a Long Time Ago, and

It Never Happened Anyway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Savonarola, Weinstein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63Schlepping Through Ambivalence, Tigerman . . . . . . . . . . . 161Science and Religion in Quest of Truth, Polkinghorne . . . . . . 12Second Simplicity, Bonnefoy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Sennett, Together . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52–53Serpent and the Lamb, The, Ozment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39Settlers, The, Taub . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Shadow of a Great Rock, The, Bloom . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10–11Shaw, Octavia, Daughter of God . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9Sherrie Levine: MAYHEM, Burton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146Sicca, The Anglo-Florentine Renaissance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Simplexity, Berthoz . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62Sister Citizen, Harris-Perry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6–7Smith, The Life and Death of Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Snapshot, Easton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Snowy Day and the Art of Ezra Jack Keats, The, Nahson . . . 128Sol LeWitt, Baume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Somerset: North and Bristol, Foyle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Spirit of Mary, The, Boss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Srp, New Formations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144Staley, The New Painting of the 1860s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Stalin Cult, The, Plamper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Stanzas in Meditation, Stein . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Starr, Remedy and Reaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20–21Steele, Daphne Guinness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123Stein, Ida . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Stein, Pivotal Decade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Stein, Stanzas in Meditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Steinberg, Petersburg Fin de Siècle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Stieglitz and His Artists, Messinger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Storytelling in Japanese Painting, Watanabe . . . . . . . . . . . 140Stump, The Roof at the Bottom of the World . . . . . . . . . . . . 41Subverting Exclusion, Geiger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Sultans of the South, Haidar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Sunday, Harline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Sutton, Drawings by Rembrandt, His Students, and

Circle from the Maida and George Abrams Collection . 153Syson, Leonardo da Vinci . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129Takiff, A Complicated Man . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Taub, The Settlers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108Technology, Globalization, and

Sustainable Development, Ashford . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Temkin, The Sacco-Vanzetti Affair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Ten Popes Who Shook the World, Duffy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29Terjanian, Princely Armor in the Age of Dürer . . . . . . . . . . 169Shahnama of Shah Tahmasp, The, Canby . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138This Seat of Mars, Carlton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

Thomas, The Iron Way . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Three Graces, The, Raz-Russo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Three Thousand Years of Hebrew Verse, Harshav . . . . . . . . . 83Tigerman, Schlepping Through Ambivalence . . . . . . . . . . 161Time and a Place, A, Adler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Together, Sennett . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52–53Too Much to Know, Blair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Toynton, Jackson Pollock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Traditional Buildings of Cumbria, Brunskill . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170Treasures of Vacheron Constantin, Marchenoir . . . . . . . . . . 114Trouble with City Planning, The, Ford . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Troy, The Very Hungry City . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Trumpet, The, Wallace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Tu sais quoi?!, Dolidon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Turbulence, Greenberg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Turkey, Islam, Nationalism, and Modernity, Findley . . . . . . . 101Turner, Eleanor of Aquitaine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Turner, Renegade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Turow, The Daily You . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43Tushnet, Why the Constitution Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Unpacking My Library, Price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Unwarranted Influence, Ledbetter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Vauxhall Gardens, Coke . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Venice Disputed, Howard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Vermeer’s Women, Wieseman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Very Hungry City, The, Troy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Vietnam, Hayton . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96Virtual Justice, Lastowka . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Volkov, Walther Rathenau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Wallace, The Trumpet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71Walther Rathenau, Volkov . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Walvin, The Zong . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Warburton, A Little History of Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . 24–25Wardropper, European Sculpture, 1400–1900 . . . . . . . . 164Washington Crossing the Delaware, Barratt . . . . . . . . . . . 167Watanabe, Storytelling in Japanese Painting . . . . . . . . . . . 140Weinstein, Savonarola . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63What Ever Happened to Modernism?, Josipovici . . . . . . . . . 96What I Don’t Know About Animals, Diski . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13When London Was Capital of America, Flavell . . . . . . . . . . 94Why Niebuhr Matters, Lemert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Why the Constitution Matters, Tushnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Why the Electoral College Is Bad for America, Edwards . . . . 78Why Trilling Matters, Kirsch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26Wieseman, Vermeer’s Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Willes, The Making of the English Gardener . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Wills, Rome and Rhetoric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Wilson, Belarus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Windows on the War, Zegers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Winning the Silicon Sweepstakes, Frieden . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Winroth, The Conversion of Scandinavia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70Witkovsky, Light Years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Women, Work, and Politics, Iversen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Wonder of the Age, Guy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125Wrightson, Ralph Tailor’s Summer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Yale French Studies, Volume 120, Mabanckou . . . . . . . . . . 84Yavlinsky, Realeconomik . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Young-Bruehl, Childism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48–49Zegers, Windows on the War . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Zong, The, Walvin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

174 Index

Notes

175Notes

SaleS InformatIon All prices and discounts are subject to change without notice. Books will be billed at the prices prevailing when the order is shipped. Prices may be different outside of the Americas. Publication dates and specifications for forthcoming books are approximate and subject to change. All shipments are FOB Cumberland, RI

CuStomer ServICe:Yale University Pressc/o TriLiteral, LLC100 Maple Ridge DriveCumberland, RI 02864-1769Tel: (800) 405-1619Fax: (800) 406-9145customer.care@triliteral.orgOrders: orders@triliteral.org

SAN 631-8126Yale University Press is a member of PUBNETISBN Prefix 978-0-300

Prices and Discounts:no mark Trade discountsc Scholarly discounttx Text discount

returnS: • Books must be in resaleable

condition.

• No permission required, but invoice information must be provided or a penalty discount will be used.

• No returns accepted after 18 months.

US Returns should be sent to:Yale University Pressc/o TriLiteral, LLC100 Maple Ridge DriveCumberland, RI 02864-1769

Canadian Returns should be sent to: TriLiteral c/o APC1351 Rodick RoadMarkham, ON L3R 5K4Canada

Special Sales:

For special sales including bulk or premium sales, contact:(203) 432-7350 SpecialSalesYUP@yale.edu

Media Requests:

Book review editors may request review copies via:Fax: (203) 432-8485 YUPpublicity@yale.edu

Exam Copies:

Professors interested in exam copies for course adoption consideration should place orders via our website at: www.yalebooks.com/exam

Foreign and translation rights:

Anne Bihan, Rights Directoranne.bihan@yaleup.co.uk

Sales Inquiries, US and Canada:

Jay Cosgrove, Sales DirectorYale University PressP.O. Box 209040New Haven, CT, 06520-9040Tel: (203) 432-0968Fax: (203) 432-8485jay.cosgrove@yale.edu

New England and Mid-Atlantic

Adena Siegel325 North StreetGoshen, CT 06756Tel: (860) 491-9047Fax: (860) 491-5265adenasiegel@gmail.com

West Coast, Northwest, Southwest, and Western Canada

Patricia Nelson3 Cagua Road, Santa Fe NM 87508-8116Tel: (505) 466-1327Fax: (505) 466-1044pnelsonrep@gmail.com

Midwest, Plains, Toronto and Eastern Canada

John Eklund2527 E Menlo BlvdMilwaukee WI 53211Tel: (414) 312-2160Fax: (414) 963-4379jeklundrep@gmail.com

United Kingdom, Europe, Africa, Asia, Australia, and New Zealand

Yale University Press47 Bedford SquareLondon WC1B 3DP, EnglandTel: 44-20-7079-4900Fax: 44-20-7079-4901

Latin America and Caribbean

US PubRep, Inc., Craig Falk311 Dean DriveRockville, MD 20851-1144Tel: (301) 838-9276Fax: (301) 838-9278craigfalk@aya.yale.eduwww.uspubrep.com

Japan

Rockbook, Aikiko Iwamoto, Gilles Fauveau2-3-25, 9FI, Kudanminami, Chiyoda-ku,Tokyo, 102-0074, JapanTel: 81-3-3264-0144Fax: 81-3-3264-0440aupgjapan@rockbook.netBookstores and libraries are also encouraged to order fromUnited Publishers Services.

Taiwan

BK Norton, Meihua Sun, Chiafeng Peng5F, 60 Roosevelt Rd. Sec. 4Taipei 100 TaiwanTel: 886-2-6623-0088Fax: 886-2-6632-9772meihua@bookman.com.tw

South Korea

ICK (Information & Culture Korea)Se-Yung Jun, Min-Hwa Yoo473-19 Seokyo-dong, Mapo-kuSeoul, Korea 121-842Tel: 82-2-3141-4791Fax: 82-2-3141-7733ick-info@ick.co.kr

e-books:

Yale University Press e-Books are available in a variety of formats and on most major eBook platforms, usually timed to publication of the print edition. To learn more contact Stephen Cebik at (203) 432-2539stephen.cebik@yale.edu

176 Ordering Information

Fried FOur hOnest OutlaWs 978-0-300-17053-5 $45.00

Wolff KInGs, Queens, anD cOurtIers 978-0-300-17025-2 $60.00

Stein tO DO 978-0-300-17097-9 $25.00

Bishop the steIns cOllect 978-0-300-16941-6 $75.00

Blum rOBertO caPuccI 978-0-300-16958-4 $50.00

Elliott BYe BYe KIttY!!! 978-0-300-16690-3 $35.00

Rothkopf Glenn lIGOn 978-0-300-16847-1 $65.00

Dabrowski rIcharD serra DraWInG 978-0-300-16937-9 $50.00

Rewald rOOMs WIth a VIeW 978-0-300-16977-5 $30.00

Smithgall KanDInsKY anD the harMOnY OF sIlence 978-0-300-17078-8 $45.00

Balken JOhn MarIn 978-0-300-14993-7 $40.00

Pelkonen KeVIn rOche 978-0-300-15223-4 $65.00

RECENT ART HIGHLIGHTS

Yale University PressP.O. Box 209040New Haven, CT 06520

Nonprofit OrganizationU.S. Postage

PaidNew Haven, CT

Permit # 87

General Interest tItles

General Interest 1

Scholarly Titles 59

Books for Classroom Use 76

Academic Titles 81

Paperback Reprints— General Interest 85

Paperback Reprints— Scholarly and Academic Titles 100

art & archItecture

Art & Architecture— General Interest 109

Art & Architecture— Scholarly Titles 151

COver illUSTraTiON: From A Little History of the World,

illustrated edition, by e. H. Gombrich. (See pages 34–35.)

YaleBooks.com iSBN 978-0-300-17905-7